fontinst 1.929 (28sep08)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@10781 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

19 files changed, 416 insertions, 10352 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fibasics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fibasics.dtx
index 9c459a075b6..56515e55140 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fibasics.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fibasics.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{1456}
+% \CheckSum{1512}
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
 % Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Alan Jeffrey,
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 %   stuff any earlier than this.  Note that |\fontinstversion| is not
 %   just used for indentification but also in |\needsfontinstversion|.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-%<pkg|doc>\def\fontinstversion{1.927}
+%<pkg|doc>\def\fontinstversion{1.929}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 %<doc>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
 %<doc>\ProvidesPackage{fontdoc}
 %<pkg>\ProvidesPackage{fontinst}
-%<pkg|doc>[2004/08/07 v\fontinstversion\space
+%<pkg|doc>[2005/02/05 v\fontinstversion\space
 %<doc>  fontinst documentation package]
 %<pkg>  fontinst installation package]
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -665,19 +665,25 @@
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\plainint}
 % \begin{macro}{\plaindiv}
+% \begin{macro}{\plainneg}
+%   \changes{1.928}{2004/11/24}{Added \cs{plainneg}. That the 
+%     \protect\LaTeX\ \cs{neg} is taken over by \package{fontdoc} but 
+%     is needed in \texttt{oms.etx} had gone unnoticed for over ten 
+%     years!! (LH) Problem reported by Peter Dyballa.}
 % \begin{macro}{\plainmax}
 % \begin{macro}{\plainmin}
-%   \package{fontdoc} saves away \LaTeX's |\int|, |\div|, |\max|, and 
-%   |\min| as |\plainint|, |\plaindiv|, |\plainmax|, and |\plainmin|, 
-%   since these control sequences are going to be used for other 
-%   purposes.
+%   \package{fontdoc} saves away \LaTeX's |\int|, |\div|, |\neg|, |\max|, 
+%   and |\min| as |\plainint|, |\plaindiv|, |\plainneg|, |\plainmax|, 
+%   and |\plainmin| respectively, since these control sequences are going 
+%   to be used for other purposes.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\plainint=\int
 \let\plaindiv=\div
+\let\plainneg=\neg
 \let\plainmax=\max
 \let\plainmin=\min
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
+% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\TypesetList}
 %   \changes{1.914}{2000/05/13}{Macro added. (LH)}
@@ -1319,9 +1325,7 @@
 %
 % \subsection{Conditionals}
 %
-% \subsubsection
-% {Conditionals in \package{fontinst}}
-% ^^A \subsubsection{Conditionals in fontinst}
+% \subsubsection{Conditionals in \package{fontinst}}
 % 
 % \begin{macro}{\then}
 % \begin{macro}{\if_true}
@@ -1494,9 +1498,7 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % 
 % 
-% \subsubsection
-% {Conditionals in \package{fontdoc}}
-% ^^A \subsubsection{Conditionals in fontdoc}
+% \subsubsection{Conditionals in \package{fontdoc}}
 % 
 % \changes{1.909}{1999/10/16}{System for documenting both branches of 
 %    \texttt{if} statements in ETX and MTX files added. (LH)}
@@ -1928,6 +1930,78 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % 
 % 
+% \subsection{Hexadecimal numbers}
+% 
+% Some of the file formats \package{fontinst} can generate requires 
+% that some numbers are written in hexadecimal form rather than in 
+% \TeX's default decimal form. This is somewhat awkward, as it would be 
+% very hard to implement without using explicit arithmetic.
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\format_hex}
+%   The |\format_hex| command formats a number as hexadecimal digits. 
+%   The syntax is
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     |\format_hex|\marg{command}\marg{value}\marg{digits}
+%   \end{quote}
+%   where \meta{command} will be |\def|ined to be the formatted number. 
+%   \meta{value} is the number to format; it must not be negative. 
+%   \meta{digits} is the number of digits to generate. If the 
+%   \meta{value} is greater than or equal to $16^{\mathit{digits}}$ 
+%   then |\a_count| will be set to \meta{value} divided by this number 
+%   and the formatted value will be for the corresponding reminder.
+%   \changes{1.928}{2004/11/28}{Macro added. (LH)}
+%   
+%   The macro overwrites |\a_count|, |\b_count|, and |\c_count|.
+%   
+%   \begin{macro}{\format_hex_i}
+%     The |\format_hex_i| macro is the iterator for |\format_hex|. 
+%     It is used in the context
+%     \begin{quote}
+%       |\format_hex_i|\marg{command}\marg{control token}
+%     \end{quote}
+%     If the \meta{control token} is |i| then nothing is done. 
+%     Otherwise the quotient and reminder of |\a_count| with respect to 
+%     $16$ is computed, where the former is assigned to |\a_count| and 
+%     the latter is converted to hexadecimal and prepended to the 
+%     \meta{command}, after which the macro expands to 
+%     |\format_hex_i|\meta{command}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pkg>
+\def\format_hex_i#1#2{
+   \if #2i \else
+      \b_count=\a_count
+      \divide \a_count \sixt@@n
+      \c_count=\a_count
+      \multiply \c_count \sixt@@n
+      \advance \b_count -\c_count
+      \edef#1{
+         \ifcase\b_count 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or 8\or 
+            9\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\fi
+         #1
+      }
+      \expandafter\format_hex_i \expandafter#1
+   \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   \end{macro}
+%   
+%   To get the loop to run the wanted number of times, one uses the 
+%   trick that |\romannumeral| can generate an arbitrary number of |m|s. 
+%   The |\identity_one| stuff is to prevent |\number| from processesing 
+%   the subsequent |001~|, which will be the last that |\roman| reads.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\format_hex#1#2#3{
+   \a_count=#2
+   \let#1\empty_command
+   \expandafter\format_hex_i \expandafter#1 \romannumeral
+      \expandafter\identity_one\expandafter{\number#3}001~
+}
+%</pkg>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+% 
 % \subsection{Error, warning, and info messages}
 % 
 % The code in this subsection is an adaptation of code from the 
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficommon.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficommon.dtx
index 3127c25cbe5..22348cd9ce8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficommon.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficommon.dtx
@@ -1653,8 +1653,8 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
-
-
+% 
+% 
 % \subsection{Setting variables}
 % \label{Ssec:Variables}
 %
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@
 %   repetition of the \meta{body code}, this variable will get reset to 
 %   the next item in the \meta{csep-list}.
 %   
-%   |\for|\textellipsis\ |\endfor| constructions can be nested. 
+%   |\foreach|\textellipsis\ |\endfor| constructions can be nested. 
 %   \meta{name} is used by |\foreach| to identify its matching |\endfor|, 
 %   so they need to be identical in |\foreach| and |\endfor|.
 %   
@@ -2381,7 +2381,8 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %   
 %   In \package{fontdoc}, |\comment| starts a new text paragraph and 
-%   leaves the argument to be typeset.
+%   leaves the argument to be typeset. Note that the argument group 
+%   thus survives; some commands make use of this fact.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*doc>
 \def\comment{\par\noindent}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficonv.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficonv.dtx
index e1fee953b8c..8af04ffc216 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficonv.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/ficonv.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{2221}
+% \CheckSum{2337}
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
 % Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Alan Jeffrey,
@@ -301,9 +301,152 @@
       \out_line{\percent_char\four_spaces #1~=~"See~file~#2",}
    \fi
 }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% 
+% \subsection{Converting an ETX file to CMAP file}
+% \changes{1.928}{2004/11/28}{ETX to CMAP converter added. (LH)}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro{\etxtocmap}
+% The command
+% \begin{quote}
+%    |\etxtocmap|\marg{etxfile}\marg{cmapfile}
+% \end{quote}
+% reads \meta{etxfile}|.etx| and generates a ToUnicode CMap file 
+% \meta{cmapfile}|.cmap| that maps slots to Unicode strings as 
+% specified by the \meta{etxfile}.
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\write_cmap_body}
+%    The |\write_cmap_body| command writes the actual CMap 
+%    data\footnote{As opposed to silly stuff that is requested by the 
+%    file format specification but probably isn't of any use for 
+%    anything, which is written by \cs{ref_to_sourcefile}.} to the 
+%    current output file. The syntax is
+%    \begin{quote}
+%      |\write_cmap_body|\marg{etxfile}
+%    \end{quote}
+%    
+%    More precisely, what this command writes is the codespace range 
+%    specification and the mappings. The latter are all encoded using 
+%    \texttt{bfchar} operators. 
+%     \begin{macrocode}
+\def\write_cmap_body#1{
+   \out_line{1~begincodespacerange~<00>~<FF>~endcodespacerange}
+   \let\do_slot=\_a_true
+   \def\Unicode##1##2{\cmap_charseq{\cmap_codepoint{##1}{##2}}}
+   \let\charseq=\cmap_charseq
+   \inputetx{#1}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\cmap_codepoint}
+%   This is what |\Unicode| is inside a |\charseq|. It appends a 
+%   UTF-16BE character in hexadecimal notation (either four hex 
+%   digits for a character in the BMP, or eight hex digits for 
+%   a surrogate pair) to |\a_macro|, and also appends a space for 
+%   grouping the digits for easier reading.
+%   \changes{1.928}{2004/12/05}{Added \cs{uppercase} to ensure case 
+%     independence. (LH)}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\cmap_codepoint#1#2{
+   \uppercase{\a_count="#1\x_relax}
+   \ifnum "10000>\a_count
+      \format_hex\b_macro{\a_count}{4}
+      \edef\a_macro{\a_macro \b_macro \space}
+   \else
+      \advance \a_count -"10000
+      \d_count=\a_count
+      \divide \a_count "400
+      \b_count=\a_count
+      \multiply \b_count "400
+      \advance \d_count -\b_count
+      \advance \a_count "D800
+      \advance \d_count "DC00~
+      \format_hex\b_macro{\a_count}{4}
+      \format_hex\c_macro{\d_count}{4}
+      \edef\a_macro{\a_macro \b_macro \c_macro \space}
+   \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\cmap_charseq}
+%   This macro is what |\charseq| is when generating a CMap; all 
+%   writing of CMap entries is routed through it. Only the first 
+%   character equivalent of each slot should get written to file, so 
+%   the |_a_| switch is used for keeping track of whether this would be 
+%   the first.
+%   
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\cmap_charseq#1{%
+   \if_a_
+      \bgroup
+         \let\Unicode=\cmap_codepoint
+         \let\a_macro=\empty_command
+         #1
+         \format_hex\b_macro{\slot_number}{2}
+         \out_line{1~beginbfchar~<\b_macro>~<~\a_macro>~endbfchar}
+      \egroup
+      \_a_false
+   \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\etxtocmap}
+%   The 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\etxtocmap#1#2{\begingroup
+   \inputetx{#1}
+   \open_out{#2.cmap}
+   \out_line{\percent_char !PS-Adobe-3.0~Resource-CMap}
+   \out_line{\percent_char\percent_char
+     DocumentNeededResources:~procset~CIDInit}
+   \out_line{\percent_char\percent_char
+     IncludeResource:~procset~CIDInit}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   Here comes the first problem: the CMap must have a name. If the ETX 
+%   file sets the string variable \texttt{cmapname} then that is used 
+%   as name, but otherwise |fontinst-|\meta{cmapfile} is used as name. 
+%   Note that this is different from the pattern in |\etxtoenc|, which 
+%   instead uses the \meta{etxname}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \setstr{cmapname}{fontinst-#2}
+   \out_line{\percent_char\percent_char
+     BeginResource:~CMap~\str{cmapname}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   The next problem is whether one should bother with the quite 
+%   extensive version control junk that Adobe has specified. I prefer 
+%   not to, because it is very much geared towards using CMaps with 
+%   CIDFonts, which is not the case here.
+%   
+%   Thus it is time for the actual PS code.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \out_line{/CIDInit~/ProcSet~findresource~begin}
+   \out_line{7~dict~begin}
+   \out_line{begincmap}
+   \out_line{/CMapName~/\str{cmapname}~def}
+   \out_line{/CMapType~2~def}
+   \write_cmap_body{#1}
+   \out_line{endcmap}
+   \out_line{CMapName~currentdict~/CMap~defineresource~pop}
+   \out_line{end}
+   \out_line{end}
+   \out_line{\percent_char\percent_char EndResource}
+   \out_line{\percent_char\percent_char EOF}
+   \close_out{ToUnicode~CMap}
+\endgroup}
 %</misc>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
 %
 % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 %
@@ -1384,6 +1527,8 @@
 %   \changes{1.917}{2001/03/13}{Added resetting of 
 %      \cs{setsomething_global}---assignments made here must be 
 %      local. (LH)}
+%   \changes{1.929}{2005/02/05}{Corrected `\texttt{pltotf}' in 
+%      comment. (LH)}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\mtxtopl#1#2{{
    \let\setsomething_global=\x_relax
@@ -1398,7 +1543,7 @@
    \out_line{}
    \out_line{(COMMENT~This~file~can~be~turned~into~
       a~ligless~TeX~font~with)}
-   \out_line{(COMMENT~pltotfm~#2.pl~#2.tfm)}
+   \out_line{(COMMENT~pltotf~#2.pl~#2.tfm)}
    \out_line{}
    \out_line{(COMMENT~THIS~FILE~CAN~THEN~BE~DELETED.)}
    \out_line{}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimain.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimain.dtx
index 62ae7dad6fa..6edad395440 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimain.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimain.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{4010}
+% \CheckSum{4033}
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
 % Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Alan Jeffrey,
@@ -97,9 +97,7 @@
       \global\slot@number=0%
       \FD@slot@known@true
       \IfFileExists{\lowercase@file.etx}{%
-         \def\relax{\let\relax=\x@relax\iffalse}%
-         \let\encoding=\fi
-         \outer\x@cs\def{endencoding}{\endinput}%
+         \FD@relax@encoding@tricks
          \@@input \@filef@und
          \let\relax=\x@relax
       }{%
@@ -109,6 +107,23 @@
       }
    \endgroup
 }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   \begin{macro}{\FD@relax@encoding@tricks}
+%     There is a problem with |\if| \dots\ |\fi| nesting in the 
+%     redefinition of |\relax| and |\encoding|, which interacts badly 
+%     with |\IfFileExists|. To work around that, these redefinitions 
+%     are hidden in the |\FD@relax@encoding@tricks| macro.
+%     \changes{1.928}{2004/11/24}{Macro added, to fix bug reported by 
+%       Peter Dyballa. (LH)}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\FD@relax@encoding@tricks{%
+   \def\relax{\let\relax=\x@relax\iffalse}%
+   \let\encoding=\fi
+   \outer\x@cs\def{endencoding}{\endinput}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   \end{macro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\encoding{%
    \par
    \ifFD@spec@ \addvspace{\bigskipamount}\fi
@@ -586,6 +601,65 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
 % 
+% \begin{macro}{\charseq}
+%   Most commonly occurring glyphs correspond to one |\Unicode| 
+%   character, but this is not at all true in general---in fact there 
+%   may even be letters which cannot be encoded as single characters, 
+%   as they do not exist in precomposed form but have to be expressed 
+%   with a base letter and combining diacritical mark. Reasonable 
+%   compliance with the standard requires supporting character 
+%   sequences as well as individual characters.
+%   \changes{1.928}{2004/11/27}{Command added. (LH)}
+%   \changes{1.928}{2004/12/16}{Typeset form changed, from paragraph to 
+%      a one-item-per-line list. (LH)}
+%   
+%   In \package{fontinst}, the |\charseq| command is used to specify 
+%   such a character sequence. The syntax is
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     |\charseq|\marg{\cs{Unicode} commands}
+%   \end{quote}
+%   where the \meta{\cs{Unicode} commands} is one or several |\Unicode| 
+%   commands. This means the sequence of those characters. For example
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     |\charseq{|\\
+%     |   \Unicode{0066}{LATIN SMALL LETTER F}|\\
+%     |   \Unicode{0069}{LATIN SMALL LETTER I}|\\
+%     |}|
+%   \end{quote}
+%   is typeset as
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     Unicode character sequence:\\
+%     \vadjust{}\quad\texttt{U+0066} (\textsc{latin small letter f})\\
+%     \vadjust{}\quad\texttt{U+0069} (\textsc{latin small letter i})
+%   \end{quote}
+%   This indentation is made using the \texttt{IfBranch} environment, 
+%   which could be considered a bit hackish.
+%   
+%   |\charseq| is gobbled in \Module{pkg} and \Module{misc}, but in the 
+%   latter case it might get redefined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<pkg|misc>\let\charseq=\gobble_one
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   Note how the environment group restores the definition 
+%   of |\Unicode|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*doc>
+\newcommand\charseq[1]{%
+   \comment{Unicode character sequence:}%
+   \begin{IfBranch}%
+      \def\Unicode##1##2{%
+         \noindent\FD@codepoint{##1} 
+         \ifx\par##2\par\else(\FD@charname{##2})\fi
+         \par
+      }%
+      #1%
+   \end{IfBranch}%
+}
+%</doc>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+% 
 % \DescribeMacro{\vartop}
 % \DescribeMacro{\varmid}
 % \DescribeMacro{\varbot}
@@ -4011,6 +4085,8 @@
 %   font metrics file.
 %   \changes{1.926}{2003/07/10}{Only looking for PL and VPL files when 
 %      an encoding is specified. (LH)}
+%   \changes{1.929}{2005/01/13}{Missing space in message inserted. (LH)
+%     Pointed out by Peter Dyballa.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
       \ifx \pl_encoding\empty_command
          \fromany\file_name
@@ -4021,7 +4097,7 @@
          \inputmtx{\str{afm-name}}
       \else
          \fontinsterror{\string\install...}{
-            Font/MTX~file~\file_name\space not found
+            Font/MTX~file~\file_name\space not~found
          }{
             You~can~insert~an~\string\inputmtx\space command~here
             \messagebreak to~input~some~other~MTX~file~instead.
@@ -4045,9 +4121,13 @@
 %   and the generated MTX file is named 
 %   \meta{font}\texttt{-}\meta{etx}\texttt{.mtx} to avoid that it is 
 %   picked up by |\fromany| by mistake.
+%   \changes{1.929}{2005/01/12}{The \texttt{afm-name} string usually has 
+%      a value at this point, so it is necessary to reset it. (LH, 
+%      sighing because he knows this isn't the first time this problem 
+%      occurred) First to be hit by this bug was Michael Zedler.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\metrics_given_encoding#1#2{
-   \x_setstr{afm-name}{#1-#2}
+   \x_cs\edef{s-afm-name}{#1-#2}
    \if_file_exists{#1.pl}\then
       \generalpltomtx{#1}{#1-#2}{pl}{#2}
    \else
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimapgen.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimapgen.dtx
index bce3a5a99fd..fccdf30b5e2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimapgen.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fimapgen.dtx
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% \CheckSum{873}
+% \CheckSum{876}
 % \iffalse meta-comment
 %
 % Copyright 1999 the fontinst maintenance team and any individual 
@@ -853,6 +853,16 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % 
+% \begin{macro}{\fulldownload}
+%   By default this defaults to being a synonym of |\download|, to 
+%   simplify matters for drivers where the distinction is not relevant. 
+%   They should be redefined when that is not the desired effect.
+%   \changes{1.928}{2004/12/13}{Command added. (LH)}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fulldownload#1{\download{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
 % Some encodings seem to always be present, so they can be declared here.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \declarepsencoding{8r}{TeXBase1Encoding}{\download{8r.enc}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.dvi b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.dvi
index cc308845392..335361e6f20 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.dvi
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.dvi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.ist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a7f22dde295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.ist
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `docindex.ist',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% docindex.dtx  (with options: `ist')
+%% 
+%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in
+%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%% This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the source
+%% file from which it was generated. You may distribute that source file
+%% without this generated file.
+%% 
+item_0  "}{1}\n\\indexitem{1}{"
+item_1  "}{2}\n  \\indexitem{2}{"
+item_01 "}{2}\n  \\indexitem{2}{"
+item_x1 "}{2}\n  \\indexitem{2}{"
+item_2  "}{3}\n    \\indexitem{3}{"
+item_12 "}{3}\n    \\indexitem{3}{"
+item_x2 "}{3}\n    \\indexitem{3}{"
+delim_0 "}{9}{"
+delim_1 "}{9}{"
+delim_2 "}{9}{"
+delim_n ", "
+delim_r "--"
+group_skip     "}{0}\n%^^A\n\\indexnewletter{0}{"
+heading_prefix ""
+heading_suffix ""
+headings_flag  1
+actual '='
+quote '!'
+level '>'
+page_precedence  "naArR"
+keyword "\\xdocindexentry"
+page_compositor "\\+"
+preamble  "\\docindexguard{\\endinput}\n%^^A\n\\indexnewletter{1}{"
+postamble "}{0}\n\\endinput"
+%% 
+%%
+%% End of file `docindex.ist'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.sty
index c530b6bf26b..35ae65d39f8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.sty
@@ -498,6 +498,12 @@
 %      to the version number headings. The way it is done is however a 
 %      hack; I should define a separate instance explicitly instead. 
 %      (LH)}
+%   
+%   Typesetting the list of changes is annoyingly slow. It should be 
+%   examined what takes all that time, but I suspect it is the 
+%   paragraph breaking (the parameters involved are rather absurd). I 
+%   suspect that in particular the |\multchanges| complicates things 
+%   more than they really need to. --- LH, 2004/12/15.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \setcounter{GlossaryColumns}{1}
 \@namedef{TP@I{}{docindex}{changes}}#1#2{%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.tex
index b5a5cab7e76..8c684883f99 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.tex
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/fisource.tex
@@ -497,6 +497,23 @@ of fonts. The most important are:
     which integer variables correspond to font dimensions in a (V)PL 
     file. This correspondence is used both when generating a ligful 
     (V)PL file and when a (V)PL file is converted to an MTX file.
+  \item \texttt{finstmsc.sty} now contains a new command which 
+    generates a ToUnicode CMap file from an ETX file. The syntax of 
+    this command is
+    \begin{quote}
+      |\etxtocmap|\marg{etxfile}\marg{cmapfile}
+    \end{quote}
+  \item Unicode equivalents of slots need no longer be single 
+    characters. To specify a multiple-character equivalent of a 
+    slot, use the |\charseq| command and place the individual 
+    characters as |\Unicode| commands in its arguments. For a 
+    \texttt{fi} slot, one would say
+    \begin{quote}
+      |\charseq{|\\
+      |   \Unicode{0066}{LATIN SMALL LETTER F}|\\
+      |   \Unicode{0069}{LATIN SMALL LETTER I}|\\
+      |}|
+    \end{quote}
 \end{itemize}
 
 
@@ -1678,6 +1695,15 @@ implicitly use or set are listed below.
         |\setint| commands for this variable.
       \item[Used by] Some MTX and ETX files.
     \end{smalldes}
+  \item[cmapname] (string)
+    \begin{smalldes}
+      \item[Description] The name given to the CMap generated from 
+        an ETX file.
+      \item[Set by] ETX files.
+      \item[Used by] The ETX-to-CMap converter. When not set, the 
+        value |fontinst-|\nolinebreak[1]\meta{cmap file name} is 
+        used instead.
+    \end{smalldes}
   \item[codingscheme] (string)
     \begin{smalldes}
       \item[Description] The codingscheme name.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/trig.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/trig.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 8540ec3dee7..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/trig.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse
-%% File: trig.dtx Copyright (C) 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1999 David Carlisle
-%%
-%% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Graphics Bundle'.
-%% It may be distributed under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public
-%% License, as described in lppl.txt in the base LaTeX distribution.
-%% Either version 1.0 or, at your option, any later version.
-%%
-%
-%<*dtx>
-          \ProvidesFile{trig.dtx}
-%</dtx>
-%<*!plain>
-%<package&!plain>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-%<package&!plain>\ProvidesPackage{trig}
-%<driver>        \ProvidesFile{trig.drv}
-% \fi
-%                \ProvidesFile{trig.dtx}
-                 [1999/03/16 v1.09 sin cos tan (DPC)]
-%
-% \iffalse
-%</!plain>
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\usepackage{trig}
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{trig.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \GetFileInfo{trig.dtx}
-% \title{The \textsf{trig} package\thanks{This file
-%        has version number \fileversion, last
-%        revised \filedate.}}
-% \author{David Carlisle}
-% \date{\filedate}
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \CheckSum{246}
-%
-% \changes{v1.00}{1993/00/00}{Undocumented versions}
-% \changes{v1.05}{1993/10/07}{Documented, added tan}
-% \changes{v1.06}{1994/02/01}{Update for LaTeX2e}
-% \changes{v1.07}{1994/03/15}{Use ltxdoc}
-% \changes{v1.08}{1994/10/16}{Change \cs{@xc} to \cs{nin@ty}}
-%
-% \section{Introduction}
-%
-% These macros implement the trigonometric functions, sin, cos and tan.
-% In each case two commands are defined. For instance the command
-% |\CalculateSin{33}| may be isued at some point, and then anywhere
-% later in the document, the command |\UseSin{33}| will return the
-% decimal expansion of $\sin(33^\circ)$.
-%
-% The arguments to these macros do not have to be whole numbers,
-% although in the case of whole numbers, \LaTeX\ or plain \TeX\ counters
-% may be used. In \TeX{}Book syntax, arguments must be  of type:
-% \meta{optional signs}\meta{factor}
-%
-% Some other examples are:\\
-% |\CalculateSin{22.5}|, |\UseTan{\value{mycounter}}|,
-% |\UseCos{\count@}|.
-%
-% Note that unlike the psfig macros, these save all previously
-% computed values. This could easily be changed, but I thought that in
-% many applications one would want many instances of the
-% same value. (eg rotating all the headings of a table by the
-% \emph{same} amount).
-%
-% I don't really like this need to pre-calculate the values, I
-% originally implemented |\UseSin| so that it automatically calculated
-% the value if it was not pre-stored. This worked fine in testing, until
-% I remembered why one needs these values. You want to be able to say
-% |\dimen2=\UseSin{30}\dimen0|. Which means that |\UseSin| must
-% \emph{expand} to a \meta{factor}.
-%
-% \StopEventually{}
-%
-% \section{The Macros}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\nin@ty}\begin{macro}{\@clxx}
-% \begin{macro}{\@lxxi}\begin{macro}{\@mmmmlxviii}
-% Some useful constants for converting between degrees and radians.
-% $$\frac{\pi}{180}\simeq\frac{355}{113\times180}=\frac{71}{4068}$$
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\chardef\nin@ty=90
-\chardef\@clxx=180
-\chardef\@lxxi=71
-\mathchardef\@mmmmlxviii=4068
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-%
-% The approximation to $\sin$. I experimented with various
-% approximations based on Tchebicheff polynomials, and also some
-% approximations from a SIAM handbook `Computer Approximations' However
-% the standard Taylor series seems sufficiently accurate, and used by
-% far the fewest \TeX\ tokens, as the coefficients are all rational.
-% \begin{eqnarray*}
-%  \sin(x)& \simeq& x - (1/3!)x^3 + (1/5!)x^5 - (1/7!)x^7 + (1/9!)x^9\\
-%  &\simeq&\frac{((((7!/9!x^2-7!/7!)x^2+7!/5!)x^2 +7!/3!)x^2+7!/1!)x}
-% {7!}\\
-%  &=&\frac{((((1/72x^2-1)x^2+42)x^2 +840)x^2+5040)x}
-% {5040}
-% \end{eqnarray*}
-% The nested form used above reduces the number of operations required.
-% In order to further reduce the number of operations, and more
-% importantly reduce the number of tokens used, we can precompute the
-% coefficients. Note that we can not use $9!$ as the denominator as
-% this would cause overflow of \TeX's arithmetic.
-% \begin{macro}{\@coeffz}\begin{macro}{\@coeffa}\begin{macro}{\@coeffb}
-% \begin{macro}{\@coeffc}\begin{macro}{\@coeffd}
-% Save the coefficients as |\|(|math|)|char|s.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\chardef\@coeffz=72
-%\chardef\@coefa=1
-\chardef\@coefb=42
-\mathchardef\@coefc=840
-\mathchardef\@coefd=5040
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TG@rem@pt}
-% The standard trick of getting a real number out of a \meta{dimen}.
-% This gives a maximum accuracy of approx.\ 5 decimal places, which
-% should be sufficient. It puts a space after the number, perhaps it
-% shouldn't.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-{\catcode`t=12\catcode`p=12\gdef\noPT#1pt{#1}}
-\def\TG@rem@pt#1{\expandafter\noPT\the#1\space}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TG@term}
-% Compute one term of the above nested series. Multiply the previous sum
-% by $x^2$ (stored in |\@tempb|, then add the next coefficient, |#1|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\TG@term#1{%
- \dimen@\@tempb\dimen@
- \advance\dimen@ #1\p@}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TG@series}
-% Compute the above series. the value in degrees will be in |\dimen@|
-% before this is called.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\TG@series{%
- \dimen@\@lxxi\dimen@
- \divide \dimen@ \@mmmmlxviii
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% |\dimen@| now contains the angle in radians, as a \meta{dimen}. We
-% need to remove the units, so store the same value as a \meta{factor}
-% in |\@tempa|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
- \edef\@tempa{\TG@rem@pt\dimen@}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now put $x^2$ in |\dimen@| and |\@tempb|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
- \dimen@\@tempa\dimen@
- \edef\@tempb{\TG@rem@pt\dimen@}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The first coefficient is  $1/72$.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
- \divide\dimen@\@coeffz
- \advance\dimen@\m@ne\p@
- \TG@term\@coefb
- \TG@term{-\@coefc}%
- \TG@term\@coefd
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Now the cubic in $x^2$ is completed, so we need to multiply by $x$ and
-% divide by $7!$.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
- \dimen@\@tempa\dimen@
- \divide\dimen@ \@coefd}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\CalculateSin}
-% If this angle has already been computed, do nothing, else store the
-% angle, and call |\TG@@sin|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\CalculateSin#1{{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname sin(\number#1)\endcsname\relax
-    \dimen@=#1\p@\TG@@sin
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname sin(\number#1)\endcsname
-                                    {\TG@rem@pt\dimen@}%
-  \fi}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\CalculateCos}
-% As above, but use the relation $\cos(x) = \sin(90-x)$.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\CalculateCos#1{{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname cos(\number#1)\endcsname\relax
-    \dimen@=\nin@ty\p@
-    \advance\dimen@-#1\p@
-    \TG@@sin
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname cos(\number#1)\endcsname
-                                     {\TG@rem@pt\dimen@}%
-  \fi}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TG@reduce}
-% Repeatedly use one of the the relatations
-% $\sin(x)=\sin(180-x)=\sin(-180-x)$ to get $x$ in the range $-90 \leq
-% x\leq 90$. Then call |\TG@series|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\TG@reduce#1#2{%
-\dimen@#1#2\nin@ty\p@
-  \advance\dimen@#2-\@clxx\p@
-  \dimen@-\dimen@
-  \TG@@sin}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\TG@@sin}
-% Slightly cryptic, but it seems to  work\ldots
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\TG@@sin{%
-  \ifdim\TG@reduce>+%
-  \else\ifdim\TG@reduce<-%
-  \else\TG@series\fi\fi}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\UseSin}
-% \begin{macro}{\UseCos}
-% Use a pre-computed value.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\UseSin#1{\csname sin(\number#1)\endcsname}
-\def\UseCos#1{\csname cos(\number#1)\endcsname}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% A few shortcuts to save space.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\chardef\z@num\z@
-\expandafter\let\csname sin(0)\endcsname\z@num
-\expandafter\let\csname cos(0)\endcsname\@ne
-\expandafter\let\csname sin(90)\endcsname\@ne
-\expandafter\let\csname cos(90)\endcsname\z@num
-\expandafter\let\csname sin(-90)\endcsname\m@ne
-\expandafter\let\csname cos(-90)\endcsname\z@num
-\expandafter\let\csname sin(180)\endcsname\z@num
-\expandafter\let\csname cos(180)\endcsname\m@ne
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\CalculateTan}
-% Originally I coded the Taylor series for tan, but it seems to be
-% more accurate to just take the ratio of the sine and cosine.
-% This is accurate to 4 decimal places for angles up to
-% $50^\circ$, after that the accuracy tails off, giving
-% 57.47894 instead of 57.2900 for $89^\circ$.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\CalculateTan#1{{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname tan(\number#1)\endcsname\relax
-    \CalculateSin{#1}%
-    \CalculateCos{#1}%
-    \@tempdima\UseCos{#1}\p@
-    \divide\@tempdima\@iv
-    \@tempdimb\UseSin{#1}\p@
-    \@tempdimb\two@fourteen\@tempdimb
-    \divide\@tempdimb\@tempdima
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname tan(\number#1)\endcsname
-                                        {\TG@rem@pt\@tempdimb}%
-  \fi}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\UseTan}
-% Just like |\UseSin|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\UseTan#1{\csname tan(\number#1)\endcsname}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\two@fourteen}
-% \begin{macro}{\@iv}
-% two constants needed to keep the division within \TeX's range.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\mathchardef\two@fourteen=16384
-\chardef\@iv=4
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% Predefine $\tan(\pm90)$ to be an error.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\def\csname tan(90)\endcsname{\errmessage{Infinite tan !}}
-\expandafter\let\csname tan(-90)\expandafter\endcsname
-                                       \csname tan(90)\endcsname
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</package>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-%
-\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/README b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 58744d4985d..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-README for the xdoc and docindex packages.
-
-The standard LaTeX doc package is well-known to all LaTeX hackers. 
-Without its support for the .dtx-file style of literate programming, 
-the TeX world would probably be much more plagued by the horrors of
-poorly commented and mysterious code than it is today. The past good 
-decade that doc has been with us has been -- good. But even the sun 
-has spots; doc is an old package and, as old code often tends to do, 
-it breaks if you try to bend it into doing something new. The xdoc 
-package is (or rather is meant to be) a rewrite from scratch 
-which both can take a lot more bending and is ready for LaTeX2e*.
-
-What exists so far is only xdoc2: the "second prototype" for the xdoc 
-package. xdoc2 is not a complete rewrite of doc, but rather an add-on 
-to doc which reimplements many of its mechanisms (more precisely those 
-mechanisms which I think should be possible to "bend" into doing new 
-things, but have found to be fixed to their present behaviour) and 
-provides a few new features of its own. Even though xdoc2 is a 
-prototype and some of the code in it is experimental, I consider it to 
-be safe enough to build productive applications on, as I intend to 
-keep xdoc2 available even after the final xdoc package is released.
-
-Among the features of xdoc2 are:
-  - new commands for describing things (cf. \DescribeMacro) and a
-    package/class writer's interface for defining new such commands.
-  - new environments for defining things in (cf. the macro 
-    environment) and a package/class writer's interface for defining 
-    new such environments.
-  - support for two-sided document designs.
-  - support for external cross-referencing.
-  - improved sorting of macros, with support for defining prefixes
-    that should be ignored when sorting.
-  - support for CVS-style version numbering.
-The other new features are of little interest to the mere user, but 
-they may be ever so useful to those who are in the habit of hacking 
-doc. Here we have for example:
-  - basic commands implementing a robust "string" datatype.
-  - an abstract command interface for making index entries;
-    this would simplify supporting a different index sorting
-    program.
-
-Besides xdoc2, there are also the docindex/docidx2e packages. These 
-provide mechanisms for a more flexible formatting of the index and list of 
-changes than is possible with the mechanisms for this in the doc package. 
-In particular docindex/docidx2e provides for automatic collapsing of 
-trivial index levels, something which often happens in automatically 
-generated multilevel indices such as the list of changes. The reason there 
-are two packages is that docindex is a LaTeX2e* package, whereas docidx2e 
-is a "downgraded" variant which runs on a normal LaTeX2e installation. 
-Both do however follow the same internal logic.
-
-
-The files in this directory are:
-
-README.txt    - this file
-docindex.dtx  - the source for the docindex and docidx2e packages
-docindex.ins  - the docstrip installation script for the docindex and 
-                docidx2e packages
-xdoc2.dtx     - the source for the xdoc2 package
-xdoc2.ins     - the docstrip installation script for the xdoc2 package
-xdocdemo.tex  - a document which demonstrates some of the features in
-                the xdoc2 package
-
-2003/07/06,
-Lars Hellstr\"om
-
-
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 47139d32b12..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2100 +0,0 @@
-% \CheckSum{893}
-% \iffalse
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\usepackage{xdoc2}
-
-\makeatletter
-\NewMacroEnvironment{templatetype}{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}%
-   {\MacroFont#1\ \normalfont type}%
-   {\XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} template type}}}%
-   {{#1}{\texttt{#1} template type}}%
-   {}%
-\NewMacroEnvironment*{template}{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless\relax\XD@grab@harmless\relax
-}{2}%
-   {\XDParToMargin{\MacroFont #1\textnormal{\slash}#2 \normalfont
-       template}}%
-   {\XDMainIndex{
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} template type}%
-      \LevelSorted{#2}{\texttt{#2} template}%
-   }}%
-   {{#1/#2}{\texttt{#1}\slash\texttt{#2} template}}%
-   {\def\XD@template@sort{%
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} template type}%
-      \LevelSorted{#2}{\texttt{#2} template}%
-   }}%
-\NewMacroEnvironment*{instance}{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless\relax\XD@grab@harmless\relax
-}{2}%
-   {\XDParToMargin{\MacroFont #1\textnormal{\slash}#2 \normalfont
-       instance}}%
-   {\XDMainIndex{
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} template type}%
-      \LevelSorted{#2}{\texttt{#2} instance}%
-   }}%
-   {{#1/#2}{\texttt{#1}\slash\texttt{#2} instance}}%
-   {}%
-\NewMacroEnvironment*{collectioninstance}{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless\relax\XD@grab@harmless\relax\XD@grab@harmless\relax
-}{3}%
-   {\XDParToMargin{\MacroFont #2\textnormal{\slash}#3 \normalfont
-      instance (\texttt{#1} collection)}}%
-   {\XDMainIndex{
-      \LevelSorted{#2}{\texttt{#2} template type}%
-      \LevelSorted{#3}{\texttt{#3} instance}%
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} collection}%
-   }}%
-   {{#2/#3/#1}%
-    {\texttt{#2}\slash\texttt{#3} instance (\texttt{#1} collection)}}%
-   {}%
-\@namedef{XD@harmless\string\break}{%
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@ \protect\nolinebreak[3]}%
-   \XD@harmless@
-}
-\newcommand\keyvalitem[2]{%
-   \item[#1 (#2)%
-      \IndexEntry{\XD@template@sort
-         \LevelSorted{#1}{\textit{#1} keyval (#2)}%
-      }{usage}{\thepage}%
-   ]%
-}
-\newcommand{\xrefoff}{\scan@allowedfalse}
-\newcommand{\xrefon}{\scan@allowedtrue}
-\makeatother
-
-\newenvironment{syntax}{%
-   \let\\=\break
-   \list{}{%
-      \setlength\topsep{\medskipamount}%
-      \setlength\partopsep{0pt}%
-      \setlength\itemsep{0pt plus 1pt}%
-      \setlength\parsep{\itemsep}%
-      \setlength\leftmargin{3em}%
-      \setlength\listparindent{1em}%
-      \setlength\itemindent{-2em}%
-      \setlength\labelwidth{0pt}%
-      \setlength\labelsep{0pt}%
-      \csname @endparpenalty\endcsname=500
-      \def\makelabel##1{\mbox{\meta{##1}${}\longrightarrow{}$}}%
-   }%
-   \addtolength\rightskip{0pt plus 1fil}%
-   \linepenalty=300%
-}{\endlist}
-\newcommand\branch{\({}\mid{}\)\ignorespaces}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\package}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\program}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\LaTeXplus{\LaTeXe$*$}
-
-\DoNotIndex{\addvspace,\@backslashchar,\begin,\begingroup,\bgroup}
-\DoNotIndex{\csname,\DeclareInstance,\DeclareOption}
-\DoNotIndex{\DeclareTemplate,\DeclareTemplateType,\def}
-\DoNotIndex{\DoParameterAssignments,\edef,\egroup,\@eha}
-\DoNotIndex{\@empty,\end,\endcsname,\endgroup,\endinput,\expandafter}
-\DoNotIndex{\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo,\global,\@gobble,\hb@xt@,\hfil}
-\DoNotIndex{\hsize,\hspace,\IfNoValueTF,\@ifpackageloaded}
-\DoNotIndex{\@ifpackagewith,\@ifundefined,\ignorespaces,\@input@}
-\DoNotIndex{\jobname,\leftskip,\let,\MessageBreak,\@namedef,\@ne}
-\DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\newcommand,\nobreak,\@nobreakfalse}
-\DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak,\normalsize,\NoValue,\number,\outer}
-\DoNotIndex{\p@,\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarningNoLine}
-\DoNotIndex{\pagestyle,\par,\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip}
-\DoNotIndex{\@plus,\ProcessOptions,\protect,\protected@edef}
-\DoNotIndex{\providecommand,\ProvidesPackage,\relax,\renewcommand}
-\DoNotIndex{\RequirePackage,\rightskip,\romannumeral,\@secondoftwo}
-\DoNotIndex{\small,\space,\textbf,\thispagestyle,\thr@@,\tw@}
-\DoNotIndex{\vadjust,\vspace,\z@,\z@skip}
-\DoNotIndex{\iffalse,\ifnum,\ifx,\else,\fi} % \fi \fi
-\DoNotIndexBy{@}
-\DoNotIndexBy{DI@}
-
-\CodelineIndex
-\EnableCrossrefs
-\RecordChanges
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{2}
-
-
-\begin{document}
-\DocInput{docindex.dtx}
-\PrintChanges
-\PrintIndex
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-% 
-% \title{The \package{docindex} package}
-% \author{Lars Hellstr\"om}
-% \date{8 July 2003}
-% \maketitle
-% 
-% \begin{abstract}
-%   The \package{docindex} package implements template-based formatting 
-%   of indices and lists of changes\slash glossaries. In addition to this, 
-%   the control structures employed also provide for a couple of new 
-%   features, such as automatic collapsing of trivial index levels.
-% \end{abstract}
-% 
-% \tableofcontents
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Introduction}
-% 
-% In automatically generated indices with multi-level entries, such as the 
-% list of changes of a \package{doc} document, it often happens that some 
-% entries are uniquely identified by their primary level sort keys, 
-% although there are sort keys and text for additional levels. If then 
-% the formatting is designed for entries that are uniquely identified 
-% only when their secondary or tertiary sort keys are considered, one 
-% ends up with a couple of entries that look rather peculiar (building 
-% a tree which never branches) and usually take up much more space than 
-% they need to. The remedy for this is of course to make the formatting 
-% smart enough to recognise this situation when it occurs and flexible 
-% enough to format the text is a more suitable manner.
-% 
-% An example of this is that if a document contains the index 
-% entries\footnote{I'm using the default \program{makeindex} 
-% metacharacters in these examples, but the style file provided for 
-% this package actually uses the same metacharacters as those style files 
-% provided by the \package{doc} package---hence the `\package{doc}' 
-% in `\package{docindex}'. }
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\index{Bernoulli!Jacob}\index{Bernoulli!Johann}|
-% \end{quote}
-% then it is probably reasonable to format this as
-% \begin{quote}
-%   Bernoulli,\\
-%   \vadjust{}\quad Jacob\\
-%   \vadjust{}\quad Johann
-% \end{quote}
-% but if the index entries instead were
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\index{Jacobi!Carl}\index{Bernoulli!Jacob}|
-% \end{quote}
-% then it is probably better to format this as
-% \begin{quote}
-%   Bernoulli, Jacob\\
-%   Jacobi, Carl
-% \end{quote}
-% than as
-% \begin{quote}
-%   Bernoulli,\\
-%   \vadjust{}\quad Jacob\\
-%   Jacobi,\\
-%   \vadjust{}\quad Carl
-% \end{quote}
-% 
-% The \program{makeindex} program has some features in this direction, 
-% but they only allow dependence on the previous item in the index, not 
-% the next item, which is what you need to know when deciding whether 
-% `Jacob' should go on the same line as `Bernoulli'. Therefore 
-% \package{docindex} pretty much ignores these features in 
-% \program{makeindex} and instead sees to that each command that is to 
-% typeset an index item knows what kind of items were before and after it.
-% 
-% Another reason for writing this package was to try out the template  
-% mechanisms as provided by the \LaTeXplus\ \package{template} 
-% package.\footnote{\LaTeXplus\ is the name of the \LaTeX\ version after 
-% \LaTeXe. Rather than being a completely different kernel\slash format, 
-% \LaTeXplus\ is (will be) implemented as a collection of \LaTeXe\ 
-% packages which replace parts of the kernel. More information and 
-% package code can be found on the \LaTeX-project website~^^A
-% \cite{LaTeX-project}.} My impression is that this experiment turned 
-% out strikingly well. I have always found the more layout-oriented 
-% aspects of \TeX\ programming a bit cumbersome, but the separation of 
-% layout details from control structures that becomes natural when 
-% employing template mechanisms seems to have made it much easier. I'm 
-% not sure why this is so, but it could be as simple as that the layout 
-% settings are no longer diluted in the control structures. In any 
-% case, I would recommend people creating new \LaTeXe\ packages to 
-% employ template mechanisms in at least the initial development 
-% versions of the package, for the following reasons: (i) it reduces the 
-% work of updating the package for \LaTeXplus, (ii) it furthers the 
-% development of \LaTeXplus, and (iii) it might actually become a 
-% better package.
-% 
-% A third reason for writing the \package{docindex} package was to get 
-% the \LaTeX\ document ``back in control'' of how the index is formatted. 
-% Certainly it is the document which has the final say about what 
-% the command in the \texttt{.ind} file actually do, but the traditional 
-% \program{makeindex} style files that are used place severe restrictions 
-% on the formatting of the index simply because they control where the 
-% commands are put. \package{docindex} tries to reduce these 
-% restrictions by making all texts in the index arguments of commands. 
-% Certainly there is a lot more that could be done in this direction---in 
-% particular, the (page) numbers in the index could be coded as a 
-% |\do|-type list rather than as an explicitly comma-separated list as is 
-% done now---but what is in \package{docindex} at the moment seems to 
-% satisfy all my current needs.
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Usage}
-% 
-% \subsection{Straightforward usage}
-% 
-% To make use of the \package{docindex} package in formatting the index 
-% and list of changes of a \package{doc}-type \LaTeX\ document, you must 
-% do the following:
-% \begin{enumerate}
-%   \item Load the \package{docindex} package (or probably 
-%     rather the \package{docidx2e} package---see below).
-%   \item Make sure that the index entries does not use any commands, 
-%     such as |\verb|, that rely on changing catcodes or otherwise 
-%     need to be executed before the entire entry text has been 
-%     tokenized.
-%   \item Generate the \texttt{.ind} and \texttt{.gls} files using 
-%      \texttt{docindex.ist} as style file for \program{make\-index}.
-% \end{enumerate}
-% (Item~2 may seem like a monumental task if one considers what the 
-% indices of \package{doc} documents traditionally looks like---there's 
-% a  |\verb| for every macro name in the index---but it is really not 
-% that bad. \package{docindex} loads the \package{xdoc} package~^^A
-% \cite{xdoc} which redefines \texttt{macro}, the cross-referencing 
-% mechanism, etc.\ so that the index entries generated by these no 
-% longer uses |\verb|. What is left for you to deal with are merely 
-% the possible uses of |\verb| in explicit |\index| or |\SortIndex| 
-% commands.)
-% 
-% What advantages are there then for the normal user in having 
-% \package{docindex} formatting the index and list of changes, as 
-% opposed to using the default mechanisms in the \package{doc} package? 
-% I can only think of two: the index or list of changes may be typeset in 
-% a single column and the same \program{makeindex} style file can be 
-% used for both index and list of changes. Neither advantage is 
-% significant. Instead the advantage of \package{docindex} lies in that 
-% it becomes much simpler to change the formatting, which is rather an 
-% advantage for advanced users which have special needs, and 
-% in particular one can do this without having to supply e.g.\ extra 
-% \program{makeindex} style files.
-% 
-% Another important point is that what you will want to use is probably 
-% not the \LaTeXplus\ \package{docindex} package, but the ``downgraded'' 
-% \LaTeXe\ version \package{docidx2e}, as the former uses the 
-% \package{galley2} package which currently wrecks pretty much all 
-% justification in all existing document classes. \package{docidx2e} 
-% provides the same features as \package{docindex}, but configuring it 
-% is somewhat more cumbersome since \package{template} won't do most of 
-% the coding for you. It is however rather straightforward to convert 
-% a definition using the \package{docindex} package to something which 
-% achieves the same results with the \package{docidx2e} package.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Multiple indices}
-% 
-% The \package{docindex} package makes it comparatively simple to 
-% include several indices in the same document: all one has to do is 
-% use an instance or template of type \texttt{docindex} for each index 
-% one wishes to typeset. The syntax for using such an instance is
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\UseInstance{docindex}|\marg{instance}\marg{prologue}^^A
-%   \marg{epilogue}
-% \end{quote}
-% The \meta{prologue} and \meta{epilogue} are texts which will be 
-% printed just before and after the index, respectively, and either may 
-% be empty. The text for the index itself is read from another file, 
-% the name and extentsion of which are specified by the instance. The 
-% \texttt{std} template prints the \meta{prologue} and \meta{epilogue} 
-% in one-column mode, whereas the index itself can be printed in one- or 
-% multicolumn mode (the default is three columns).
-% 
-% The \package{doc} commands |\PrintIndex| and |\PrintGlossary| are 
-% redefined to be
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\UseInstance{docindex}{index}{\index@prologue}{}|
-% \end{quote}
-% and 
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\UseInstance{docindex}{changes}{\glossary@prologue}{}|
-% \end{quote}
-% respectively. The \texttt{index} and \texttt{changes} instances of 
-% type \texttt{docindex} give the same formatting as the \package{doc} 
-% defaults. (The \package{docidx2e} definitions even use the 
-% \package{doc} package parameters where applicable, but in 
-% \package{docindex} it is much simpler to redefine the instance from 
-% scratch.)
-% 
-% The format of the sorted index files (\texttt{.ind}, \texttt{.gls}, 
-% etc.) that a \texttt{docindex} instance inputs is rather complicated 
-% and I would suggest that the generation of these files is left to the 
-% \program{makeindex} program, but the complete syntax is described in 
-% Subsection~\ref{Ssec:ist}. The syntax of the unsorted index files 
-% (\texttt{.idx}, \texttt{.glo}, etc.) is simpler; there are only a few 
-% things that are different from the index files of the \package{doc} 
-% package.
-% 
-% The foremost difference is that the index entries should begin not 
-% with |\indexentry| or |\glossaryentry|, but with |\docindexentry|. The 
-% \package{xdoc} package provides hooks with which one can change these 
-% texts in entries generated using the |\index| and |\glossary| commands 
-% (as well as higher-level commands built on these, such as the 
-% |\SortIndex| and |\changes| commands) and \package{docindex} will use 
-% these hooks unless it gets passed the \describeoption{oldkeywords}
-% \texttt{oldkeywords} option. If you are creating a third unsorted 
-% index file then you will have to make sure that the command for writing 
-% to that file uses |\docindexentry| in the right place.
-% 
-% The other difference concerns the composite page numbers. The string 
-% which separates the parts of a composite page number is not a 
-% hyphen `|-|', but the string `|\+|'. (The |\+| command is locally 
-% defined for the typesetting of each index by the \texttt{docindex} 
-% template being used, and the default is to typeset a hyphen.) Again 
-% the \package{xdoc} package provides a hook for this, and this hook is 
-% used by \package{docindex} unless it gets passed the 
-% \texttt{oldkeywords} option.
-% 
-% It also deserves to be listed which the metacharacters are that are 
-% the same as in \package{doc} indices. The level separator is `|>|', 
-% the sort~key\slash item~text separator is `|=|', and the quote 
-% character is `|!|'. All other \program{makeindex} metacharacter 
-% parameters have their default values.
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Configuration}
-% 
-% Configuration of the layout provided by the \package{docindex} 
-% package is primarily done by redefining the \texttt{index} and 
-% \texttt{changes} instances of type \texttt{docindex}, since these are 
-% the instances that are used by the |\PrintIndex| and |\PrintChanges| 
-% commands.
-% 
-% The index in the \texttt{source2e.tex} file (the main driver for the 
-% \LaTeXe\ source) differs from the default in three respects: it is set 
-% in two columns rather than three, there is no seperator character 
-% between the parts of a composite page number, and the pagestyle is set 
-% to \texttt{docindex} during the index. This is set up by the 
-% redefinition
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareInstance{docindex}{index}{std}{
-%   columns=2, page-compositor={}, pagestyle=docindex
-%}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% (There are however also some changes of parameters related to 
-% linebreaking; more on that in connection to configuration of the 
-% \texttt{changes} instance below.)
-% 
-% Another kind of modification can be found in the \package{tclldoc} 
-% package~\cite{tclldoc}. Here the primary level in the index is used for 
-% names of procedures and variables, whereas the secondary level for the 
-% namespace of the same (the same name may have different definitions 
-% in different namespaces). If there is only one namespace for a given 
-% name then it is probably overkill to format them as two different 
-% index items, but better to join them. This can be achieved through 
-% the redefinition
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareInstance{docindex}{index}{std}{%
-%   item1=fixed-r1a, item2=aloneaccept2
-%}%
-%\end{verbatim}
-% An item handled by the \texttt{fixed-r1a} instance (of type 
-% \texttt{indexitem}) always tries to join with the following item but 
-% rejects to join with the preceeding one. An item handled by the 
-% \texttt{aloneaccept2} instance accepts to join with the preceeding 
-% item if neither that nor the following item is a secondary level item. 
-% Thus an item for a name will join with the following item for a 
-% namespace if there is only one such item. As the reader no doubt 
-% realises, this also solves the problem with the Bernoullis that was 
-% described in the introduction.
-% 
-% \pagebreak[1]
-% 
-% As for configuring the list of changes formatting, it is instructive 
-% to start by considering its default definition:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareInstance{docindex}{changes}{std}{
-%   file-extension = gls,
-%   item2 = fixed-r2a-nocomma,
-%   item3 = fixed-a3r,
-%   columns = 2, 
-%   letter-format = ,
-%   letter-skip = 0pt
-%}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% In the list of changes a secondary level item (which contains the name 
-% of the macro or whatever which was changed) is joined with the 
-% following tertiary level item (which details the change that was made). 
-% There are two columns and letter groups are not given any special 
-% formatting.
-% 
-% The definition of \texttt{changes} that would be used for 
-% \texttt{source2e.tex} differs from the above in only one keyval, 
-% namely \textit{body-setup}, but that contains quite a lot of material. 
-% To begin with there is the default |\small| which selects the font. 
-% Then there is a |\makeatletter| which is needed because some |\changes| 
-% entries in the \LaTeX\ sources include commands (e.g.~|\TeX|) that 
-% (when written to file) expand to other commands whose names include the 
-% |@| character. If these are to be tokenized correctly, |@| must be a 
-% letter when the \texttt{.gls} file is being inputted. Last, but not 
-% least, there is a modification of the linebreaking parameters:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\UseTemplate{linebreak}{TeX}{
-%\end{verbatim}
-% The file \texttt{source2e.tex} explicitly sets \textit{hbadness} and 
-% \textit{hfuzz} to make \TeX\ shut up about over- and underfull hboxes.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%   hbadness=10000, hfuzz=\maxdimen,
-%\end{verbatim}
-% In addition to this, there are a couple of parameters that are set by 
-% the \texttt{multicols} environment to values quite different from the 
-% defaults of the \texttt{TeX} template and thus must be set too. Here 
-% they are shown with their default values. The value of 
-% \textit{emergency\-stretch} could probably be increased.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%   pretolerance=-1, tolerance=9999, emergencystretch=8pt
-%}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% Summing that up, we arrive at the following definition of the
-% \texttt{changes} instance for \texttt{source2e.tex}.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareInstance{docindex}{changes}{std}{
-%   file-extension = gls,
-%   item2 = fixed-r2a-nocomma,
-%   item3 = fixed-a3r,
-%   columns = 2, 
-%   letter-format = ,
-%   letter-skip = 0pt,
-%   body-setup = \small\makeatletter
-%      \UseTemplate{linebreak}{TeX}{
-%         hbadness=10000, hfuzz=\maxdimen,
-%         pretolerance=-1, tolerance=9999, emergencystretch=8pt
-%      }
-%}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% 
-% Another example can be found in the \package{fisource} 
-% package\footnote{It should probably rather be made a document class, 
-% but I haven't found it that necessary to change that aspect of it.}^^A
-% ~(v\,2.10 or later), which sets up formatting for the \program{fontinst} 
-% source. There the list of changes should be set in one column, with 
-% items from the tertiary level being joined with their parent 
-% secondary level items iff the tertiary item is the only one having 
-% that particular parent item. This is achieved through the definition
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareInstance{docindex}{changes}{std}{%
-%    file-extension = gls,
-%    item2 = fixed-r2a-nocomma,
-%    item3 = aloneaccept3,
-%    columns = 1,
-%    letter-format = {},
-%    letter-skip = 0pt
-% }
-%\end{verbatim}
-% where the difference to the default definition is in the values for 
-% the \textit{item3} and \textit{columns} keys.
-% 
-% For details on what they various keys mean, see the declaration of 
-% the \texttt{std} template of type \texttt{docindex} on 
-% page~\pageref{docindex:std}.
-% 
-% With the \package{docidx2e} package, configuration follows the same 
-% logic, even though it is much more technical as one has to define 
-% the instances without the help of a template. The default instance 
-% definitions for the \package{docidx2e} package are the
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\@namedef{TP@I{}{docindex}{index}}#1#2{|\dots|}|\\
-%   |\@namedef{TP@I{}{docindex}{changes}}#1#2{|\dots|}|
-% \end{quote}
-% that begin on pages~\pageref{p:index-instance} 
-% and~\pageref{p:changes-instance} respectively.
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \StopEventually{
-% %    \begin{thebibliography}{9}
-%    \bibitem{xindex}
-%      Achim Blumensath: \textit{The \package{xindex} package};
-%      \textsc{http:}/\slash 
-%      \texttt{www-mgi.\nolinebreak[3]informatik.\nolinebreak[3]^^A
-%      rwth-aachen.de}\slash \texttt{\textasciitilde blume}/.
-%    \bibitem{makeindex-paper}
-%      Pehong Chen, Michael A. Harrison:
-%      \textit{Index Preparation and Processing},
-%      Software: practice \& experience, vol. \textbf{19}, no. 9 (1988),
-%      897--915; 
-%      Computer Science Tech. Report 87/347, University of California,
-%      Berkeley, March 1987;
-%      \textsc{ctan:}\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{indexing}^^A
-%      \slash\texttt{makeindex}\slash\texttt{paper}\slash
-%      \texttt{ind.tex}.
-%    \bibitem{tclldoc}
-%      Lars Hellstr\"om: 
-%      \textit{The \package{tclldoc} package and class},
-%      v\,2.20 or newer;
-%      \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash 
-%      \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{contrib}\slash 
-%      \texttt{tclldoc}\slash \texttt{tclldoc.dtx}. 
-%      Note: At the time of writing, this has not yet been uploaded 
-%      to CTAN.
-%    \bibitem{xdoc}
-%      Lars Hellstr\"om:
-%      \textit{The \package{xdoc} package --- experimental 
-%        reimplementations of features from \package{doc}, 
-%        second~prototype}, 2000--2003;
-%      \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash
-%      \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{contrib}\slash \texttt{xdoc}\slash
-%      \texttt{xdoc2.dtx}.
-%    \bibitem{xindy}
-%      Roger Kehr: 
-%      \textit{\program{xindy} --- A Flexible Indexing System};
-%      \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{indexing}^^A
-%      \slash\texttt{xindy}/.
-%    \bibitem{LaTeX-project}
-%      The \LaTeX3 Project: \textit{The \LaTeX\ Project Home Page};
-%      \textsc{http:}/\slash\texttt{www.latex-project.org}/.
-%    \bibitem{multicol}
-%      Frank Mittelbach: \textit{An environment for multicolumn output};
-%      \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash
-%      \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{required}\slash \texttt{tools}\slash
-%      \texttt{multicol.dtx}.
-%    \bibitem{doc}
-%      Frank Mittelbach, B.~Hamilton Kelly, Andrew Mills, Dave Love, and 
-%      Joachim \mbox{Schrod}: \textit{The \package{doc} and 
-%      \package{shortvrb} Packages}, The \LaTeX3 Project; ^^A , 1993~ff. 
-%      \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash 
-%      \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{base}\slash \texttt{doc.dtx}.
-%    \end{thebibliography}
-% }
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Implementation}
-% 
-% \subsection{\package{docstrip} modules}
-% 
-% This file contains a number of \package{docstrip} module directives, 
-% and many of these guard code that is not going to be used. In part 
-% this mirrors the development of the code (and may get cleared up 
-% eventually), but most of this duplication has to do with making the 
-% code work in many different set-ups (some of which involve other 
-% packages whose interface is rapidly changing).
-% 
-% The modules which control \LaTeX\ code are:
-% \begin{description}
-%   \item[\textsf{pkg}]
-%     Main guard for code that is to end up in some \LaTeX\ package.
-%   \item[\textsf{template}]
-%     Guard for code which uses features of the \package{template} 
-%     package. This code will end up in the \package{docindex} package, 
-%     whereas the equivalent code which avoids using templates ends up 
-%     in the \package{docidx2e} package.
-%   \item[\textsf{default}]
-%     This code protects the default values for template keys. The 
-%     syntax for this is changing, so the default values are currently 
-%     being assigned in the template bodies instead.
-% \end{description}
-% 
-% The modules which control \program{makeindex} style files are:
-% \begin{description}
-%   \item[\textsf{ist}]
-%     Code for the main style file \texttt{docindex.ist}.
-%   \item[\textsf{idx}]
-%     Code for a style file which is like the main one, but the input 
-%     parameters are set to the same values as in the standard \LaTeX\ 
-%     \texttt{gind.ist}.
-%   \item[\textsf{glo}]
-%     Code for a style file which is like the main one, but the input 
-%     parameters are set to the same values as in the standard \LaTeX\ 
-%     \texttt{gglo.ist}.
-% \end{description}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Initial stuff}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage
-%<template>   {docindex}
-%<!template>   {docidx2e}
-   [2001/04/11 v1.00 doc index formatting package]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    
-% Since the \texttt{multicols} environment is used by the \texttt{std} 
-% template of type \texttt{docindex}, the \package{multicol} package 
-% must have been loaded.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{multicol}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% This will probably change in \package{docindex} once I get around to 
-% check how this kind of thing is implemented in the \LaTeXplus\ output 
-% routine.
-% 
-% Since the \texttt{docindex} pagestyle may be used the \package{xdoc} 
-% package must have been loaded. This also loads the \package{doc} 
-% package which contains the definition of |\pfill|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{xdoc2}[2001/03/26]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{option}{oldkeywords}
-%   The \texttt{oldkeywords} option tells the \package{docindex} 
-%   package to not change the index entry keywords from the \package{doc} 
-%   defaults. The code for this option appears further down.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{oldkeywords}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% 
-% \begin{option}{usedocindexps}
-%   The \texttt{usedocindexps} option tells the \package{docindex} 
-%   package to set the pagestyle to \texttt{docindex} (defined by 
-%   \package{xdoc}) when typesetting the index. The code for this option 
-%   appears further down.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{usedocindexps}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions\relax
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Index style files}
-% \label{Ssec:ist}
-% 
-% The \program{makeindex} style files uses four commands. The most 
-% important command is \DescribeMacro{\indexitem}|\indexitem|, which 
-% has the two syntaxes
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\indexitem|\marg{level}\marg{text}\marg{next level}\\
-%   |\indexitem|\marg{level}\marg{text}|{9}|\marg{numbers}^^A
-%     \marg{next level}  
-% \end{quote}
-% The \meta{level} is an integer in the range 1--3, the \meta{next level} 
-% is an integer in the range 0--3, the \meta{text} is the item text, 
-% and the \meta{numbers} is a list of (page or the like) numbers. The 
-% reason for this dual syntax is limitations of \program{makeindex}: 
-% there is no way of making the text inserted after an item depend on 
-% whether there are any page numbers for this item, so one cannot make 
-% \meta{numbers} a straightforward optional argument.
-% 
-% The level numbers specify at what level the item is. Level~1 
-% corresponds to |\item|, level~2 corresponds to |\subitem|, and 
-% level~3 corresponds to |\subsubitem|. The \meta{next level} number 
-% may also be 0, and that denotes non-|\indexitem| material such as a 
-% space between letter groups or the end of the index. The purpose of 
-% the \meta{next level} argument is to let the formatting of an item 
-% depend on what level the next item has, a feature that 
-% \program{makeindex} alone doesn't provide. Since \program{makeindex} 
-% only supports putting text in front of things, each new item must 
-% begin by inserting the closing brace on the second last argument and 
-% the very last argument of the \emph{previous} item before it can do 
-% anything for itself. This leads to the following contents of the 
-% \program{makeindex} |item_|\textellipsis\ parameters.
-% 
-% \xrefoff
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ist|idx|glo>
-item_0  "}{1}\n\\indexitem{1}{"
-item_1  "}{2}\n  \\indexitem{2}{"
-item_01 "}{2}\n  \\indexitem{2}{"
-item_x1 "}{2}\n  \\indexitem{2}{"
-item_2  "}{3}\n    \\indexitem{3}{"
-item_12 "}{3}\n    \\indexitem{3}{"
-item_x2 "}{3}\n    \\indexitem{3}{"
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \SpecialIndex{\indexitem} ^^A I can't believe I'm using this!
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-delim_0 "}{9}{"
-delim_1 "}{9}{"
-delim_2 "}{9}{"
-delim_n ", "
-delim_r "--"
-%</ist|idx|glo>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \xrefon
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\indexitem}
-% \begin{macro}{\DI@indexitem}
-% \begin{macro}{\DI@indexitem@}
-% \begin{macro}{\DI@last@level}
-%   The |\indexitem| command (and its subsidiary macros |\DI@indexitem| 
-%   and |\DI@indexitem@| only handle argument grabbing and some 
-%   elementary processing of level numbers. The formatting of the item 
-%   is instead handled by the |\DI@indexitem@|\meta{level}, where 
-%   \meta{level} is the roman numeral |i|, |ii|, or |iii|, family of 
-%   control sequences. |\indexitem| itself doesn't grab any arguments, 
-%   instead it inserts the contents of |\DI@last@level| as an 
-%   additional argument in front of |\DI@indexitem|. The actual 
-%   argument structures of the other macros are
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\DI@indexitem|\marg{last}\marg{this}\marg{text}^^A
-%       \marg{next/\texttt{9}}\\
-%     |\DI@indexitem@|\marg{cmd}\marg{last}|{9}|\marg{text}^^A
-%       |\NoValue|\marg{figures}\marg{next}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{this} is the level of this item, \meta{next} is the 
-%   level of the next item, \meta{text} is the item text, and 
-%   \meta{figures} are the (page) numbers for this item. Several of the 
-%   arguments of |\DI@indexitem@| are immediately gobbled; they are 
-%   only used when the original |\indexitem| did not have a 
-%   \meta{numbers} argument.
-%   
-%   The |\DI@last@level| macro stores the level of the last item before 
-%   the current. It is set and used by |\DI@indexitem@|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\newcommand\indexitem{%
-   \relax
-   \expandafter\DI@indexitem \expandafter{\DI@last@level}%
-}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\DI@indexitem#1#2#3#4{%
-   \edef\DI@last@level{\number#2\expandafter}%
-   \ifnum #4=9
-      \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\DI@indexitem@
-   \fi
-   \csname DI@indexitem@\romannumeral#2\expandafter\endcsname
-      {#1}{#4}{#3}\NoValue
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\DI@indexitem@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{#1{#2}{#7}{#4}{#6}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\DI@last@level{0}
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% The \describecsfamily{DI@indexitem@\meta{level}}|\DI@indexitem@|^^A
-% \meta{level}, where \meta{level} is the lower case roman numeral form 
-% of the level number, family of control sequences have the syntax
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\DI@indexitem@|\meta{level}\,\marg{previous}\marg{next}^^A
-%   \marg{text}\marg{figures}
-% \end{quote}
-% where \meta{previous} and \meta{next} are the levels of the previous 
-% and following index items, \meta{text} is the entry text of this 
-% item, and \meta{figures} are the (page) numbers for this item, if it 
-% has any, or the token |\NoValue|, if it hasn't.
-% 
-% 
-% \xrefoff
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ist|idx|glo>
-group_skip     "}{0}\n%^^A\n\\indexnewletter{0}{"
-heading_prefix ""
-heading_suffix ""
-headings_flag  1
-%</ist|idx|glo>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \SpecialIndex{\indexnewletter}
-% \xrefon
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\indexnewletter}
-%   \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/04/05}{Made it \cs{outer}. (LH)}
-%   The |\indexnewletter| command is placed in front of a new letter 
-%   group. It has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\indexnewletter|\marg{first}\marg{letter}\marg{next}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{first} is a flag (|1| if this |\indexnewletter| 
-%   is at the very beginning of the index, |0| otherwise), \meta{letter} 
-%   is the letter name (according to the \program{makeindex} program; it 
-%   can be e.g.\ the string `Symbols') and \meta{next} is the level of 
-%   the next item (I think this will always be |1| with 
-%   \program{makeindex}). The command takes care of declining an offer 
-%   to join with the previous index item, inserts some vertical space 
-%   if the \meta{first} is |0|, print the \meta{letter} using 
-%   |\DI@letter@format|, and doesn't offer to join with the following 
-%   item.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\@ifundefined{indexnewletter}{}{%
-   \PackageInfo
-%<template>      {docindex}
-%<!template>      {docidx2e}
-      {Command \protect\indexnewletter\space redefined}
-}
-\outer\def\indexnewletter#1#2#3{%
-   \DI@item@nojoin
-   \ifnum #1=\z@ \vspace{\DI@letter@skip}\fi
-   \DI@letter@format{#2}%
-   \def\DI@last@level{0}%
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-}
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% The index style files also need to set some parameters which aren't 
-% directly connected to the commands provided by the \package{docindex} 
-% package. First there's the input style parameters:\xrefoff
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*ist|idx|glo>
-actual '='
-quote '!'
-level '>'
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Then the page precedence should be changed. This is mainly for the 
-% convenience of use with documents that |\DocInclude| files, since 
-% these by default number the files using letters.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-page_precedence  "naArR"
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% In \texttt{docindex.ist}, both the \texttt{keyword} and the 
-% |page_compositor| strings are different from their standard values. It 
-% turns out to be hard to use a normal command as page compositor, 
-% because \program{makeindex} always rejects spaces and braces in the 
-% page number even if they is in the |page_compositor| parameter!
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<ist>keyword "\\xdocindexentry"
-%<ist>page_compositor "\\+"
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \SpecialIndex{\+}
-% Finally, in the style file for the list of changes, the keyword must 
-% be changed to |\glossaryentry|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<glo>keyword "\\glossaryentry"
-%</ist|idx|glo>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \xrefon
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{option}{oldkeywords}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@index@keyword}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@glossary@keyword}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@page@compositor}
-%   \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/04/05}{Changed it from \cs{PageCompositor-} to 
-%      \cs{+}. (LH)}
-%   To make the contents of the \texttt{.idx} and \texttt{.glo} files 
-%   compatible with the input parameter settings of 
-%   \texttt{docindex.ist}, some macros used by the \package{xdoc} 
-%   package must be redefined. This can however be stopped if the 
-%   \texttt{oldkeywords} option is passed to the \package{docindex} 
-%   package.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\@ifpackagewith
-%<template>   {docindex}
-%<!template>   {docidx2e}
-   {oldkeywords}{}{
-   \edef\XD@index@keyword{\@backslashchar xdocindexentry}
-   \let\XD@glossary@keyword\XD@index@keyword
-   \def\XD@page@compositor{\@backslashchar +}
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{option}
-% 
-% \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/03/25}{The index file is no longer a 
-%    \texttt{thedocindex} environment---the layout must instead be set 
-%    by the command which \cs{input}s the index. Introduced the 
-%    \cs{docindexguard} command to handle situations with incompatible 
-%    index styles. (LH)}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\docindexguard}
-% \begin{macro}{\DI@ind@setup}
-%   The first line of every \texttt{docindex} style sorted index file is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\docindexguard{\endinput}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   If the index file is inputted as a classical sorted index file then 
-%   this will produce an undefined command error and no more lines in 
-%   the index will be read. If the index file is inputted using the 
-%   conventions of the \package{docindex} package then the 
-%   |\docindexguard| will instead gobble the |\endinput| so that the 
-%   file will be read.
-%   
-%   One can also have the opposite problem: a classical style index file 
-%   is being input using \package{docindex} conventions. It is to 
-%   overcome this problem that the |\DI@ind@setup| command has been 
-%   introduced. Classical style index files begin by a |\begin| 
-%   command, so that command is temporarily redefined to print a warning 
-%   message and |\endinput| the file. Should the first command instead 
-%   be |\docindexguard| then everything will be reset to normal. To 
-%   accomplish this, |\DI@ind@setup| opens a group which should be 
-%   closed by the initial |\docindexguard| or |\begin|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\DI@ind@setup{\bgroup
-   \def\docindexguard##1{\egroup}%
-   \def\begin##1{%
-      \egroup
-      \PackageWarningNoLine
-%<template>         {docindex}%
-%<!template>         {docidx2e}%
-         {Ignoring old style index file}
-      \endinput
-   }%
-}
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \xrefoff
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*idx|glo|ist>
-preamble  "\\docindexguard{\\endinput}\n%^^A\n\\indexnewletter{1}{"
-postamble "}{0}\n\\endinput"
-%</idx|glo|ist>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \SpecialIndex{\docindexguard}
-% \SpecialIndex{\indexnewletter}
-% \xrefon
-% 
-% In summary, this is the BNF syntax for a sorted index file that is to 
-% be typeset using \package{docindex}:
-% \begin{syntax}
-%   \item[sorted index file]
-%     \meta{guard}\meta{lettergroups}|\endinput|
-%   \item[guard] |\docindexguard{\endinput}|
-%   \item[lettergroups] \meta{lettergroup}\branch 
-%     \meta{lettergroup}\meta{lettergroups}
-%   \item[lettergroup] \meta{heading}\meta{items}
-%   \item[heading] 
-%     |\indexnewletter|\marg{first}\marg{letter}\marg{next}
-%   \item[items] \meta{empty}\branch \meta{item}\meta{items}
-%   \item[item] |\indexitem|\marg{level}\marg{text}\marg{next}\branch
-%     |\indexitem|\marg{level}\marg{text}|{9}|\marg{numbers}\marg{next}
-% \end{syntax}
-% A \meta{level} is |1|, |2|, or |3|. A \meta{next} is |0|, |1|, |2|, or 
-% |3|. Within a \meta{lettergroup}, the \meta{next} of one \meta{item} 
-% or the \meta{heading} must equal the \meta{level} of the next 
-% \meta{item} and the \meta{next} of the last item must be |0|. The 
-% \meta{first} should be |1| in the first \meta{lettergroup} and |0| in 
-% all the others.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Template mechanisms}
-% 
-% The \package{docindex} package loads the \package{xhj} and 
-% \package{galley2} packages to gain access to the \texttt{justification} 
-% type templates. This indirectly loads the \package{xparse} and 
-% \package{template} packages.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-%<template>\RequirePackage{xhj,galley2}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% Since the \package{docidx2e} package doesn't use the template mechanisms 
-% provided by the \package{template} package, but still is to follow the 
-% logic of the \package{docindex} package which does use these 
-% mechanisms, it becomes convenient to define fakes for a couple of 
-% \package{template} commands. First \package{docidx2e} checks if the 
-% real \package{template} package has been loaded and emits a warning if 
-% it has.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*!template>
-\@ifpackageloaded{template}{
-   \PackageWarningNoLine{docidx2e}{The docidx2e package is only meant%
-      \MessageBreak for use when LaTeX2e* packages like 
-      template\MessageBreak are not available.}
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% Before continuing with the definitions, some of the data structures 
-% used by the \package{template} mechanisms must be explained. A 
-% template \emph{instance} is really only a macro; what makes instances 
-% different from macros in general is that they usually aren't 
-% explicitly programmed. Instead they are formed by combining two 
-% different pieces of code: one which is the code part of some template, 
-% and one which is a piece of code which sets the \emph{container} 
-% macros\slash registers\slash parameters for the key values of this 
-% template. In general, the first piece of code contains the 
-% programming-like aspects of what the instance does, whereas the latter 
-% contains those that have to do with lauout and design. The advantage 
-% of this model is that it lets you implement many layouts without 
-% requiring you to know everything about \LaTeX\ programming that it 
-% would take to implement everything using macros.
-% 
-% Instances are stored in control sequences of the form
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \describecsfamily{TP@I{\meta{collection}}\break
-%      {\meta{type}}\break{\meta{name}}}
-%   |\TP@I|\marg{collection}\marg{type}\marg{name}
-% \end{quote}
-% The \meta{type} is the primary distinction between instances; for each 
-% type there exists a specification of what all instances of that type 
-% must do, and all instances of a type must be interchangeable. In 
-% particular, all instances of a given template type must have the same 
-% argument structure. The \meta{name} is simply the name used to 
-% identify the instance (amongst all other instances of that type). 
-% Finally, the \meta{collection} is something which can be used in 
-% circumstances where one needs to quickly switch between different 
-% definitions of an instance. If they have different \meta{collection}s 
-% then they can exist simutaneously; which of them is used is determined 
-% by which collection is currently active.
-% 
-% Collections are active on a ``per type'' basis; which collection is 
-% active for instances of type \meta{type} is determined by the 
-% contents of the \describecsfamily{TP@T{\meta{type}}} 
-% |\TP@T|\marg{type} control sequences, which are macros with the 
-% structure
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \marg{collection}\marg{arguments}
-% \end{quote}
-% If there is no instance with the requested name in the currently 
-% active collection then the instance with the same name from the 
-% normal collection (whose name is the empty string) will be used. The 
-% \meta{arguments} part of the macro is simply the number of arguments 
-% of instances of this type; it is only used when declaring templates.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\UseCollection}
-%   The |\UseCollection| command sets the active collection for a given 
-%   type. It has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\UseCollection|\marg{type}\marg{collection}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   This macro was used up to v\,1.00 of \package{docindex} but a change 
-%   in the package logic made it unnecessary.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% \providecommand*\UseCollection[2]{%
-%    \expandafter\edef \csname TP@T{#1}\endcsname{%
-%       {#2}%
-%       {\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\@secondoftwo
-%          \csname TP@T{#1}\endcsname}%
-%    }%
-% }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\@letinstance}
-%   The |\@letinstance| macro |\let|s the (currently used) instance 
-%   with given name and type to the \meta{target} control sequence. It 
-%   has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\@letinstance|\marg{target}\marg{type}\marg{name}
-%   \end{quote}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@letinstance#1#2#3{%
-   \expandafter\let \expandafter#1%
-      \csname TP@I%
-         {\expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\@firstoftwo
-            \csname TP@T{#2}\endcsname}%
-         {#2}{#3}%
-      \endcsname
-   \ifx \relax#1%
-      \expandafter\let \expandafter#1\csname TP@I{}{#2}{#3}\endcsname
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\UseInstance}
-%   The |\UseInstance| calls the (currently used) instance with given 
-%   name and type. Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\UseInstance|\marg{type}\marg{name}\,\meta{arguments of instance}
-%   \end{quote}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*\UseInstance[2]{%
-   \@letinstance\@tempa{#1}{#2}%
-   \ifx \relax\@tempa
-      \PackageError{docidx2e}{Instance #2 of type #1 undefined}\@eha
-   \else
-      \expandafter\@tempa
-   \fi
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Templates for index item formatting}
-% 
-% \begin{templatetype}{justification}
-%   In \package{docidx2e}, we have to provide a dummy definition of 
-%   |\TP@T{justification}|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<!template>\@namedef{TP@T{justification}}{{}{0}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{templatetype}
-% 
-% \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/04/08}{Using \texttt{single} template rather 
-%    than the \texttt{std} template for the \texttt{indexitem}$n$ 
-%    instances of type \texttt{justification}. (LH)}
-% \begin{instance}{justification}{indexitem1}
-% \begin{instance}{justification}{indexitem2}
-% \begin{instance}{justification}{indexitem3}
-%   The \texttt{indexitem}\meta{level} instances of the 
-%   \texttt{justification} template set up paragraph indentation etc.\ 
-%   for a paragraph containing an index item at that level. The layout 
-%   is the same as that used by the \package{doc} package, but it is 
-%   not specified in quite the same way.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareInstance{justification}{indexitem1}{single}{
-   leftskip=30pt, rightskip=15pt, startskip=-30pt, parfillskip=-15pt,
-   linefillskip=0pt plus 1fil, parindent=0pt
-}
-\DeclareInstance{justification}{indexitem2}{single}{
-   leftskip=30pt, rightskip=15pt, startskip=-15pt, parfillskip=-15pt,
-   linefillskip=0pt plus 1fil, parindent=0pt
-}
-\DeclareInstance{justification}{indexitem3}{single}{
-   leftskip=30pt, rightskip=15pt, startskip=-5pt, parfillskip=-15pt,
-   linefillskip=0pt plus 1fil, parindent=0pt
-}
-%</template>
-%<*!template>
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{justification}{indexitem1}}{%
-   \leftskip=30\p@
-   \rightskip=15\p@
-   \parindent=-30\p@
-   \parfillskip=-\rightskip
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{justification}{indexitem2}}{%
-   \leftskip=30\p@
-   \rightskip=15\p@
-   \parindent=-15\p@
-   \parfillskip=-\rightskip
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{justification}{indexitem3}}{%
-   \leftskip=30\p@
-   \rightskip=15\p@
-   \parindent=-5\p@
-   \parfillskip=-\rightskip
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{instance}\end{instance}\end{instance}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \subsubsection{The \texttt{indexitem} template type}
-% 
-% \begin{templatetype}{indexitem}
-% \begin{macro}{\DI@item@nojoin}
-% \begin{macro}{\DI@item@join}
-%   The argument structure of a template of type \texttt{indexitem} is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \marg{previous}\marg{next}\marg{text}\marg{figures}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{previous} and \meta{next} are the level codes of the index 
-%   item before and after the current item, \meta{text} is the item text 
-%   of the current index item, and \meta{figures} are the  (page) numbers 
-%   for this item, if it has any, or the token |\NoValue|, if it hasn't.
-% 
-%   Templates of this type format and typeset one item in an index. In 
-%   doing so they may do pretty much anything as long as the other items 
-%   aren't affected: they may start and end paragraphs, change the 
-%   paragraph justification, \textellipsis
-%   
-%   There is however one area in which the rules are rather strict, and 
-%   that has to do with when two items can be joined. In a case where 
-%   item A is followed by item B, item A can propose to item B that they 
-%   should be joined and item B can then accept or decline this offer. 
-%   Technically the offer consists of defining the two macros 
-%   |\DI@item@join| and |\DI@item@nojoin|. If item B accepts the offer 
-%   it will execute |\DI@item@join| and if it declines the offer it 
-%   will execute |\DI@item@nojoin|. A typical definition of 
-%   |\DI@item@join| might be to insert a punctuation mark and a typical 
-%   definition of |\DI@item@nojoin| might be to end the current paragraph.
-%   
-%   There is however also a third case, namely that no offer was given. 
-%   In this case |\DI@item@nojoin| should be |\let| to |\@empty| and 
-%   |\DI@item@join| should be |\let| to |\@firstofone|. The reason for 
-%   this last rule is that |\DI@item@join| has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\DI@item@join|\marg{no-join recovery code}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where the \meta{no-join recovery code} is code that item B needs to 
-%   have executed if there is no join although item B would have 
-%   accepted it. |\DI@item@nojoin|, on the other hand, takes no 
-%   argument.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<template>\DeclareTemplateType{indexitem}{4}
-%<!template>\@namedef{TP@T{indexitem}}{{}{4}}
-\let\DI@item@join=\@firstofone
-\let\DI@item@nojoin=\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{templatetype}
-% 
-% \begin{template}{indexitem}{fixed}
-%   The \texttt{fixed} template of type \texttt{indexitem} formats an 
-%   item as the items in \package{doc}'s \texttt{theindex} environment. 
-%   It is fixed in that it ignores the levels of the surrounding items.
-%   
-%   The keys for this template are:
-%   \begin{description}
-%     \keyvalitem{justification-setup}{i}
-%       This is a template instance of type \texttt{justification}. It 
-%       sets the justification for the paragraph containing the item, 
-%       unless the item is being joined with the preceeding item.
-%     \keyvalitem{pre-join}{b}
-%       A switch for whether the item should accept to be joined with 
-%       the item before. True means ``accept'', false means ``decline'' 
-%       (which is the default).
-%     \keyvalitem{nofig-action}{f1}
-%       If the \meta{figures} argument is |\NoValue| then the \meta{text} 
-%       argument is passed on to this macro for the actual formatting. 
-%       The default expansion is precisely the \meta{text}.
-%     \keyvalitem{fig-action}{f2}
-%       If the \meta{figures} argument is not |\NoValue| then the 
-%       \meta{text} and \meta{figures} arguments are passed on (in that 
-%       order) to this macro for the actual formatting. The default 
-%       expansion is
-%       \begin{quote}
-%         \meta{text}|\pfill|\meta{figures}
-%       \end{quote}
-%     \keyvalitem{post-join}{b}
-%       A switch for whether the item should offer to join with the 
-%       following item. True means ``make offer'', false (which is the 
-%       default) means ``don't make offer''. Making the offer is 
-%       furthermore conditioned by that the \meta{figures} argument is 
-%       |\NoValue|.
-%     \keyvalitem{nojoin-extra}{f0}
-%       Extra code which is inserted after the normal code for an item 
-%       if the item neither has any figures nor offers to join with the 
-%       following item. The default value is a space of length 
-%       \textit{linefillskip} followed by a |\nopagebreak|.^^A
-%       \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/24}{Added the \textit{nojoin-extra} 
-%          key. (LH)}^^A
-%       \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/25}{Added \cs{nopagebreak} from 
-%         \cs{efill} to default for \textit{nojoin-extra} key. (LH)}
-%     \keyvalitem{join-extra}{f0}
-%       Extra text which is inserted after the normal text of the item 
-%       if there is a join, by default a comma and a space.
-%     \keyvalitem{offjoin-extra}{f0}
-%       Extra code which is inserted after the normal text of the item 
-%       if a join is offered but declined. The default value is a space 
-%       of length \textit{linefillskip} followed by a |\nopagebreak| 
-%       (larger than the one from \textit{nojoin-extra}; if not for 
-%       this, the default could have been taken to be 
-%       |\DI@nojoin@extra|).
-%   \end{description}
-%   
-%   Note that the contents of the \textit{nojoin-extra}, 
-%   \textit{join-extra}, and \textit{offjoin-extra} keys must be robust 
-%   as they may be subjected to a |\protected@edef|.
-%   \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/24}{\cs{protected@edef}ing the macros
-%     \cs{DI@item@join} and \cs{DI@item@nojoin}. (LH)}
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareTemplate{indexitem}{fixed}{4}{
-   justification-setup =i{justification}      \DI@item@justification,
-   pre-join      =b  
-%<default>           {false}
-                                               DI@prejoin@,
-   nofig-action  =f1 
-%<default>           {#1}
-                                              \DI@nofig,
-   fig-action    =f2 
-%<default>           {#1\pfill#2}
-                                              \DI@hasfig,
-   post-join     =b  
-%<default>           {false}
-                                               DI@postjoin@,
-   nojoin-extra    =f0 
-%<default>           {\hspace*{\justification@g}
-%<default>            \protect\nopagebreak[2]}
-                                              \DI@nojoin@extra,
-   join-extra    =f0 
-%<default>           {,\space}
-                                              \DI@join@extra,
-   offjoin-extra =f0 
-%<default>           {\hspace*{\justification@g}
-%<default>            \protect\nopagebreak[4]}
-                                              \DI@offjoin@extra
-}{%
-%<*!default>
-   \let\ifDI@prejoin@\iffalse
-   \let\DI@nofig\@firstofone
-   \def\DI@hasfig##1##2{##1\pfill##2}%
-   \let\ifDI@postjoin@\iffalse
-   \def\DI@nojoin@extra{%
-      \hspace*{\justification@g}\protect\nopagebreak[2]%
-   }%
-   \def\DI@join@extra{,\space}%
-   \def\DI@offjoin@extra{%
-      \hspace*{\justification@g}\protect\nopagebreak[4]%
-   }%
-%</!default>
-   \DoParameterAssignments
-   \ifDI@prejoin@
-      \DI@item@join{\DI@item@justification}%
-   \else
-      \DI@item@nojoin\DI@item@justification
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \IfNoValueTF{#4}{%
-      \DI@nofig{#3}%
-      \ifDI@postjoin@
-         \protected@edef\DI@item@join##1{\DI@join@extra}%
-         \protected@edef\DI@item@nojoin{\DI@offjoin@extra\protect\par}%
-      \else
-         \DI@nojoin@extra\par
-      \fi
-   }{%
-      \DI@hasfig{#3}{#4}%
-      \par
-   }%
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{template}
-% 
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{fixed1}
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{fixed2}
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{fixed3}
-%   The \texttt{fixed1}, \texttt{fixed2}, and \texttt{fixed3} instances 
-%   of type \texttt{indexitem} are simply the \texttt{fixed} template 
-%   with different values assigned to the \textit{justification-setup} 
-%   key.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{fixed1}{fixed}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem1}
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{fixed2}{fixed}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem2}
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{fixed3}{fixed}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem3}
-%</template>
-%<*!template>
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{fixed1}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem1}%
-   \DI@item@nojoin
-   \DI@item@justification
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3\nobreak\hfil\nopagebreak[2]%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill#4%
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \par
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{fixed2}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem2}%
-   \DI@item@nojoin
-   \DI@item@justification
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3\nobreak\hfil\nopagebreak[2]%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill#4%
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \par
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{fixed3}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem3}%
-   \DI@item@nojoin
-   \DI@item@justification
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3\nobreak\hfil\nopagebreak[2]%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill#4%
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \par
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{instance}\end{instance}\end{instance}
-% 
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{fixed-r1a}
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{fixed-r2a-nocomma}
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{fixed-a3r}
-%   The \texttt{fixed-r1a}, \texttt{fixed-r2a-nocomma}, and 
-%   \texttt{fixed-a3r} instances of type \texttt{indexitem} are again 
-%   based on the \texttt{fixed} template, but here they always accept 
-%   (or offer) to join with one neighbouring item, whereas they always 
-%   reject to join with the other. As before, they differ in their 
-%   values of the \textit{justification-setup} key, and the 
-%   \texttt{-nocomma} is because that instance only inserts a space, 
-%   not a comma and a space, when items are joined.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{fixed-r1a}{fixed}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem1, post-join = true}
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{fixed-r2a-nocomma}{fixed}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem2, 
-    post-join = true, join-extra = {\space}}
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{fixed-a3r}{fixed}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem3, pre-join = true}
-%</template>
-%<*!template>
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{fixed-r1a}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem1}%
-   \DI@item@nojoin
-   \DI@item@justification
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3%
-      \def\DI@item@join##1{, }%
-      \def\DI@item@nojoin{\nobreak\hfil\nopagebreak[4]\par}%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill#4\par
-      \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-      \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \fi
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{fixed-r2a-nocomma}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem2}%
-   \DI@item@nojoin
-   \DI@item@justification
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3%
-      \def\DI@item@join##1{ }%
-      \def\DI@item@nojoin{\nobreak\hfil\nopagebreak[4]\par}%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill#4\par
-      \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-      \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \fi
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{fixed-a3r}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem3}%
-   \DI@item@join{\DI@item@justification}%
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3\hfil\nopagebreak[2]%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill#4%
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \par
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{instance}\end{instance}\end{instance}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{template}{indexitem}{aloneaccept}
-%   The \texttt{aloneaccept} template of type \texttt{indexitem} formats 
-%   an item as the items in \package{doc}'s \texttt{theindex} environment. 
-%   It accepts to be joined with the preceeding item if and only if 
-%   both that and the following item are at a lower level than the item 
-%   itself is.
-%   
-%   The keys for this template are:
-%   \begin{description}
-%     \keyvalitem{justification-setup}{i}
-%       This is a template instance of type \texttt{justification}. It 
-%       sets the justification for the paragraph containing the item, 
-%       unless the item is being joined with the preceeding item.
-%     \keyvalitem{ownlevel}{C}
-%       This is the (nominal) level of this item; it will accept a join 
-%       with the preceeding item if and only if the levels of both that 
-%       and the following item are different from this number. 
-%       \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/03/25}{Changed condition for accepting a 
-%         join from ``neighbouring item levels are lower'' to 
-%         ``neighbouring item levels are not equal to''. (LH)}
-%       The default is 2.
-%     \keyvalitem{nofig-action}{f1}
-%       If the \meta{figures} argument is |\NoValue| then the \meta{text} 
-%       argument is passed on to this macro for the actual formatting. 
-%       The default expansion is the \meta{text} followed by a space of 
-%       linefillskip.
-%     \keyvalitem{fig-action}{f2}
-%       If the \meta{figures} argument is not |\NoValue| then the 
-%       \meta{text} and \meta{figures} arguments are passed on (in that 
-%       order) to this macro for the actual formatting. The default 
-%       expansion is
-%       \begin{quote}
-%         \meta{text}|\pfill|\meta{figures}
-%       \end{quote}
-%     \keyvalitem{post-join}{b}
-%       A switch for whether the item should offer to join with the 
-%       following item. True means ``make offer'', false (which is the 
-%       default) means ``don't make offer''. Making the offer is 
-%       furthermore conditioned by that the \meta{figures} argument is 
-%       |\NoValue|.
-%     \keyvalitem{nojoin-extra}{f0}
-%       Extra code which is inserted after the normal code for an item 
-%       if the item neither has any figures nor offers to join with the 
-%       following item. The default value is a space of length 
-%       \textit{linefillskip}.
-%       \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/24}{Added the \textit{nojoin-extra} 
-%          key. (LH)}
-%     \keyvalitem{join-extra}{f0}
-%       Extra text which is inserted after the normal text of the item 
-%       if there is a join, by default a comma and a space.
-%     \keyvalitem{offjoin-extra}{f0}
-%       Extra code which is inserted after the normal text of the item 
-%       if a join is offered but declined, by default the 
-%       \textit{nojoin-extra} code followed by a |\nopagebreak|. 
-%   \end{description}
-%   
-%   Note that the contents of the \textit{nojoin-extra}, 
-%   \textit{join-extra}, and \textit{offjoin-extra} keys must be robust 
-%   as they may be subjected to a |\protected@edef|.
-%   \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/24}{\cs{protected@edef}ing the macros
-%     \cs{DI@item@join} and \cs{DI@item@nojoin}. (LH)}
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareTemplate{indexitem}{aloneaccept}{4}{
-   justification-setup =i{justification}      \DI@item@justification,
-   ownlevel      =C  
-%<default>           {2}
-                                              \DI@this@level,
-   nofig-action  =f1 
-%<default>           {#1}
-                                              \DI@nofig,
-   fig-action    =f2 
-%<default>           {#1\pfill#2}
-                                              \DI@hasfig,
-   post-join     =b  
-%<default>           {false}
-                                               DI@postjoin@,
-   nojoin-extra    =f0 
-%<default>           {\hspace*{\justification@g}}
-                                              \DI@nojoin@extra,
-   join-extra    =f0 
-%<default>           {,\space}
-                                              \DI@join@extra,
-   offjoin-extra =f0 
-%<default>           {\DI@nojoin@extra\protect\nopagebreak[4]}
-                                              \DI@offjoin@extra
-}{%
-%<*!default>
-   \def\DI@this@level{2}%
-   \let\DI@nofig\@firstofone
-   \def\DI@hasfig##1##2{##1\pfill##2}%
-   \let\ifDI@postjoin@\iffalse
-   \def\DI@nojoin@extra{\hspace*{\justification@g}}%
-   \def\DI@join@extra{,\space}%
-   \def\DI@offjoin@extra{\DI@nojoin@extra\protect\nopagebreak[4]}%
-%</!default>
-   \DoParameterAssignments
-   \ifnum \DI@this@level=#1
-      \DI@item@nojoin \DI@item@justification
-   \else\ifnum \DI@this@level=#2
-      \DI@item@nojoin \DI@item@justification
-   \else
-      \DI@item@join{\DI@item@justification}%
-   \fi\fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \IfNoValueTF{#4}{%
-      \DI@nofig{#3}%
-      \ifDI@postjoin@
-         \protected@edef\DI@item@join##1{\DI@join@extra}%
-         \protected@edef\DI@item@nojoin{\DI@offjoin@extra\protect\par}%
-      \else
-         \DI@nojoin@extra \par
-      \fi
-   }{%
-      \DI@hasfig{#3}{#4}%
-      \par
-   }%
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-%</template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{template}
-% 
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{aloneaccept2}
-% \begin{instance}{indexitem}{aloneaceept3}
-%   The \texttt{aloneaccept2} and \texttt{aloneaccept3} instances of type 
-%   \texttt{indexitem} are simply the \texttt{aloneaccept} template 
-%   with the levels fixed to two and three, respectively.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{aloneaccept2}{aloneaccept}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem2, ownlevel = 2}
-\DeclareInstance{indexitem}{aloneaccept3}{aloneaccept}
-   {justification-setup = indexitem3, ownlevel = 3}
-%</template>
-%<*!template>
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{aloneaccept2}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem2}%
-   \ifnum #1=\tw@
-      \DI@item@nojoin \DI@item@justification
-   \else\ifnum #2=\tw@
-      \DI@item@nojoin \DI@item@justification
-   \else
-      \DI@item@join{\DI@item@justification}%
-   \fi\fi
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3\nobreak\hfil\vadjust{}%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill #4%
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \par
-}
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{indexitem}{aloneaccept3}}#1#2#3#4{%
-   \@letinstance\DI@item@justification{justification}{indexitem3}%
-   \ifnum #1=\thr@@
-      \DI@item@nojoin \DI@item@justification
-   \else\ifnum #2=\thr@@
-      \DI@item@nojoin \DI@item@justification
-   \else
-      \DI@item@join{\DI@item@justification}%
-   \fi\fi
-   \ifx \NoValue#4%
-      #3\nobreak\hfil\vadjust{}%
-   \else
-      #3\pfill #4%
-   \fi
-   \let\DI@item@join\@firstofone
-   \let\DI@item@nojoin\@empty
-   \par
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{instance}\end{instance}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsubsection{The \texttt{docindex} template type}
-% 
-% \begin{templatetype}{docindex}
-%   A template of type \texttt{docindex} takes care of typesetting an 
-%   index found in a file (which is |\input|ted as part of this 
-%   process), hence using an instance of type \texttt{docindex} is 
-%   the same kind of action that the |\printindex| and |\printglossary| 
-%   commands make.
-%   
-%   The template decides from which file the index should be read. It 
-%   takes two arguments: the index prologue and the index epilogue. 
-%   These are two pieces of text (which may just as well include a 
-%   sectioning command) that are printed just before and after the 
-%   index. Either argument may be empty. Immediately after the file 
-%   containing the body of the index has been inputted, the template 
-%   must execute |\DI@item@nojoin| to make sure that the last item is 
-%   properly typeset.
-%   
-%   Templates of type \texttt{docindex} must begin by opening a group 
-%   and end by closing it. They must furthermore locally define the 
-%   following macros before any part of the index is typeset.
-%   \begin{description}
-%     \item[\cs{DI@indexitem@i}, \cs{DI@indexitem@ii}, and 
-%       \cs{DI@indexitem@iii}]
-%       Handlers for index items at level 1, 2, and 3 respectively. 
-%       These handlers must conform to the specification for 
-%       \texttt{indexitem} instances.
-%     \item[\cs{DI@letter@skip}, \cs{DI@letter@format}]
-%       These are described in the comments to the |\indexnewletter| 
-%       command.
-%     \item[\cs{+}]
-%       The command for typesetting the separator between two parts of 
-%       a composite (page) number. This is a parameterless macro.
-%   \end{description}
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<template>\DeclareTemplateType{docindex}{2}
-%<!template>\@namedef{TP@T{docindex}}{{}{2}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{templatetype}
-% 
-% \begin{template}{docindex}{std}
-%   The \texttt{std} template of type \texttt{docindex} typesets an 
-%   index while providing all the formatting parameters of the 
-%   \package{doc} index and list of changes (and a few more).
-%   \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/04/08}{The \mbox{\textit{-font}} keyvals 
-%      renamed to \mbox{\textit{-setup}}, but the type stayed the 
-%      same (f0). (LH)}
-%   
-%   \label{docindex:std}
-%   The keys of the template are:
-%   \begin{description}
-%     \keyvalitem{file-name}{n}
-%       The base name of the file in which the index is stored, by 
-%       default the |\jobname|.\changes{v\,1.00}{2001/03/25}{Added 
-%       \textit{file-name} and \textit{file-extension} keys, removed 
-%       the \textit{default-prologue} and \textit{default-epilogue} 
-%       keys. (LH)}
-%     \keyvalitem{file-extension}{n}
-%       The extension of the file in which the index is stored, by 
-%       default \texttt{ind}.
-%     \keyvalitem{item1}{i}
-%       \texttt{indexitem} instance for level 1 items, by default 
-%       \texttt{fixed1}.
-%     \keyvalitem{item2}{i}
-%       \texttt{indexitem} instance for level 2 items, by default 
-%       \texttt{fixed2}.
-%     \keyvalitem{item3}{i}
-%       \texttt{indexitem} instance for level 3 items, by default 
-%       \texttt{fixed3}.
-%     \keyvalitem{columns}{C}
-%       The number of columns in the index, by default 3.
-%     \keyvalitem{reserved-height}{L}
-%       The minimal amount of vertical space that must be left on the 
-%       current page if the index is to start on it, by default 
-%       80\,pt.^^A
-%       \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/03/25}{Made \textit{reserved-height} work 
-%          even when \textit{columns} is 1 by using the 
-%          \package{multicol} macro \cs{enough@room}. (LH)}
-%     \keyvalitem{column-sep}{l}
-%       The horizontal separation between columns in the index, by 
-%       default 10\,pt. (This may seem strange in comparison with 
-%       \package{doc}, since |\IndexParms| contains the command 
-%       |\columnsep=15pt|, but \package{doc} doesn't execute 
-%       |\IndexParms| until \LaTeX\ is already in multi-column mode, and 
-%       then it is too late for the changed value to have any effect.)
-%     \keyvalitem{prologue-setup}{f0}
-%       Various commands setting layout parameters (e.g.\ the font) for 
-%       the prologue; by default empty.
-%     \keyvalitem{body-setup}{f0}
-%       Various commands setting layout parameters (e.g.\ the font) for 
-%       the body of the index; by default |\small|.
-%     \keyvalitem{epilogue-setup}{f0}
-%       Various commands setting layout parameters (e.g.\ the font) for 
-%       the epilogue; by default |\normalsize| (to counter the |\small| 
-%       in the \textit{body-setup}).
-%     \keyvalitem{letter-skip}{L}
-%       The skip inserted before a new letter group, by default 10\,pt 
-%       plus 2\,pt minus 3\,pt.
-%     \keyvalitem{letter-format}{f1}
-%       The macro which formats new letter groups; the argument is the 
-%       heading for the group, as generated by \program{makeindex}. By 
-%       defaults it typesets the argument in boldface, centered on a 
-%       line.
-%     \keyvalitem{pagestyle}{n}
-%       If this is nonempty then the pagestyle by that name will be 
-%       selected for the index. By default it is empty.
-%     \keyvalitem{parskip}{l}
-%       The value of |\parskip| to use inside the index, by default 
-%       0\,pt plus 1\,pt. This key value is likely to change as the 
-%       \LaTeXplus\ interfaces for galleys evolve.
-%       \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/27}{Added \textit{parskip} keyval. (LH)}
-%     \keyvalitem{page-compositor}{f0}
-%       The text that is typeset to separate two parts of a composite 
-%       (page) number, by default a hyphen.
-%       \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/04/05}{Added \textit{page-compositor} 
-%          keyval. (LH)}
-%   \end{description}
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareTemplate{docindex}{std}{2}{
-   file-name        =n
-%<default>         {\jobname}
-                                                    \DI@file@name,
-   file-extension   =n                   
-%<default>         {ind}
-                                                    \DI@file@ext,
-   item1            =i{indexitem} 
-%<default>         {fixed1}
-                                                    \DI@indexitem@i,
-   item2            =i{indexitem} 
-%<default>         {fixed2}
-                                                    \DI@indexitem@ii,
-   item3            =i{indexitem} 
-%<default>         {fixed3}
-                                                    \DI@indexitem@iii,
-   reserved-height  =L  
-%<default>         {80pt}
-                                                    \DI@reserved@height,
-   columns          =C  
-%<default>         {3}
-                                                    \DI@columns,
-   column-sep       =l  
-%<default>         {10pt}
-                                                    \columnsep,
-   prologue-setup    =f0 
-%<default>         {}
-                                                    \DI@prologue@setup,
-   body-setup        =f0 
-%<default>         {\small}
-                                                    \DI@body@setup,
-   epilogue-setup    =f0 
-%<default>         {\normalsize}
-                                                    \DI@epilogue@setup,
-   letter-skip      =L  
-%<default>         {10pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}
-                                                    \DI@letter@skip,
-   letter-format    =f1 
-%<default>         {\UseInstance{justification}{center}%
-%<default>          \textbf{#1}\nopagebreak\csname par\endcsname}
-                                                    \DI@letter@format,
-   pagestyle        =n  
-%<default>             {}
-                                                    \DI@pagestyle,
-   parskip          =l  
-%<default>             {0pt plus 1pt}
-                                                    \parskip,
-   page-compositor  =f0
-%<default>             {-}
-                                                    \+
-}{%
-   \begingroup
-%<*!default>
-   \def\DI@file@name{\jobname}%
-   \def\DI@file@ext{ind}%
-   \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@i{indexitem}{fixed1}%
-   \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@ii{indexitem}{fixed2}%
-   \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@iii{indexitem}{fixed3}%
-   \def\DI@reserved@height{80pt}%
-   \def\DI@columns{3}%
-   \columnsep=10pt%
-   \let\DI@prologue@setup\@empty
-   \def\DI@body@setup{\small}%
-   \def\DI@epilogue@setup{\normalsize}%
-   \def\DI@letter@skip{10pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}%
-   \def\DI@letter@format##1{%
-      \UseInstance{justification}{center}%
-      \textbf{##1}\nopagebreak\par
-   }%
-   \parskip=\z@\@plus\p@
-   \let\DI@pagestyle\@empty
-   \def\+{-}%
-%</!default>
-   \DoParameterAssignments
-   \IfFileExists{\DI@file@name.\DI@file@ext}{%
-      \ifnum \DI@columns>\@ne
-         \begin{multicols}{\DI@columns}%
-            [\DI@prologue@setup #1][\DI@reserved@height]%
-      \else
-         \enough@room{\DI@reserved@height}%
-         \DI@prologue@setup #1\par
-         \addvspace\multicolsep
-      \fi
-      \ifx \DI@pagestyle\@empty \else \pagestyle{\DI@pagestyle}\fi
-      \DI@body@setup
-      \DI@ind@setup
-      \input{\DI@file@name.\DI@file@ext}%
-      \DI@item@nojoin
-      \ifx \DI@pagestyle\@empty \else
-         \expandafter\thispagestyle \expandafter{\DI@pagestyle}%
-      \fi
-      \ifnum \DI@columns>\@ne
-         \end{multicols}%
-      \else
-         \enough@room\postmulticols
-         \addvspace\multicolsep
-      \fi
-      \DI@epilogue@setup #2\par
-   }{\typeout{No file \DI@file@name.\DI@file@ext.}}%
-   \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{template}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{instance}{docindex}{index}
-% \begin{option}{usedocindexps}
-%   The \texttt{index} instance of the \texttt{docindex} template type 
-%   prints the normal index (as opposed to the list of changes). There 
-%   are two different definitions of the instance: one which sets the 
-%   pagestyle in the index, and one which does not; which one is used 
-%   depends on whether the \texttt{usedocindexps} option has been 
-%   passed to the package or not.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagewith{docindex}{usedocindexps}{%
-   \DeclareInstance{docindex}{index}{std}{pagestyle=docindex}%
-}{%
-   \DeclareInstance{docindex}{index}{std}{}%
-}
-%</template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   
-%   The implementations of the \texttt{index} instance in 
-%   \package{docidx2e} are slightly off in that they use \package{doc} 
-%   parameters for various settings in the extent such parameters exist.
-%   \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/24}{Added \cs{@nobreakfalse} in 
-%      \package{docidx2e} implementation; the first item in the index 
-%      does not directly follow a \cs{section}-type heading. (LH)}
-%   \label{p:index-instance}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*!template>
-\@ifpackagewith{docidx2e}{usedocindexps}{%
-   \@namedef{TP@I{}{docindex}{index}}#1#2{%
-      \begingroup
-      \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@i{indexitem}{fixed1}%
-      \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@ii{indexitem}{fixed2}%
-      \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@iii{indexitem}{fixed3}%
-      \columnsep=10pt%
-      \parskip=0pt plus 1pt%
-      \def\DI@letter@skip{10pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}%
-      \def\DI@letter@format##1{%
-         \par
-         \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\textbf{##1}\hfil}%
-         \nopagebreak
-      }%
-      \def\+{-}%
-      \IfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{%
-         \ifnum \c@IndexColumns>\@ne
-            \begin{multicols}{\c@IndexColumns}[#1][\IndexMin]%
-         \else
-            \enough@room{\IndexMin}%
-            #1\par
-            \addvspace\multicolsep
-         \fi
-         \pagestyle{docindex}%
-         \small
-         \@nobreakfalse
-         \DI@ind@setup
-         \input{\jobname.ind}%
-         \DI@item@nojoin
-         \thispagestyle{docindex}
-         \ifnum \c@IndexColumns>\@ne
-            \end{multicols}%
-         \else
-            \enough@room\postmulticols
-            \addvspace\multicolsep
-         \fi
-         \normalsize #2\par
-      }{\typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}}%
-      \endgroup
-   }
-}{%
-   \@namedef{TP@I{}{docindex}{index}}#1#2{%
-      \begingroup
-      \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@i{indexitem}{fixed1}%
-      \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@ii{indexitem}{fixed2}%
-      \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@iii{indexitem}{fixed3}%
-      \columnsep=10pt%
-      \parskip=0pt plus 1pt%
-      \def\DI@letter@skip{10pt plus 2pt minus 3pt}%
-      \def\DI@letter@format##1{%
-         \par
-         \hb@xt@\hsize{\hfil\textbf{##1}\hfil}%
-         \nopagebreak
-      }%
-      \def\+{-}%
-      \IfFileExists{\jobname.ind}{%
-         \ifnum \c@IndexColumns>\@ne
-            \begin{multicols}{\c@IndexColumns}[#1][\IndexMin]%
-         \else
-            \enough@room{\IndexMin}%
-            #1\par
-            \addvspace\multicolsep
-         \fi
-         \small
-         \@nobreakfalse
-         \DI@ind@setup
-         \input{\jobname.ind}%
-         \DI@item@nojoin
-         \ifnum \c@IndexColumns>\@ne
-            \end{multicols}%
-         \else
-            \enough@room\postmulticols
-            \addvspace\multicolsep
-         \fi
-         \normalsize #2\par
-      }{\typeout{No file \jobname.ind.}}%
-      \endgroup
-   }
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}\end{instance}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{instance}{docindex}{changes}
-%   The \texttt{changes} instance of the \texttt{docindex} template 
-%   type typesets a \package{doc} list of changes.
-%   \changes{v\,0.03}{2001/02/24}{Added \cs{@nobreakfalse} in 
-%      \package{docidx2e} implementation; the first item in the index 
-%      does not directly follow a \cs{section}-type heading. (LH)}
-%   \changes{v\,1.00}{2001/04/07}{Added \cs{makeatletter} in 
-%      \package{docidx2e} implementation; it doesn't hurt and it is 
-%      sometimes necessary (when commands that expand to private 
-%      control sequences are used in the argument of \cs{changes}). 
-%      (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*template>
-\DeclareInstance{docindex}{changes}{std}{
-   file-extension = gls,
-   item2 = fixed-r2a-nocomma,
-   item3 = fixed-a3r,
-   columns = 2, 
-   letter-format = {},
-   letter-skip = \z@skip
-}
-%</template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \label{p:changes-instance}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*!template>
-\@namedef{TP@I{}{docindex}{changes}}#1#2{%
-   \begingroup
-   \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@i{indexitem}{fixed1}%
-   \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@ii{indexitem}{fixed-r2a-nocomma}%
-   \@letinstance\DI@indexitem@iii{indexitem}{fixed-a3r}%
-   \columnsep=10pt%
-   \parskip=0pt plus 1pt%
-   \def\DI@letter@skip{\z@skip}%
-   \let\DI@letter@format\@gobble
-   \def\+{-}%
-   \IfFileExists{\jobname.gls}{%
-      \ifnum \c@GlossaryColumns>\@ne
-         \begin{multicols}{\c@GlossaryColumns}[#1][\GlossaryMin]%
-      \else
-         \enough@room{\GlossaryMin}%
-         #1\par
-         \addvspace\multicolsep
-      \fi
-      \small
-      \makeatletter
-      \@nobreakfalse
-      \DI@ind@setup
-      \input{\jobname.gls}%
-      \DI@item@nojoin
-      \ifnum \c@GlossaryColumns>\@ne
-         \end{multicols}%
-      \else
-         \enough@room\postmulticols
-         \addvspace\multicolsep
-      \fi
-      \normalsize #2\par
-   }{\typeout{No file \jobname.gls.}}
-   \endgroup
-}
-%</!template>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{instance}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\PrintIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\PrintChanges}
-%   The |\PrintIndex| and |\PrintChanges| commands are redefined to use 
-%   the respective instances of template type \texttt{docindex}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\PrintIndex{%
-   \UseInstance{docindex}{index}{\index@prologue}{}%
-   \global\let\PrintIndex\@empty
-}
-\renewcommand\PrintChanges{%
-   \UseInstance{docindex}{changes}{\glossary@prologue}{}%
-   \global\let\PrintChanges\@empty
-}
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Notes and acknowledgements}
-% 
-% The exact descriptions of the parameters of the \program{makeindex} 
-% program is the paper \cite{makeindex-paper} by Chen and Harrison, but 
-% I have seen claims that there are parameters not listed there 
-% (presumably becuase they were added after this paper was written). 
-% \texttt{docindex.ist} does not change any such undocumented 
-% parameter, however.
-% 
-% There are other index sorting programs than \package{makeindex} 
-% around, such as for example \program{x\r{\i}ndy}~\cite{xindy}. 
-% Should someone create index style files for such systems that are 
-% equivalent (or superior, for that matter) to \texttt{docindex.ist} 
-% then I would be happy to add them to the \package{docindex} 
-% distribution.
-% 
-% Most of the actual layout parameter settings used by the 
-% \package{docindex} package are not of my design, but copied from 
-% various other \LaTeX\ packages such as~\cite{multicol,doc} (mainly by 
-% Frank Mittelbach). I have however tried to sort out which parameters 
-% are actually in force under the various conditions---something which 
-% turned out to be less obvious than I originally suspected.
-% 
-% The idea to have the \texttt{docindex} type templates input the sorted 
-% index file (rather than simply setting up the formatting of it as was 
-% the case in v\,0.03) was taken from the \package{xindex} 
-% package~\cite{xindex} by Achim Blumensath.
-%
-% \hbadness=10000 
-%
-% \Finale
-% 
-%
-\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index d5d85cc6c32..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-% This file is the docstrip installation script for the docindex package.
-% 
-% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX 
-% Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license or 
-% (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this 
-% license is in
-%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-% 
-% Copyright 2001 Lars Hellstr\"om
-
-\input docstrip
-
-\keepsilent
-
-\preamble
-
-This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions 
-of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this 
-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version 
-of this license is in
-   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-version 1999/12/01 or later.
-
-This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the source 
-file from which it was generated. You may distribute that source file 
-without this generated file.
-
-\endpreamble
-
-\declarepostamble\noendinput
-\endpostamble
-
-\generate{%
-   \usedir{tex/latex/misc}
-   \file{docindex.sty}{\from{docindex.dtx}{pkg,template}}%
-   \file{docidx2e.sty}{\from{docindex.dtx}{pkg}}%
-   \usepostamble\noendinput
-   \usedir{makeindex/latex}
-   \file{docindex.ist}{\from{docindex.dtx}{ist}}%
-%    \file{ngind.ist}{\from{docindex.dtx}{idx}}%
-%    \file{ngglo.ist}{\from{docindex.dtx}{glo}}%
-}
-
-\endbatchfile
-\end
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c3c9379563..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/docindex.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index c0d4a22d3d1..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5166 +0,0 @@
-% \CheckSum{2952}
-% 
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-% 
-% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions 
-% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this 
-% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version 
-% of this license is in
-%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-% 
-% Copyright 2000 2001 2002 Lars Hellstr\"om
-% 
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass{ltxdoc}
-\usepackage{array,longtable}
-
-\makeatletter
-\IfFileExists{xdoc2.sty}{%
-   \usepackage[dolayout]{xdoc2}
-   \NewMacroEnvironment{xrefcmd}{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}%
-      {\MacroFont##1 \normalfont XXR-command}%
-      {\XDMainIndex{%
-         \levelsorted{##1 (XXR-command)}{\texttt{##1} (XXR-command)}%
-       }%
-       \XDMainIndex{%
-         \levelsame{XXR-commands:}\levelsorted{##1}{\texttt{##1}}%
-      }}%
-      {{##1}{XXR-command \texttt{##1}}}%
-      {}%
-   \@namedef{XD@harmless\string\Bslash}{%
-      \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\toks@
-         \csname XD@harmless@92\endcsname}%
-      \XD@harmless@
-   }%
-   \IfFileExists{docidx2e.sty}{%
-      \usepackage{docidx2e}%
-      \AtEndDocument{%
-         \typeout{*********************************}%
-         \typeout{* Use docindex.ist when sorting *}%
-         \typeout{* xdoc2.idx and xdoc2.glo. \@spaces\space*}%
-         \typeout{*********************************}%
-      }%
-   }%
-}{%
-   \newenvironment{option}[1]{\trivlist\item[]}{\endtrivlist}%
-   \newenvironment{xrefcmd}[1]{\trivlist\item[]}{\endtrivlist}%
-   \@ifpackagelater{doc}{2000/05/20}{}{%
-      \let\XD@fragile@meta=\meta
-      \def\meta{%
-         \ifx \protect\@typeset@protect
-            \expandafter\futurelet \expandafter\@let@token
-               \expandafter\XD@fragile@meta
-         \else
-            \noexpand\meta
-         \fi
-      }%
-   }%
-}
-\makeatother
-
-\providecommand\describecsfamily[1]{%
-   \leavevmode
-   \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont\Bslash#1}%
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-\providecommand\describeoption[1]{%
-   \leavevmode
-   \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont#1 \normalfont option}%
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-\providecommand\GenericDescribePrint[1]{%
-   \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut #1}%
-}
-\providecommand\Bslash{\bslash}
-\providecommand\DoNotIndexBy[1]{}
-\DoNotIndexBy{@}
-\DoNotIndexBy{@@}
-\DoNotIndexBy{XD@}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\package[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\LaTeXplus{\LaTeXe$*$}
-\newcommand\B{\penalty\exhyphenpenalty}
-\ProvideTextCommandDefault\textminus{\textendash}
-
-\hfuzz=15pt
-
-\AlsoImplementation
-\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-
-\CodelineIndex
-\EnableCrossrefs
-\RecordChanges
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\DocInput{xdoc2.dtx}
-
-\PrintChanges
-\PrintIndex
-
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-% 
-% \title{The \package{xdoc} package --- experimental reimplementations 
-%    of features from \package{doc}, second~prototype}
-% \author{Lars Hellstr\"om^^A
-%    \thanks{E-mail: \texttt{Lars.Hellstrom@math.umu.se}}}
-% \date{2003/07/07}
-% \maketitle
-% 
-% \DoNotIndex{\,,\-,\/,\ ,\#,\%,\&,\\,\^,\|}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@addtoreset,\@auxout,\@bsphack,\@cclv,\@ctrerr}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@eha,\@empty,\@esphack,\@evenfoot}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@firstofone,\@firstoftwo,\@for}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@gobble,\@gobblefour,\@gobbletwo}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@ifclassloaded,\@ifdefinable,\@ifpackagewith,\@ifundefined}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@input,\@latexerr,\@mainaux,\@mparswitchtrue}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@namedef,\@nameuse,\@ne,\@next,\@nil,\@oddfoot,\@partaux}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@partlist,\@secondoftwo,\@sptoken}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue,\@totalleftmargin}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@typeset@protect,\@unexpandable@protect}
-% \DoNotIndex{\@vobeyspaces,\@writeckpt,\@xxxii}
-% \DoNotIndex{\active,\addto@hook,\addtolength,\advance,\AtBeginDocument}
-% \DoNotIndex{\baselineskip,\begingroup,\bgroup,\box,\boxmaxdepth}
-% \DoNotIndex{\catcode,\char,\clearpage,\closeout,\color@begingroup}
-% \DoNotIndex{\color@endgroup,\copy,\csname}
-% \DoNotIndex{\deadcycles,\DeclareOption,\DeclareRobustCommand,\def}
-% \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\divide,\do@space,\dp}
-% \DoNotIndex{\edef,\egroup,\else,\em,\endcsname,\endgroup,\ensuremath}
-% \DoNotIndex{\escapechar,\everypar,\expandafter}
-% \DoNotIndex{\fi,\font,\footnotesize,\frenchspacing,\futurelet}
-% \DoNotIndex{\g@addto@macro,\gdef,\global}
-% \DoNotIndex{\hb@xt@,\hbox,\hfill,\hss,\ht,\hyphenchar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\if,\if@filesw,\if@inlabel,\if@mparswitch,\if@partsw}
-% \DoNotIndex{\if@reversemargin,\if@tempswa,\ifcase,\ifcat,\iffalse}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ifmmode,\ifnum,\ifodd,\iftrue,\ifx,\ignorespaces}
-% \DoNotIndex{\immediate,\include,\indexentry,\input,\inputlineno,\item}
-% \DoNotIndex{\itshape,\kern}
-% \DoNotIndex{\labelsep,\langle,\language,\leavevmode,\let,\long,\loop}
-% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\m@ta,\makelabel,\marginpar,\marginparsep,\maxdimen}
-% \DoNotIndex{\MessageBreak,\multiply}
-% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\newcommand,\newdimen,\newlanguage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\nfss@text,\noexpand,\normalfont,\normalmarginpar,\number}
-% \DoNotIndex{\obeyspaces,\openout,\or}
-% \DoNotIndex{\PackageError,\PackageInfo,\PackageWarning}
-% \DoNotIndex{\PackageWarningNoLine,\pagestyle,\paperwidth,\parbox,\part}
-% \DoNotIndex{\ProcessOptions,\protect,\protected@edef,\protected@write}
-% \DoNotIndex{\protected@xdef,\ProvidesPackage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\raggedleft,\raggedright,\rangle,\relax,\renewcommand}
-% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\RequirePackage}
-% \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setlength,\sixt@@n,\space,\string,\strut,\strutbox}
-% \DoNotIndex{\textasciicircum,\textasciitilde,\textbackslash,\textbar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\textbf,\textbraceleft,\textbraceright,\textdollar}
-% \DoNotIndex{\textgreater,\textless,\textquotedbl,\textquoteleft}
-% \DoNotIndex{\textquoteright,\texttt,\textunderscore,\textvisiblespace}
-% \DoNotIndex{\textwidth,\the,\topsep,\trivlist,\tw@}
-% \DoNotIndex{\uccode,\unhbox,\unrestored@protected@xdef,\unvbox}
-% \DoNotIndex{\uppercase}
-% \DoNotIndex{\vbox,\vss,\vtop,\write,\xdef,\z@}
-% 
-% \changes{prot1}{2000/06/15}{Started writing first prototype. (LH)}
-% \changes{prot2}{2000/07/13}{Began work on the second prototype. (LH)}
-% 
-% \begin{abstract}
-%   The \package{xdoc} package contains reimplementations of some of 
-%   the features found in the standard \LaTeX\ \package{doc} 
-%   package~\cite{doc} by Mittelbach \emph{et~al. }The ultimate goals 
-%   for these reimplementations are that the commands should be better, 
-%   easily configurable, and be easy to extend, but this is only a 
-%   second prototype implementation and nothing in it is guaranteed to 
-%   be the same in the third prototype.\footnote{But there are no 
-%   guarantees there will ever be a third prototype either.}
-% \end{abstract}
-% 
-% \tableofcontents
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Usage}
-% 
-% When I began working on this package I thought that there would be no 
-% need for a usage section (at least on the prototype stage)---either you 
-% are interested in using the new features and then you might just as 
-% well read the descriptions of the commands in the implementation part 
-% of this document (they are written as specifications of what the 
-% commands do), or else you can simply insert a |\usepackage|\B|{xdoc2}| 
-% in the preamble and see how things work a little better than when you 
-% simply use \package{doc}---but with some features it became natural 
-% to introduce incompatible changes and some new features ought to be 
-% mentioned. Hence I wrote a short section on usage after all.
-% 
-% It is my intention that this document will eventually evolve into the 
-% source for a package \package{xdoc}\footnote{The name \package{doc2} 
-% has also been discussed; we'll see when we get there.} which will 
-% either build on the \package{doc} package and provide better 
-% implementations of many of its features, or replace it completely, 
-% but this document is still only the source for a prototype for that 
-% package. As I believe that the need for some improvement in this area 
-% is rather large however, I have decided to release this prototype so 
-% that other people can use it in their documents or create packages that 
-% are based on it. In doing so, one must of course bear in mind that this 
-% prototype needs not be compatible with the final \package{xdoc} 
-% package, and to overcome most incompatibility problems I therefore 
-% release it under the variant name \package{xdoc2}. This way, documents 
-% based on this prototype can still be typeset using the package they 
-% were written for long after the next \package{xdoc} prototype (or final 
-% version) is released.
-% 
-% Thus although this document frequently speaks of \package{xdoc}, you 
-% might just as well read it as \package{xdoc2}.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Changes to old features}
-% 
-% Whereas \package{doc} more or less assumes that all pages have the 
-% same layout, \package{xdoc} takes measures to ensure that the 
-% \package{doc} features support two-sided document designs. If the 
-% left margin has been widened to better accommodate long macro names 
-% however (like for example the \package{ltxdoc} document class does), 
-% then you may find that the outer margin on right (odd) pages is too 
-% narrow for printing macro names in. The remedy for this is the
-% \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont dolayout \normalfont option}^^A
-% \SortIndex{dolayout}{\texttt{dolayout} option\encapchar 
-% usage}\texttt{dolayout} option; in two-sided mode it causes 
-% \package{xdoc} to recompute the |\oddsidemargin| so that the outer 
-% margin has the same size on right pages as it previously did on left 
-% pages. In documents which are not processed in two-sided mode the 
-% \texttt{dolayout} option has no effect.
-% 
-% |\DocInput| has been changed to not make percent a comment character 
-% upon return unless it was before the |\DocInput|. This makes |\DocInput| 
-% nestable and I recommend that \texttt{.dtx} files which input other 
-% \texttt{.dtx} files use |\DocInput| for this.
-% 
-% The |\DocInclude| command, which is defined by the \package{ltxdoc} 
-% document class rather than \package{doc}, is also by default 
-% redefined in an incompatible manner by \package{xdoc}, but you can 
-% stop \package{xdoc} from making incompatible changes if you pass it the 
-% option \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont olddocinclude \normalfont
-% option}\SortIndex{olddocinclude}{\texttt{olddocinclude} option^^A
-% \encapchar usage}\texttt{olddocinclude}. The main incompatibility 
-% lies in that the default redefinition of |\DocInclude| behaves purely 
-% as an |\include| command which |\DocInput|s a \texttt{.dtx} file rather 
-% than merely |\input|ting a \texttt{.tex} file---you must pass the 
-% \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont fileispart \normalfont option}^^A
-% \SortIndex{fileispart}{\texttt{fileispart} option\encapchar 
-% usage}\texttt{fileispart} option to \package{xdoc} to get the |\part| 
-% headings etc.\ for each new file---but there are also minor changes 
-% in the appearance of these headings, in how page styles are set, and 
-% in how the information presented in the page footer is obtained.
-% 
-% Other changes are as far as I can tell minor and within the bounds of 
-% expected behaviour, but code that relies on the implementation of some 
-% feature in \package{doc} may of course behave differently or break 
-% completely. Note in particular that the formats of the internal 
-% \package{doc} variables |\saved@macroname|, |\macro@namepart|, and 
-% |\index@excludelist| have changed completely (see 
-% Section~\ref{Sec:Changes}, Subsection~\ref{Ssec:Scanning macrocode}, 
-% and Subsection~\ref{Ssec:Index-exclude} respectively)---hence any hack 
-% involving one of these must be revised before it is used with 
-% \package{xdoc}. These are however exceptions; in my experience the most 
-% noticeable changes not listed above are that the index exclude 
-% mechanism actually works for control sequences whose names consist of 
-% a single non-letter and that symbols get sorted in a different order.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Some notable new features}
-% 
-% The main new feature is the \DescribeMacro\NewMacroEnvironment
-% |\NewMacroEnvironment| command, which defines a new \texttt{macro}-like 
-% environment. The command offers complete control of the argument 
-% structure, the formatting of the marginal heading, the code for making 
-% index entries, and the change entry sorting and formatting, but the 
-% syntax is too complex to explain here. Those who are interested in 
-% using it should read Section~\ref{Sec:Macro-environments}. In 
-% particular, Subsections~\ref{Ssec:Macro&environment}--^^A
-% \ref{Ssec:More macros} contain several examples of how it can be 
-% used. In addition to using |\New|\-|Macro|\-|Environment| for 
-% redefining the \DescribeEnv{macro}\texttt{macro} and 
-% \DescribeEnv{environment}\texttt{environment} environments, 
-% \package{xdoc} also defines an \DescribeEnv{option}\texttt{option} 
-% environment (which is intended for document class and package 
-% options) and a \DescribeEnv{switch}\texttt{switch} environment (which 
-% is intended for switches defined using |\newif|; the argument should 
-% not include the |\if|).
-% 
-% There is also a companion command \DescribeMacro\NewDescribeCommand
-% |\NewDescribeCommand| which defines new commands similar to 
-% |\Describe|\-|Macro| and |\Describe|\-|Env|. The syntax of 
-% |\New|\-|Describe|\-|Command| is also too complex to explain here, so 
-% I have to refer readers who want to use it to Section~^^A
-% \ref{Sec:Describing}. Two more commands which are defined in that 
-% section are \DescribeMacro\describeoption|\describe|\-|option|, which 
-% is the \texttt{describe}\dots\ companion of the \texttt{option} 
-% environment, and \DescribeMacro\describecsfamily
-% |\describe|\-|cs|\-|family| which is meant for describing control 
-% sequence families (see the table on page~\pageref{Tab:CS-families} for 
-% examples of what I mean). The argument of this latter command is simply 
-% the material you would put between |\csname| and |\endcsname|. Variant 
-% parts are written as |\meta|\B\marg{text} and print as one would expect 
-% them to (but notice that the \meta{text} is a moving argument) whereas 
-% most other characters can be written verbatim without any special 
-% quoting (but |\|, |{|, |}|, and |%| need quoting; see the comments to 
-% the definition of |\describe|\-|cs|\-|family| for information on how 
-% to do that).
-% 
-% The \DescribeMacro\DoNotIndexBy|\DoNotIndexBy| command tells the 
-% commands that make index entries for macros to ignore a certain 
-% character sequence when the index entries are sorted. The 
-% |\DoNotIndexBy| command takes one argument: the character sequence to 
-% ignore. If |\DoNotIndexBy| is used more than once then the indexing 
-% commands will look for, and if it finds it ignore, each of the 
-% character sequences given to it, starting with the one specified last.
-% 
-% It has already been mentioned that the |\DocInclude| command has been 
-% changed. What has not been mentioned is its companion 
-% \DescribeMacro\setfileinfo|\setfileinfo|, 
-% which the partfiles should use for setting the date and version 
-% information presented in the page footer, but that is explained in 
-% detail in Subsection~\ref{Ssec:New DocInclude}.
-% 
-% Finally there is a new variant of the |\changes| command which is 
-% intended for changes that, although not limited to a single macro and 
-% thus being ``general'' changes in the \package{doc} terminology, affect 
-% only a few (probably widely dispersed) macros (or whatever). The basic 
-% idea is that you can define a change with a specific version, date, 
-% and text using the \DescribeMacro{\definechange}|\definechange| command 
-% and then recall those parameters later using the 
-% \DescribeMacro{\usechange}|\usechange| command. Primarily this ensures 
-% that the entry texts are identical so that \package{makeindex} will 
-% combine them into one entry, but it is also specified which macro 
-% was changed at which page. See Section~\ref{Sec:Changes} for more 
-% details. Another new feature concerning |\changes| is that there is 
-% now support for sorting version numbers according to mathematical 
-% order rather than ASCII order. Traditionally the version numbers 
-% \texttt{2}, \texttt{11}, and \texttt{100} would have been sorted so 
-% that \texttt{100}${}<{}$\texttt{11}${}<{}$\texttt{2}, but if they are 
-% entered as \DescribeMacro{\uintver}|\uintver{2}|, |\uintver{11}|, and 
-% |\uintver{100}| then they will be sorted as 
-% \texttt{2}${}<{}$\texttt{11}${}<{}$\texttt{100}. The argument of 
-% |\uintver| must be a \TeX\ \meta{number}.
-% 
-% \medskip
-% 
-% \package{xdoc} also contains several features which are of little use 
-% as direct user commands, but which can simplify the definitions of other 
-% commands. The foremost of these are the `harmless character strings', 
-% which can be seen as a datatype for (short pieces of) verbatim text. 
-% \TeX\ typesets a harmless character string in pretty much the same way 
-% as the corresponding string of `other' tokens, but the harmless 
-% character string can also be written to file and read back arbitrarily 
-% many times without getting garbled, it doesn't make \package{makeindex} 
-% choke, and it survives being fed to a |\protected@edef|. The most 
-% important commands related to harmless character strings are 
-% \DescribeMacro\PrintChar|\PrintChar|, which is used for representing 
-% problematic characters, and \DescribeMacro\MakeHarmless|\MakeHarmless|, 
-% which converts arbitrary \TeX\ code to the corresponding harmless 
-% character string.
-% 
-% The superfluity of indexing commands in \package{doc} has been 
-% replaced by the single command \DescribeMacro\IndexEntry|\IndexEntry|, 
-% which has been designed with the intention that it should provide a 
-% clear interface between the user level macros and the index sorting 
-% program. It takes three arguments: the index entry specification, the 
-% name of the encapsulation scheme that should be used, and the number to 
-% put in the index. The index entry specification is a sequence of 
-% |\LevelSame| and\slash or |\LevelSorted| commands, which have the 
-% respective syntaxes
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \DescribeMacro\LevelSame|\LevelSame|\marg{text}\\
-%   \DescribeMacro\LevelSorted|\LevelSorted|\marg{sort key}\marg{text}
-% \end{quote}
-% Each such command specifies one level of the index entry. In the case of 
-% |\LevelSorted|, the \meta{text} is what will be written in the sorted 
-% index at that level and \meta{sort key} is what the index-sorting 
-% program should look at when sorting the entry (at that level). In the 
-% case of |\LevelSame|, the \meta{text} is used both as sort key and 
-% contents of entry in the sorted index. The first command is for the 
-% topmost level and each subsequent command is for the next sublevel. 
-% The complete description appears in Subsection~\ref{Ssec:IndexEntry}.
-% 
-% \package{xdoc} also contains support for external cross-referencing 
-% programs (see Subsection~\ref{Ssec:XXR} for details) and a system for 
-% determining whether a piece of text falls on an even or an odd page 
-% (see Section~\ref{Sec:Twoside} for details). I expect that the latter 
-% system will eventually migrate out of \package{xdoc}, either to a 
-% package of its own, or into oblivion because the \LaTeXplus\ output 
-% routine makes it obsolete.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{The \package{docindex} package}
-% 
-% As of prototype version 2.2, the \package{xdoc} package has a companion 
-% package \package{docindex}~\cite{docindex} which provides improved 
-% formatting of the index and list of changes. \package{xdoc} works fine 
-% without \package{docindex}, however.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{A note on command names}
-% 
-% The \package{doc} package defines several commands with mixed-case 
-% names which (IMHO) should really have all-lower-case names (according 
-% to the rule of thumb spelled out in \cite[Ssec.~2.4]{clsguide}) since 
-% people use them in the capacity of being the author of a \texttt{.dtx} 
-% file rather than in the capacity of being the writer of a class or 
-% package. The names in question are
-% \begin{longtable}{ll}
-%   \textbf{Name in \package{doc}}& \textbf{Better (?) name}\endhead
-%   \cs{AlsoImplementation}& \cs{alsoimplementation}\\
-%   \cs{CharacterTable}& \cs{charactertable}\\
-%   \cs{CharTableChanges}& \cs{chartablechanges}\\
-%   \cs{CheckModules}& \cs{checkmodules}\\
-%   \cs{CheckSum}& \cs{checksum}\\
-%   \cs{CodelineIndex}& \cs{codelineindex}\\
-%   \texttt{CodelineNo} (counter)& \texttt{codelineno}\\
-%   \cs{CodelineNumbered}& \cs{codelinenumbered}\\
-%   \cs{DeleteShortVerb}& \cs{deleteshortverb}\\
-%   \cs{DescribeEnv}& \cs{describeenv}\\
-%   \cs{DescribeMacro}& \cs{describemacro}\\
-%   \cs{DisableCrossrefs}& \cs{disablecrossrefs}\\
-%   \cs{DocInput}& \cs{docinput}\\
-%   \cs{DoNotIndex}& \cs{donotindex}\\
-%   \cs{DontCheckModules}& \cs{dontcheckmodules}\\
-%   \cs{EnableCrossrefs}& \cs{enablecrossrefs}\\
-%   \cs{Finale}& \cs{finale}\\
-%   \texttt{GlossaryColumns} (counter)& \texttt{glossarycolumns}\\
-%   \cs{GlossaryPrologue}& \cs{glossaryprologue}\\
-%   \texttt{IndexColumns} (counter)& \texttt{indexcolumns}\\
-%   \cs{IndexInput}& \cs{indexinput}\\
-%   \cs{IndexPrologue}& \cs{indexprologue}\\
-%   \cs{MakePrivateLetters}& \cs{makeprivateletters}\\
-%   \cs{MakeShortVerb}& \cs{makeshortverb}\\
-%   \cs{OnlyDescription}& \cs{onlydescription}\\
-%   \cs{PageIndex}& \cs{pageindex}\\
-%   \cs{PrintChanges}& \cs{printchanges}\\
-%   \cs{PrintIndex}& \cs{printindex}\\
-%   \cs{RecordChanges}& \cs{recordchanges}\\
-%   \cs{SortIndex}& \cs{sortindex}\\
-%   \cs{SpecialEscapechar}& \cs{specialescapechar}\\
-%   \texttt{StandardModuleDepth} (counter)& \texttt{standardmoduledepth}\\
-%   \cs{StopEventually}& \cs{stopeventually}
-% \end{longtable}
-% \noindent With the exception for \texttt{CodelineNo},\footnote{Where I 
-% recommend using \texttt{codelineno} instead of \texttt{CodelineNo}, 
-% \cs{PrintCodelineNo} instead of \cs{theCodelineNo}, and 
-% \cs{thecodelineno} instead of \cs{number}\cs{c@CodelineNo}; see 
-% Subsection~\ref{Ssec:CodelineNo}.} I haven't changed any of the 
-% \package{doc} names in this \package{xdoc} prototype, nor introduced any 
-% of the ``better names'' as alternatives, but I think the matter should 
-% be given a bit of thought during the future development of 
-% \package{doc}\slash \package{xdoc}. 
-% 
-% For completeness, I should also remark that there are several macros 
-% that \package{doc} gives mixed-case names which I haven't listed above. 
-% The logo command names have special capitalizing rules by tradition. 
-% Some macros and named registers---for example |\Docstyle|\-|Parms|, 
-% |\Index|\-|Parms|, |\Macro|\-|Font|, |\Macro|\-|Topsep|, 
-% |\Make|\-|Percent|\-|Ignore|, and |\Print|\-|Macro|\-|Name|---are part 
-% of the package or document class writer's interface to \package{doc}, 
-% although I cannot claim it to be obvious that for example 
-% |\Index|\-|Parms| and the \texttt{IndexColumns} counter should belong 
-% to different classes here (but several of these control sequences will 
-% probably disappear from the interface in \LaTeXplus\ anyway, so the 
-% problem isn't that important). The |\Special|\dots\B|Index| commands 
-% (and their even more special variants, such as 
-% |\Left|\-|Brace|\-|Index|) are internal commands rather than user level 
-% commands. Finally there is the |\Get|\-|File|\-|Info| command, which I 
-% doubt there is any point in having.
-% 
-% 
-% \StopEventually{}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{\package{docstrip} modules}
-% 
-% The \package{docstrip} modules in \texttt{xdoc2.dtx} are:
-% \begin{description}
-%   \item[\textsf{pkg}]
-%     This module directive surrounds the code for the \package{xdoc} 
-%     package.
-%   \item[\textsf{driver}]
-%     The driver.
-%   \item[\textsf{internals}]
-%     This module contains an alternative replacement text for the 
-%     |\Print|\-|Visible|\-|Char| command that uses ``\LaTeX\ internal 
-%     character representation'' (i.e., as much as possible 
-%     encoding-specific commands---|\text|\textellipsis\ commands and 
-%     the like) rather than the primitive |\char| command for 
-%     typesetting visible characters. 
-%     It is provided as a separate module mainly for compability with 
-%     prototype version~2.0, as this alternative definition can (as of 
-%     prot.\,2.1) be chosen by passing the option 
-%     \describeoption{notrawchar}\texttt{notrawchar} to \package{xdoc}.
-%   \item[\textsf{economical}]
-%     There is little point in storing the harmless representations of 
-%     the 161 non-visible-ASCII characters as these representations are 
-%     always the same and can be formed on the fly whenever they are 
-%     needed. The \textsf{economical} modules contain some alternative 
-%     code which makes use of this fact to reduce the number of control 
-%     sequences used for storing the table of harmless representations. 
-%     The \Module{economical} module appears inside the \Module{pkg} 
-%     module.
-%   \item[\textsf{xdoc2}]
-%     This module contains code for compability with previous releases 
-%     of \package{xdoc2}. It will not be included in \package{xdoc3} 
-%     or \package{xdoc} (whichever is the next major version).
-%   \item[\textsf{enccmds}]
-%     This module contains the code for defining two \texttt{macro}-like 
-%     environments for encoding-specific commands. These are not included 
-%     in the \package{xdoc} package since so few \texttt{.dtx} files 
-%     define encoding-specific commands.
-%   \item[\textsf{rsrccmd}]
-%     Similar to the \textsf{enccmds} module, but demonstrates the 
-%     |\New|\-|Describe|\-|Command| command instead.
-%   \item[\textsf{example}]
-%     This surrounds some code which to \package{docstrip} looks like it 
-%     should be copied, but isn't meant to.
-% \end{description}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Initial stuff}
-% 
-% First there's the usual |\NeedsTeXFormat| and |\ProvidesPackage|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{xdoc2}[2003/07/06 prot2.5 doc reimplementation package]
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% \subsection*{Options}
-% 
-% The first option has to do with the page layout. 
-% Although \package{doc} itself doesn't modify any of the main layout 
-% parameters, it is well known that using it does tend to restrict 
-% one's choices in terms of document layout. In particular the 
-% \texttt{macro} and \texttt{environment} environments require a rather 
-% large left margin since they will otherwise print long macro names 
-% partially outside the paper. It is furthermore hard to decrease the 
-% |\textwidth| as it should be wide enough to contain about 70 columns of 
-% |\MacroFont| text. Thus the only solution is to do as the 
-% \package{ltxdoc}~\cite{ltxdoc} document class and enlarge the left 
-% margin at the expense of the right. 
-% 
-% The resulting layout has a left--right asymmetry with the main galley 
-% (the text rectangle) on the right and a very wide left margin (in 
-% which marginal headings and marginal notes appears). Although this 
-% layout is not uncommon in technical manuals, it is inappropriate for 
-% two-sided designs since the vertical line at which the two pages of a 
-% spread meet becomes the natural vertical symmetry axis for the entire 
-% spread and it breaks this symmetry to let the left margin be the 
-% widest on all pages. It would look better to always let the outer 
-% margin be the largest.
-% 
-% \begin{option}{dolayout}
-% \begin{macro}{\oddsidemargin}
-%   The \texttt{dolayout} option modifies |\oddsidemargin| so that 
-%   spreads are symmetric around the center in two-sided mode. As size 
-%   of the outer margin is taken the size of the left margin on left 
-%   (even) pages, i.e., |\evensidemargin|${}+1\,\mathrm{in}$.
-%   
-%   In one-sided mode, the \texttt{dolayout} option does nothing.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{dolayout}{%
-   \if@twoside
-      \setlength\oddsidemargin{\paperwidth}
-      \addtolength\oddsidemargin{-\textwidth}
-      \addtolength\oddsidemargin{-\evensidemargin}
-      \addtolength\oddsidemargin{-2in}
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{option}
-% 
-% \begin{option}{olddocinclude}
-% \begin{option}{fileispart}
-%   The \texttt{olddocinclude} and \texttt{fileispart} options are 
-%   related to the |\DocInclude| command defined by the \package{ltxdoc} 
-%   document class. Some of the code related to that command relies on 
-%   modifying the \package{doc} internal macro |\codeline@wrindex|, but 
-%   that has no effect with \package{xdoc} so in order to get the 
-%   expected results one has to reimplement the |\DocInclude| command as 
-%   well. The \texttt{olddocinclude} and \texttt{fileispart} options 
-%   control how this should be done.
-%   
-%   If the \texttt{olddocinclude} option is passed to \package{xdoc} 
-%   then only the parts of the implementation of |\DocInclude| which 
-%   must be altered to make the command work with the \package{xdoc} 
-%   implementation of indexing and cross-referencing are changed. These 
-%   redefinitions will furthermore only be made if the \package{ltxdoc} 
-%   document class has been loaded; nothing is done if the 
-%   \texttt{olddocinclude} option is passed and \package{ltxdoc} hasn't 
-%   been loaded. Passing the \texttt{olddocinclude} option can be 
-%   considered as requesting a ``compatibility mode'' for |\DocInclude|.
-%   
-%   If the \texttt{olddocinclude} option is not passed then the 
-%   |\DocInclude| command is reimplemented from scratch, regardless of 
-%   whether some definition of it has already been given or not. The 
-%   basis of this reimplementation is the observation that the 
-%   |\DocInclude| command of \package{ltxdoc} really does two quite 
-%   distinct things at once---it is an |\include| command which 
-%   |\DocInput|s files rather than |\input|ting them, but it also starts 
-%   a new |\part|, sets the pagestyle, and changes how the values of 
-%   some counters are typeset. This latter function is by default 
-%   disabled in the \package{xdoc} implementation of |\DocInclude|, but 
-%   passing the \texttt{fileispart} option enables it.
-%   
-%   There is no code for these two options here, as it is rather long; 
-%   instead that code appears in Section~\ref{Sec:DocInclude}. The 
-%   |\Pass|\-|Options|\-|To|\-|Package| commands make sure that these 
-%   options are registered as local options for \package{xdoc}, so that 
-%   one can test for them using |\@if|\-|package|\-|with| below.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{olddocinclude}{%
-   \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{xdoc2}%
-}
-\DeclareOption{fileispart}{%
-   \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{xdoc2}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}\end{option}
-%
-% \changes{prot2.5}{2003/07/06}{Reregeristing options in case
-%   they were global. (LH)}
-% 
-% \begin{option}{notrawchar}
-%   The \texttt{notrawchar} option controls how the |\PrintVisibleChar| 
-%   command is defined, and thereby what method is used for typesetting 
-%   visible characters in e.g.\ macro names. The default is to use the 
-%   |\char| primitive (which is better for \texttt{T1}-encoded fonts and 
-%   non-italic \texttt{OT1}-encoded typewriter fonts), but the 
-%   \texttt{notrawchar} option causes things to go via the ``\LaTeX\ 
-%   internal character representation'' instead (which is necessary 
-%   for e.g.\ \texttt{OT1}-encoded non-typewriter fonts).
-%   
-%   There is no code for this option here; instead that code is found 
-%   in the definition of |\Print|\-|Visible|\-|Char|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{notrawchar}{%
-   \PassOptionsToPackage{\CurrentOption}{xdoc2}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% 
-% 
-% Then options are processed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% And finally the \package{doc} package is loaded.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{doc}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Character strings}
-% 
-% A source of much of the complexity in \package{doc} is that it has to 
-% be able to deal with rather arbitrary strings of characters (mainly 
-% the names of control sequences). Once the initial problems with 
-% characters having troublesome catcodes have been overcome however, it 
-% is usually no problem to manage such things in \TeX. \package{doc} 
-% does however complicate things considerably by also putting these 
-% things in the index and list of changes. Not only must they then be 
-% formatted so that the \package{makeindex} program doesn't choke on 
-% them, but they must also be wrapped up in code that allows \TeX\ to 
-% make sense of them when they are read back. \package{doc} manages the 
-% \package{makeindex} problems mainly by allowing the user to change what 
-% characters are used as \package{makeindex} metacharacters and the 
-% reading back problem by making abundant use of |\verb|.
-% 
-% All this relies on that the author of a document is making sure that 
-% the metacharacters aren't used for anything else. If for example the 
-% |\verbatimchar| (by default |+|) is one of the ``private letters'' 
-% then names of control sequences containing that character will be 
-% typeset incorrectly because the |\verb| used to typeset it is 
-% terminated prematurely---control sequence names such as `|\lost+found|' 
-% will be typeset as `|\lost|found+'. On top of that, one also has to 
-% make sure that the font used for typesetting these |\verb| sections 
-% contains all the characters needed.
-% 
-% For \package{xdoc}, I have chosen a completely different approach. 
-% Instead of allowing the strings (after they have converted to the 
-% internal format) to contain \TeX\ character tokens with arbitrary 
-% character codes, they may only contain \TeX\ character tokens which 
-% are unproblematic---the normal catcode should be 11 (letter) or 12 
-% (other), they should not be outside visible ASCII, and they may not 
-% be one of the \package{makeindex} metacharacters. All other characters 
-% are represented using a robust command which takes the character code 
-% (in decimal) as the argument. This takes care of all ``moving 
-% argument'' type problems that may occur.
-% 
-% An important observation about these character strings is that 
-% they are strings of \emph{input} characters. This means that rather 
-% than using the characters in some special font for typesetting 
-% control sequences like |\^^M| (recall that the |^^| substitutions 
-% take place before tokenization), one should typeset them using only 
-% visible ASCII characters. (After all, that's the only way they are 
-% written in \TeX\ code.) The default definition is to typeset 
-% invisible characters as precisely the |^^|-sequences that \TeX\ 
-% normally uses for these characters when they are written to a file.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Typesetting problematic characters}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\PrintChar}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@threedignum}
-%   The |\PrintChar| command has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\PrintChar|\marg{8-bit number}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{8-bit number} is a \TeX\ number in the range 0--255. 
-%   For arguments in the range 0--31, |\PrintChar| prints 
-%   `\textit{\ttfamily\string^\string^@}'--`\textit{\ttfamily
-%   \string^\string^\string_}'. For an argument in the range 32--126, 
-%   |\PrintChar| calls |\Print|\-|Visible|\-|Char| which by default 
-%   simply does |\char| on that argument (but which can be redefined 
-%   if the font set-up requires it); in particular, |\PrintChar{32}| 
-%   should print a ``visible space'' character. |\PrintChar{127}| prints 
-%   `\textit{\ttfamily\string^\string^?}'. For arguments in the range 
-%   128--255, |\PrintChar| prints 
-%   `\textit{\ttfamily\string^\string^80}'--`\textit{\ttfamily
-%   \string^\string^ff}'.
-%   
-%   |\PrintChar| is robust. |\PrintChar| also has a special behaviour 
-%   when it is written to a file (when |\protect| is |\noexpand|): it 
-%   makes sure that the argument consists of three decimal digits, to 
-%   ensure external sorting gets it right.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{PrintChar}{}{%
-   \PackageInfo{xdoc2}{Redefining \protect\PrintChar}%
-}
-\def\PrintChar{%
-   \ifx \protect\@typeset@protect
-      \expandafter\XD@PrintChar
-   \else\ifx \protect\noexpand
-      \string\PrintChar
-      \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\XD@threedignum
-   \else
-      \noexpand\PrintChar
-   \fi\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   
-%   |\XD@threedignum| does a |\number| on its argument, possibly prepends 
-%   a |0| or two, and wraps it all up in a ``group'' (the braces have 
-%   category other, not beginning and end of group).
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/15}{Braces inserted by 
-%      \cs{XD@threedignum} are given catcode other. (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\edef\XD@threedignum#1{%
-   \string{%
-   \noexpand\ifnum #1<100 %
-      \noexpand\ifnum #1<10 0\noexpand\fi
-      0%
-   \noexpand\fi
-   \noexpand\number#1%
-   \string}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@PrintChar}
-% \begin{macro}{\InvisibleCharPrefix}
-% \begin{macro}{\InvisibleCharSuffix}
-%   |\XD@PrintChar| manages the typesetting for |\PrintChar|. It 
-%   distinguishes between visible characters (code 32--126) and 
-%   invisible characters. The visible characters are typeset directly 
-%   using |\PrintVisibleChar|, whereas the invisible characters are 
-%   typeset as |^^|-sequences.
-%   
-%   The macros |\InvisibleCharPrefix| and |\InvisibleCharSuffix| begin 
-%   and end a |^^|-sequence. |\InvisibleCharPrefix| should print the 
-%   actual |^^|, but it may also for example select a new font for 
-%   the |^^|-sequence (such font changes are restored at the end of 
-%   |\XD@PrintChar|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@PrintChar#1{%
-   \leavevmode
-   \begingroup
-      \count@=#1\relax
-      \ifnum \@xxxii>\count@
-         \advance \count@ 64%
-         \InvisibleCharPrefix
-         \PrintVisibleChar\count@
-         \InvisibleCharSuffix
-      \else\ifnum 127>\count@
-         \PrintVisibleChar\count@
-      \else
-         \InvisibleCharPrefix
-         \ifnum 127=\count@ \PrintVisibleChar{63}\else
-            \@tempcnta=\count@
-            \divide \count@ \sixt@@n
-            \@tempcntb=\count@
-            \multiply \count@ \sixt@@n
-            \advance \@tempcnta -\count@
-            \advance \@tempcntb \ifnum 9<\@tempcntb 87\else 48\fi
-            \advance \@tempcnta \ifnum 9<\@tempcnta 87\else 48\fi
-            \char\@tempcntb \char\@tempcnta
-         \fi
-         \InvisibleCharSuffix
-      \fi\fi
-   \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\InvisibleCharPrefix{%
-   \/\em
-   \PrintVisibleChar{`\^}\PrintVisibleChar{`\^}%
-}
-\newcommand\InvisibleCharSuffix{\/}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   There are some alternative methods for making hexadecimal numbers 
-%   which should perhaps be mentioned. The \LaTeX\ kernel contains a 
-%   macro |\hexnumber@| which uses |\ifcase| to produce one hexadecimal 
-%   digit, but that uses upper case letters, and things like `8E' look 
-%   extremely silly if the upper case letters doesn't line with the 
-%   digits. Applying |\meaning| to a \meta{chardef token} or 
-%   \meta{mathchardef token} expands to |\char"|\meta{hex} and 
-%   |\mathchar"|\meta{hex} respectively, where \meta{hex} is the 
-%   corresponding number in hexadecimal, but that too has upper case A--F 
-%   and leading zeros are removed.
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\PrintVisibleChar}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/12/18}{Made it possible to select the 
-%      alternative defintion of \cs{PrintVisibleChar} through an 
-%      \package{xdoc} package option. (LH)}
-%   The |\PrintVisibleChar| command should print the visible ASCII 
-%   character whose character code is given in the argument. There are 
-%   currently two definitions of this command: one which uses the \TeX\ 
-%   primitive |\char| and one which goes via the ``\LaTeX\ internal 
-%   character representation'' for the character. By default 
-%   \package{xdoc} uses the former definition, but if \package{xdoc} 
-%   is passed the 
-%   \SortIndex{notrawchar}{\texttt{notrawchar} option\encapchar usage}
-%   \texttt{notrawchar} option then it will use the latter.
-%   
-%   The reason there are two definitions is a deficiency in how the NFSS 
-%   encoding attribute has been assigned to fonts; even though the 
-%   encodings of Computer Modern Roman and Computer Modern Typewriter 
-%   are quite different, \LaTeXe\ uses the \texttt{OT1} encoding for 
-%   both. As a result of this, the \LaTeX\ internal representation will 
-%   in some important cases use characters from non-typewriter fonts 
-%   despite the fact that typewriter forms are immediately available.
-%   Since the cases in which the |\char| primitive produces results as 
-%   least as good as those made through the \LaTeX\ internal 
-%   character representation includes those that the current font is 
-%   \texttt{T1}-encoded or an \texttt{OT1}-encoded nonitalic typewriter 
-%   font, the shorter |\char| primitive defintion has been made the 
-%   default.
-%   
-%   For compability with prototype version~2.0 of \package{xdoc}, the 
-%   replacement text for |\Print|\-|Visible|\-|Char| that uses \LaTeX\ 
-%   internal character representation can alternatively be extracted by 
-%   \package{docstrip}ping \texttt{xdoc2.dtx} with the option 
-%   \Module{internals}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{notrawchar}{%
-   \newcommand\PrintVisibleChar[1]{%
-%</pkg>
-%<*pkg|internals>
-      \ifcase #1%
-      \or\or\or\or\or\or\or\or \or\or\or\or\or\or\or\or 
-      \or\or\or\or\or\or\or\or \or\or\or\or\or\or\or\or
-      % "20
-         \textvisiblespace \or!\or\textquotedbl \or\#\or\textdollar 
-         \or\%\or\&\or\textquoteright\or(\or)\or*\or+\or,\or-\or.\or/%
-      \or % "30
-         0\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or7\or8\or9\or:\or;\or
-         \textless\or=\or\textgreater\or?%
-      \or % "40
-         @\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or 
-         H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O%
-      \or % "50
-         P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z\or [\or
-         \textbackslash \or]\or\textasciicircum \or\textunderscore
-      \or % "60
-         \textquoteleft \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or 
-         i\or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o%
-      \or % "70
-         p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\or
-         \textbraceleft \or\textbar \or\textbraceright \or
-         \textasciitilde
-      \fi
-   }%
-%</pkg|internals>
-%<*pkg>
-}{%
-   \newcommand\PrintVisibleChar[1]{\char #1\relax}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\Bslash}
-%   It turns out that it is very common to say |\PrintChar{92}| 
-%   (backslash), so a macro which expands to that reduces typing.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\Bslash{\PrintChar{92}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Rendering character strings harmless}
-% 
-% Replacing all problematic characters with |\PrintChar| calls certainly 
-% makes the strings easier to manage, but actually making those 
-% replacements is a rather complicated task. Therefore this subsection 
-% contains the macros necessary for doing these replacements.
-% 
-% The first problem is how to efficiently recognise the problematic 
-% characters. A first solution which gets rather far is to mainly look 
-% in the |\catcode| register for that character and keep the character 
-% as it is if the category found there is 11 or 12, but replace it with 
-% a |\PrintChar| command if the category is anything else. Two extra 
-% tests can be performed to take care of invisible ASCII, and the 
-% \package{makeindex} metacharacters can be cared for by locally 
-% changing their catcodes for when the string is processed. 
-% Unfortunately this doesn't work inside \texttt{macrocode} 
-% environments (where one would like to use it for the macro 
-% cross-referencing) since that environment changes the catcodes of 
-% several characters from being problematic to being unproblematic and 
-% vice versa.\footnote{As the entire \texttt{macrocode} environment is 
-% tokenized by the expansion of \cs{xmacro@code} one could alternatively 
-% solve this problem by reimplementing the \texttt{macrocode} 
-% environment so that normal catcodes are in force when the contents are 
-% being typeset.} As furthermore harmless character strings should be 
-% possible to move to completely different parts of the document, the 
-% test used for determining whether a character is problematic should 
-% yield the same result throughout the document.
-% 
-% Because of this, I have chosen a brute strength solution: build a 
-% table (indexed by character code) that gives the harmless form of 
-% every character. This table is stored in the
-% \describecsfamily{XD@harmless@\meta{code}}^^A
-% |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} family of control sequences, where the 
-% \meta{code} is in the range |0|--|255|. Assignments to this table are 
-% global. In principle, the table should not change after the preamble, 
-% but there is a command |\SetHarmState| which can be used at any time 
-% for setting a single table entry. This could be useful for documents 
-% which, like for example~\cite{fontinst}, have nonstandard settings of 
-% |\catcode|s.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\SetHarmState}
-%   The |\SetHarmState| command takes three arguments:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\SetHarmState|\marg{type}\marg{char}\marg{harm}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{char} is the character whose entry should be set. \meta{type} 
-%   is a flag which specifies what format \meta{char} is given in. If 
-%   \meta{type} is |\BooleanTrue| then \meta{char} is the \TeX\ 
-%   \meta{number} of the table entry to set, and if \meta{type} is 
-%   |\BooleanFalse| then \meta{char} is something which expands to a 
-%   single character token whose entry should be set. The expansion is 
-%   carried out by an |\edef|, so it needs not be only one level. 
-%   \meta{harm} is |\BooleanTrue| if the character is problematic and 
-%   |\BooleanFalse| if it is not.
-%   
-%   The \meta{type} and \meta{harm} arguments are currently not subject 
-%   to any expansion. In the future they probably should be, but I 
-%   don't want to make assumptions about the actual definitions of 
-%   |\BooleanTrue| and |\BooleanFalse| at this point.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-   \catcode\z@=12
-   \@ifdefinable\SetHarmState{
-      \gdef\SetHarmState#1#2#3{%
-         \begingroup
-            \ifx #1\BooleanTrue
-               \count@=#2\relax
-            \else
-               \protected@edef\@tempa{#2}%
-               \count@=\expandafter`\@tempa\relax
-            \fi
-            \ifx #3\BooleanTrue
-               \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\PrintChar{\the\count@}}%
-            \else
-               \uccode\z@=\count@
-               \uppercase{\def\@tempa{^^@}}%
-            \fi
-            \global\expandafter\let
-               \csname XD@harmless@\the\count@ \endcsname \@tempa
-         \endgroup
-      }%
-   }
-\endgroup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{trivlist}\item[]\leavevmode ^^A Just for the look of it
-%   \GenericDescribePrint{\small\cs{XD@harmless@}\meta{code}}^^A
-%   ^^A There should have been a "main" index entry here as well,
-%   ^^A but generating that with \package{doc} commands is more than I 
-%   ^^A bother to do right now.
-%   Initializing the |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table is a 
-%   straightforward exercise of |\loop| \dots\ |\repeat|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*!economical>
-\count@=\z@
-\loop
-   \expandafter\xdef \csname XD@harmless@\the\count@ \endcsname
-      {\noexpand\PrintChar{\the\count@}}%
-   \advance \count@ \@ne
-\ifnum 33>\count@ \repeat
-%</!economical>
-%<economical>\count@=\@xxxii
-\begingroup
-   \catcode\z@=12\relax
-   \@firstofone{%
-\endgroup
-   \loop
-      \if \ifnum 11=\catcode\count@ 1\else \ifnum 12=\catcode\count@
-            1\else 0\fi\fi 1%
-         \uccode\z@=\count@
-         \uppercase{\def\@tempa{^^@}}%
-      \else
-         \edef\@tempa{\noexpand\PrintChar{\the\count@}}%
-      \fi
-      \global\expandafter\let
-         \csname XD@harmless@\the\count@ \endcsname \@tempa
-      \advance \count@ \@ne
-   \ifnum 127>\count@ \repeat
-}
-%<*!economical>
-\loop
-   \expandafter\xdef \csname XD@harmless@\the\count@ \endcsname
-      {\noexpand\PrintChar{\the\count@}}%
-\ifnum \@cclv>\count@ 
-   \advance \count@ \@ne
-\repeat
-%</!economical>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Marking the \package{makeindex} metacharacters as harmful is 
-%   deferred until |\begin|\nolinebreak[2]|{document}|, since it is not 
-%   unreasonable that these are changed in the preamble.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-   \SetHarmState\BooleanFalse\actualchar\BooleanTrue
-   \SetHarmState\BooleanFalse\encapchar\BooleanTrue
-   \SetHarmState\BooleanFalse\levelchar\BooleanTrue
-   \SetHarmState\BooleanFalse\quotechar\BooleanTrue
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \package{doc}'s |\verbatimchar| is not harmful, since it isn't used 
-%   at all in \package{xdoc}.
-% \end{trivlist}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\MakeHarmless}
-%   To render a character string harmless, you do
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\MakeHarmless|\marg{macro}\marg{string}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   This locally assigns to \meta{macro} the harmless character string 
-%   which corresponds to \meta{string}. During the conversion the converted 
-%   part of the string is stored in |\toks@|, but that is local to 
-%   |\MakeHarmless|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\MakeHarmless#1#2{%
-   \begingroup
-      \toks@={}%
-      \escapechar=`\\%
-      \XD@harmless@#2\XD@harmless@
-   \expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\def \expandafter#1%
-      \expandafter{\the\toks@}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@iii}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@iv}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@v}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/27}{Moved code for adding to \cs{toks@} here 
-%      and changed it to append the contents of \cs{XD@harmless@32}, not 
-%      necessarily a \cs{PrintChar}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@vi}
-%   What one has to be most careful about when rendering strings 
-%   harmless are the space tokens, since many of \TeX's primitives gladly 
-%   snatches an extra space (or more) where you don't want them to in 
-%   this case. Macro parameters can be particularly dangerous, as \TeX\ 
-%   will skip any number of spaces while looking for the replacement 
-%   text for an undelimited macro argument. Therefore the algorithm for 
-%   rendering a character token harmless begins 
-%   (|\XD@|\B|harmless@iii|) with |\string|ing the next token in the 
-%   string---this preserves the character code and sets the category to 
-%   12 for all characters except the ASCII space, which gets category 10 
-%   (space)---and then |\futurelet| is used to peek at the next token. If 
-%   it is a space token (|\XD@|\B|harmless@iv|) then the character code 
-%   is 32 and the actual space can be gobbled (|\XD@|\B|harmless@v|), and 
-%   if it isn't then the next token can be grabbed in an undelimited macro 
-%   argument (|\XD@|\B|harmless@vi|). In either case, the harmless form 
-%   is given by the |\XD@|\B|harmless@|\meta{code} table entry 
-%   (in |\XD@|\B|harmless@v| or |\XD@|\B|harmless@vi|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}  
-\def\XD@harmless@iii{%
-   \expandafter\futurelet \expandafter\@let@token 
-   \expandafter\XD@harmless@iv \string
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}  
-%    \begin{macrocode}  
-\def\XD@harmless@iv{%
-   \ifx \@let@token\@sptoken
-      \expandafter\XD@harmless@v
-   \else
-      \expandafter\XD@harmless@vi
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   ^^A Hack:
-%   \begingroup
-%   \expandafter\def \expandafter\MakePrivateLetters \expandafter{^^A
-%      \MakePrivateLetters
-%      \catcode`3=11
-%      \catcode`2=11
-%   }
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-   \catcode`3=\catcode`a
-   \catcode`2=\catcode`a
-   \@firstofone{\gdef\XD@harmless@v} {%
-      \toks@=\expandafter{\the \expandafter\toks@ \XD@harmless@32}%
-      \XD@harmless@
-   }
-\endgroup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \endgroup
-%   In the \Module{economical} (with hash table space) variant 
-%   implementation the |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table has entries only 
-%   for the characters in visible ASCII. Thus the harmless forms of 
-%   characters outside visible ASCII must be constructed on the fly.
-%    \begin{macrocode}  
-\def\XD@harmless@vi#1{%
-%<*economical>
-   \if \ifnum `#1<\@xxxii 1\else \ifnum `#1>126 1\else 0\fi\fi 1%
-      \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
-         \expandafter\PrintChar \expandafter{\number`#1}%
-      }%
-   \else
-%</economical>   
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\toks@
-      \csname XD@harmless@\number`#1\endcsname}%
-%<economical>   \fi
-   \XD@harmless@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}  
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@i}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless@ii}
-%   But that is not all |\MakeHarmless| can do. In some cases (as for 
-%   example when one is describing a family of control sequences) one 
-%   might want to include things in the string that are not simply 
-%   characters, but more complex items---such as for example |\meta| 
-%   constructions like \meta{code}. To accommodate for this, 
-%   |\XD@harmless@| (which is the first step in converting a token) 
-%   always begins by checking whether the next token to render harmless 
-%   is a control sequence. If it is then it is checked (in 
-%   |\XD@harmless@ii|) whether the control sequence 
-%   \describecsfamily{XD@harmless\Bslash\meta{cs-name}}^^A
-%   |\XD@harmless\|\meta{cs-name}, where \meta{cs-name} is the name 
-%   without |\| of the control sequence encountered, is defined. If it 
-%   isn't then the encountered control sequence is |\string|ed and 
-%   conversion continues as above, but if it is defined then the 
-%   encountered control sequence begins such a more complex item.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@harmless@{\futurelet\@let@token \XD@harmless@i}
-%    \end{macrocode}  
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@harmless@i{%
-   \ifcat \noexpand\@let@token \noexpand\XD@harmless@
-      \expandafter\XD@harmless@ii
-   \else
-      \expandafter\XD@harmless@iii
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}  
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@harmless@ii#1{%
-   \@ifundefined{XD@harmless\string#1}{%
-      \expandafter\XD@harmless@vi \string#1%
-   }{\csname XD@harmless\string#1\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}  
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless\XD@harmless@}
-%   A control sequence |\XD@harmless\|\meta{cs-name} is responsible for 
-%   interpreting the string item that begins with the control sequence 
-%   |\|\meta{cs-name} and appending a harmless representation of it to 
-%   |\toks@|. Harmless representations should only contain robust 
-%   control sequences and they must not rely on changing any catcodes. 
-%   Normal |\XD@harmless\|\meta{cs-name} control sequences must also 
-%   end by inserting |\XD@harmless@| in front of what remains of the 
-%   string after the complex string item has been removed. This sees to 
-%   that the rest of the string is also rendered harmless. The only such
-%   control sequence which does not insert |\XD@harmless@| is 
-%   |\XD@harmless\XD@harmless@|, but that is as it should be since 
-%   |\MakeHarmless| itself appends a |\XD@harmless@| to every character 
-%   string it should convert to mark the end of it.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\expandafter\let 
-   \csname XD@harmless\string\XD@harmless@\endcsname \@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless\PrintChar}
-%   It is occasionally convenient to use a |\PrintChar| command as part 
-%   of a string that is to be rendered harmless instead of using the raw 
-%   character. The definition is very similar to that of 
-%   |\XD@harmless@vi|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}  
-\@namedef{XD@harmless\string\PrintChar}#1{%
-%<*economical>
-   \if \ifnum #1<\@xxxii 1\else \ifnum #1>126 1\else 0\fi\fi 1%
-      \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
-         \expandafter\PrintChar \expandafter{\number#1}%
-      }%
-   \else
-%</economical>   
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\toks@
-      \csname XD@harmless@\number#1\endcsname}%
-%<economical>   \fi
-   \XD@harmless@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Interaction with mechanisms that make characters 
-%    problematic}
-% 
-% If additional visible characters are made problematic after the 
-% initial |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table is formed then problems may 
-% indeed arise, because some character which is expected to be 
-% unproblematic when read from (for example) an \texttt{.ind} file will 
-% actually not be. In fortunate cases this will only lead to that 
-% characters will print strangely or not at all, but it can quite 
-% conceivably lead to errors that prevent further typesetting and it 
-% should therefore be prevented if possible.
-% 
-% Right now, I can think of two mechanisms that make characters 
-% problematic, and both do that by making them active. One is the 
-% shorthand mechanism of \package{babel}, but I think I'll delay 
-% implementing any interaction with that until some later prototype; I 
-% don't know it well enough and anyway I don't think it is that likely 
-% to cause any problems. The other mechanism is the short verb mechanism 
-% of \package{doc} itself, and this should be taken care of right away.
-% 
-% The main difficulty is that the |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table should 
-% be the same throughout the document body (otherwise you may get more 
-% than one index entry for the same thing, with index references 
-% arbitrarily distributed between the two) whereas short verb characters 
-% can be made and deleted at any time. It would actually be wrong to 
-% always have the |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table entry mirroring the 
-% current state of the character! Instead a character will be considered 
-% as problematic even if it is only made problematic temporarily (with 
-% the exception for characters that are made problematic in 
-% \texttt{verbatim} environments and the like---the index file isn't 
-% being read in while those catcodes are active). Since it is impossible 
-% to know in the beginning of a document whether a character will be made 
-% a short verb character at some later point, the modifications to the 
-% |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table that will be made because of short verb 
-% characters will (at least partially) be based on which characters were 
-% made short verbs on the previous run.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\SetCharProblematic}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/26}{Command added. (LH)}
-%   The |\SetCharProblematic| command should be called by commands which 
-%   make a character problematic (e.g.\ makes it active) in the general 
-%   context (commands which make some character problematic only in some 
-%   very special context, such as the \texttt{verbatim} environment, 
-%   need not call |\Set|\-|Char|\-|Problematic|). The syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\SetCharProblematic|\marg{code}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and it sets the ``harm state'' of the character whose code is 
-%   \meta{code} to problematic.
-%   
-%   When |\SetCharProblematic| is called in the preamble, it sets the 
-%   harm state on the current run. When it is called in the document 
-%   body however, it sets the harm state on the next run by writing a 
-%   |\SetHarmState| command to the \texttt{.aux} file. This is done to 
-%   ensure that the contents of the |\XD@harmless@|\meta{code} table 
-%   doesn't change during the body of a document.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\SetCharProblematic[1]{%
-   \SetHarmState\BooleanTrue{#1}\BooleanTrue
-}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-   \gdef\SetCharProblematic#1{%
-      \if@filesw
-         \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\SetHarmState 
-            \string\BooleanTrue {\number#1}\string\BooleanTrue}%
-      \fi
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\add@specials}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/26}{Redefinition added. (LH)}
-%   |\MakeShortVerb|'s call to |\SetCharProblematic| is put in the 
-%   |\add@|\B|specials| macro, which anyway already adds the character 
-%   to the |\dospecials| and |\@sanitize| lists. Only familiar 
-%   definitions of |\add@special| are changed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@tempa#1{%
-  \rem@special{#1}%
-  \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\dospecials\expandafter
-    {\dospecials \do #1}%
-  \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\@sanitize\expandafter
-    {\@sanitize \@makeother #1}}
-\ifx \@tempa\add@special
-   \def\add@special#1{%
-      \rem@special{#1}%
-      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\dospecials\expandafter
-         {\dospecials \do #1}%
-      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\@sanitize\expandafter
-         {\@sanitize \@makeother #1}%
-      \SetCharProblematic{`#1}%
-   }
-\else
-   \PackageWarningNoLine{xdoc2}{Unfamiliar definition of 
-      \protect\add@special;\MessageBreak the macro was not patched}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Indexing}
-% \label{Sec:Indexing}
-% 
-% Each type of index entry \package{doc} produces is implemented through 
-% a different indexing command.\footnote{Sometimes there are 
-% even more than one command per entry type---the \cs{SpecialIndex}, 
-% \cs{LeftBraceIndex}, \cs{RightBraceIndex}, and \cs{PercentIndex} 
-% commands all generate entries of the same type.} This might be 
-% manageable when there are only \texttt{macro}s and 
-% \texttt{environment}s to distinguish between, but it soon gets 
-% unmanageable if more environments of this type are added. Therefore 
-% all \package{xdoc} index entries are made with a single 
-% command---|\IndexEntry|.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{New basic indexing commands}
-% \label{Ssec:IndexEntry}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\IndexEntry}
-% \begin{macro}{\LevelSame}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/18}{New name for \cs{levelsame}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\LevelSorted}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/18}{New name for \cs{levelsorted}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@if@index}
-%   The |\IndexEntry| command writes one index entry to the \texttt{.idx} 
-%   file. It takes three arguments:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\IndexEntry|\marg{entry text}\marg{encap}\marg{thenumber}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The \meta{entry text} contains the text for the entry. It is a 
-%   nonempty sequence of commands in which each item is one of
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\LevelSame|\marg{text}\\
-%     |\LevelSorted|\marg{sort key}\marg{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   Each such item specifies one level of the entry that is to be 
-%   written. In the case of |\LevelSorted|, the \meta{text} is what will 
-%   be written in the sorted index at that level and \meta{sort key} is 
-%   a key which the index-sorting program should use for sorting that 
-%   entry at that level. In the case of |\LevelSame|, the \meta{text} is 
-%   used both as sort key and contents of entry in the sorted index.
-%   The first item is for the topmost level and each subsequent item is 
-%   for the next sublevel. The \meta{entry text} will be fully expanded 
-%   by the |\IndexEntry| command.
-%   
-%   \meta{thenumber} is the number (if any) that the index entry refers 
-%   to. It can consist of explicit characters, but it can also be a 
-%   |\the|\meta{counter} control sequence or a macro containing such 
-%   control sequences. \meta{thenumber} is fully expanded by the 
-%   |\IndexEntry| command, with the exception for occurrences of 
-%   |\thepage|---expansion of |\thepage| will instead be delayed until 
-%   the page is shipped out, so that the page numbers will be right. 
-%   \textbf{Note:} \meta{thenumber} must not contain any formatting that 
-%   will upset the index-sorting program. \package{doc}'s default 
-%   definition of |\theCodelineNo| contains such formatting, so one 
-%   must instead use |\thecodelineno| as \meta{thenumber} in that case.
-%   
-%   \meta{encap} is the name of the encapsulation scheme that should be 
-%   applied to \meta{thenumber}. All encapsulation schemes that have been 
-%   implemented instruct the index sorting program to wrap up 
-%   \meta{thenumber} in some code that gives it special formatting when 
-%   the sorted index is written, but one could also use the \meta{encap} 
-%   to specify `beginning of range' and `end of range' index entries. 
-%   Use \GenericDescribePrint{\small\texttt{none}}^^A
-%   \SortIndex{none}{\texttt{none}\encapchar usage}\texttt{none} as 
-%   \meta{encap} if you don't want any special formatting.
-%   
-%   \textbf{Note:} |\IndexEntry| uses |\@tempa| internally, so you 
-%   cannot use that in argument \#2 or \#3. Using it in argument \#1 
-%   presents no problems, though.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\IndexEntry[3]{%
-   \@bsphack
-   \begingroup
-      \def\LevelSame##1{\levelchar##1}%
-      \def\LevelSorted##1##2{\levelchar##1\actualchar##2}%
-      \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
-      \protected@edef\@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\@tempa\@empty}%
-      \@ifundefined{XD@idxencap@#2}{%
-         \PackageError{xdoc2}{Index entry encap `#2' unknown}\@eha
-      }{%
-         \XD@if@index{%
-            \csname XD@idxencap@#2\endcsname\@tempa{#3}%
-         }{}%
-      }%
-   \endgroup
-   \@esphack
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   |\IndexEntry| does (like |\index|) not contribute any material to the 
-%   current list if indices aren't being made.
-%   
-%   |\XD@if@index| is |\@firstoftwo| if index entries are being written 
-%   and |\@second|\-|of|\-|two| if they are not.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\XD@if@index=\@secondoftwo
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% In \LaTeXplus, the \cs{IndexEntry} command should probably be 
-% implemented using templates, e.g. the \meta{encap}s could be names of 
-% instances.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\levelsame}
-% \begin{macro}{\levelsorted}
-%   These names were used for |\LevelSame| and |\LevelSorted| 
-%   respectively in prototype version~2.0, but the macros should belong 
-%   to the same capitalization class as |\IndexEntry| so their names 
-%   were changed in prototype version~2.1. The old names |\levelsame| 
-%   and |\levelsorted| will continue to work in \package{xdoc2}, though.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*xdoc2>
-\newcommand*\levelsame{\LevelSame}
-\newcommand*\levelsorted{\LevelSorted}
-%</xdoc2>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \describecsfamily{XD@idxencap@\meta{encap}}^^A
-% Macros in the family |\XD@idxencap@|\meta{encap} takes two 
-% arguments as follows
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\XD@idxencap@|\meta{encap}\,\marg{entry}\,\marg{thenumber}
-% \end{quote}
-% They should write an entry with the \meta{encap} encapsulation of the 
-% \meta{thenumber} to the index file. They need not check whether index 
-% generation is on or not, but they must be subject to the \LaTeX\ kernel 
-% \texttt{@filesw} switch. They must expand both arguments fully at the 
-% time of the command, with the exception for the control sequence 
-% |\thepage|, which should not be expanded until the page on which the 
-% write appears is output. Both these conditions are met if the macro 
-% is implemented using |\protected@write|.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@idxencap@none}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@idxencap@main}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@idxencap@usage}
-%   These macros implement the encapsulation schemes that are used in 
-%   \package{doc}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@idxencap@none#1#2{%
-   \protected@write\@indexfile{}{\XD@index@keyword{#1}{#2}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@idxencap@main#1#2{%
-   \protected@write\@indexfile{}%
-      {\XD@index@keyword{#1\encapchar main}{#2}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@idxencap@usage#1#2{%
-   \protected@write\@indexfile{}%
-      {\XD@index@keyword{#1\encapchar usage}{#2}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@index@keyword}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Macro added and \meta{encap} macros 
-%      changed to use it. (LH)}
-%   The |\XD@index@keyword| is a hook for changing the index entry 
-%   keyword (the text that is put in front of every index entry in the 
-%   \texttt{.idx} file). It is changed by e.g.\ the \package{docindex} 
-%   package~\cite{docindex}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{XD@index@keyword}{%
-   \edef\XD@index@keyword{\@backslashchar indexentry}%
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\CodelineIndex}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/10/08}{Using \cs{thecodelineno}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\PageIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\TheXDIndexNumber}
-%   The |\CodelineIndex| and |\PageIndex| commands do the same things as 
-%   in \package{doc}, but work with the \package{xdoc} internals instead 
-%   of the \package{doc} ones. |\TheXDIndexNumber| is used as 
-%   \meta{thenumber} argument to |\IndexEntry| by all indexing commands 
-%   that would have used |\special@index| in \package{doc}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\CodelineIndex{%
-   \makeindex
-   \let\XD@if@index=\@firstoftwo
-   \codeline@indextrue
-   \def\TheXDIndexNumber{\thecodelineno}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\PageIndex{%
-   \makeindex
-   \let\XD@if@index=\@firstoftwo
-   \codeline@indexfalse
-   \def\TheXDIndexNumber{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\TheXDIndexNumber{??}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Making good sort keys}
-% 
-% \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/15}{Sort key making commands added. (LH)}
-% A common nuisance in \package{doc} indices is that many macros are 
-% sorted by parts of the name that do not carry any interesting 
-% information. In the \LaTeX\ kernel many macro names begin with a 
-% silent |@|, whereas the names of private macros in many packages 
-% (including this one) begin with some fixed abbreviation of the 
-% package name. Since such prefixes usually are harder to remember than 
-% the rest of the macro name, it is not uncommon that the index position 
-% one thinks of first isn't the one where the macro actually is put. 
-% Hence a mechanism for removing such annoying prefixes from the macro 
-% names might be useful, and that is presicely what is defined below.
-% 
-% The actual mechanism is based on having a set of macros called 
-% \emph{operators} which operate on the harmless character string that 
-% is to become the sort key. Each operator has a specific prefix string 
-% which it tries to match against the beginning of the to-be sort key, 
-% and if they match then the prefix is moved to the end of the sort key. 
-% Automatically constructed operators (see below) have names of the form 
-% \describecsfamily{XD@operatorA@\meta{prefix}}|\XD@operatorA@|^^A
-% \meta{prefix}, but operators can be given arbitrary names.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@operators@list}
-%   The |\XD@operators@list| macro contains the list of all currently 
-%   active operators.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\XD@operators@list\@empty
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% The operators do all their work at expand-time. When an operator 
-% macro is expanded, it is in the context
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \meta{operator} \meta{subsequent operators} |\@firstofone|
-%   \meta{sort key text} |\@empty|
-% \end{quote}
-% There may not be any |\@empty|s or |\@firstofone|s amongst the 
-% \meta{subsequent operators} or in the \meta{sort key text}. This should 
-% expand to
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \meta{subsequent operators} |\@firstofone| \meta{operated-on sort 
-%   key text} |\@empty|
-% \end{quote}
-% The purpose of the |\@firstofone| after the \meta{subsequent 
-% operators} is to remove any spaces that some operator might have put 
-% in front of the sort key. This happens if the entire sort key text has 
-% been ignored by some operator.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\MakeSortKey}
-%   The |\MakeSortKey| command is called to make the acutal sort key. 
-%   The syntax of this command is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\MakeSortKey|\marg{macro}\marg{text}\marg{extras}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   This locally defines \meta{macro} to be the sort key that the 
-%   currently active operators manufacture from \meta{text}. The 
-%   \meta{extras} argument can contain additional assignments needed for 
-%   handling macros with special harmless forms, such as |\meta|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\MakeSortKey[3]{%
-   \begingroup
-      \def\PrintChar{\string\PrintChar\XD@threedignum}%
-      #3%
-      \unrestored@protected@xdef\@gtempa{#2}%
-   \endgroup
-   \protected@edef#1{%
-      \expandafter\XD@operators@list \expandafter\@firstofone 
-      \@gtempa\@empty
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@make@operator}
-%   The |\XD@make@operator| macro takes a harmless character sequence as 
-%   argument, constructs the corresponding operator, and returns the 
-%   operator control sequence in the |\toks@| token list register.
-%   
-%   More precisely, given a harmless character string \meta{string}, 
-%   |\XD@make@operator| will construct a sequence of other tokens 
-%   \meta{text} from \meta{string} by replacing all |\PrintChar| 
-%   commands in the same way as |\MakeSortKey| does. Then it defines the 
-%   macro |\XD@operatorA@|\meta{text} to be
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \raggedright \spaceskip=0.16666em
-%     \#1\,|\@firstofone|\,\#2\,|\@empty| \ $\rightarrow$ \ %
-%     |\XD@operatorB@|\meta{text} |\@firstofone| \#2 
-%     |\@firstofone| \meta{text} |\@firstofone| |\relax| \#1 |\@empty|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and the macro |\XD@operatorB@|\meta{text} to do
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \raggedright
-%     \#1\,|\@firstofone|\,\meta{text}\,\#2\,|\@firstofone|\,\#3\,^^A
-%     |\relax|\,\#4\,|\@empty| $\rightarrow$ 
-%     \#4\,\( \left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 
-%     \mbox{\cs{@firstofone}\,\#2\,\textvisiblespace\,\meta{text}\,^^A
-%     \cs{@empty}}& \mbox{if \#1 is empty}\\ 
-%     \mbox{\#1\,\cs{@empty}}& \mbox{otherwise}
-%     \end{array} \right.\)
-%   \end{quote}
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@make@operator#1{%
-   \begingroup
-      \def\PrintChar{\string\PrintChar\XD@threedignum}%
-      \let\protect\@gobble
-      \xdef\@gtempa{#1}%
-   \endgroup
-   \expandafter\edef \csname XD@operatorA@\@gtempa\endcsname
-      ##1\@firstofone##2\@empty{%
-      \expandafter\noexpand \csname XD@operatorB@\@gtempa\endcsname
-      \noexpand\@firstofone ##2\noexpand\@firstofone \@gtempa
-      \noexpand\@firstofone \relax##1\noexpand\@empty
-   }%
-   \expandafter\edef \csname XD@operatorB@\@gtempa \expandafter\endcsname
-      \expandafter##\expandafter1\expandafter\@firstofone \@gtempa
-      ##2\@firstofone##3\relax##4\@empty{%
-      \noexpand\ifx $##1$%
-         \noexpand\expandafter \noexpand\@firstoftwo
-      \noexpand\else
-         \noexpand\expandafter \noexpand\@secondoftwo
-      \noexpand\fi{%
-         ##4\noexpand\@firstofone ##2 \@gtempa
-      }{##4##1}%
-      \noexpand\@empty
-   }%
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\csname XD@operatorA@\@gtempa\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DoNotIndexBy}
-%   The |\DoNotIndexBy| command has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\DoNotIndexBy|\marg{morpheme}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   It causes the \meta{morpheme} to be put \emph{last} in the index 
-%   sort key for each macro name which begins by \meta{morpheme}. This 
-%   can be used to ignore e.g.\ ``silent'' |@|s at the beginning of a 
-%   macro name.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\DoNotIndexBy[1]{%
-   \MakeHarmless\@tempa{#1}%
-   \XD@make@operator\@tempa
-   \expandafter\def \expandafter\XD@operators@list \expandafter{%
-      \the\expandafter\toks@ \XD@operators@list
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-%   
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Reimplementations of \package{doc} indexing commands}
-% 
-% The \package{doc} indexing commands aren't that interesting in 
-% \package{xdoc}, since they take `raw' control sequences as 
-% arguments rather than the harmless strings that the \package{xdoc} 
-% commands will want to put in the index. But it can be instructive to 
-% see how they would be implemented in this context.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\SortIndex}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Redefinition added. (LH)}
-%   The |\SortIndex| takes a sort key and an entry text as argument, and 
-%   writes a one-level index entry for that.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand*\SortIndex[2]{%
-   \IndexEntry{\LevelSorted{#1}{#2}}{none}{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\SpecialIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\SpecialMainIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\SpecialUsageIndex}
-%   The |\SpecialIndex|, |\SpecialMainIndex|, and |\SpecialUsageIndex| 
-%   commands take a control sequence (or more often something which looks 
-%   like a |\string|ed control sequence) as their only argument. The 
-%   entry text is that item verbatim, and the initial backslash is 
-%   ignored in sorting (|\Special|\-|Index| always ignores the first 
-%   character regardless of whether it is a backslash or not, the other 
-%   two checks first). |\Special|\-|Index| has \texttt{none} formatting, 
-%   |\Special|\-|Main|\-|Index| has \texttt{main} formatting, and 
-%   |\Special|\-|Usage|\-|Index| has \texttt{usage} formatting of the 
-%   index number.
-%   
-%   Although these definitions will (or at least are supposed to) yield 
-%   the same typeset results as the \package{doc} definitions in the 
-%   mainstream cases, I doubt that they will do so in all cases. At any 
-%   rate, they shouldn't perform worse.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\SpecialIndex[1]{%
-   \expandafter\MakeHarmless \expandafter\@tempa 
-      \expandafter{\string#1}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{%
-         \expandafter\XD@unbackslash \@tempa\@empty
-      }{\texttt{\@tempa}}%
-   }{none}{\TheXDIndexNumber}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\SpecialMainIndex[1]{%
-   \expandafter\MakeHarmless \expandafter\@tempa 
-      \expandafter{\string#1}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{%
-         \expandafter\XD@unbackslash \@tempa\@empty
-      }{\texttt{\@tempa}}%
-   }{main}{\TheXDIndexNumber}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\SpecialUsageIndex[1]{%
-   \expandafter\MakeHarmless \expandafter\@tempa 
-      \expandafter{\string#1}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{%
-         \expandafter\XD@unbackslash \@tempa\@empty
-      }{\texttt{\@tempa}}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@unbackslash}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@unbackslash@}
-%   |\XD@unbackslash| is a utility macro which removes the first 
-%   character from a harmless character string if that character is a 
-%   backslash (i.e., if it is |\PrintChar{92}|). The \package{doc} 
-%   commands have traditionally used |\@gobble| for doing this, but the 
-%   \cs{@SpecialIndexHelper@} macro that was comparatively recently added 
-%   tries to do better.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@unbackslash#1{%
-   \ifx \PrintChar#1%
-      \expandafter\XD@unbackslash@
-   \else
-      \expandafter#1%
-   \fi
-}
-\def\XD@unbackslash@#1{\ifnum #1=92 \else \PrintChar{#1}\fi}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\SpecialMainEnvIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\SpecialEnvIndex}
-%   These are similar to the above, but \package{doc} thinks that the 
-%   arguments don't need any special care, and it produces two index 
-%   entries per command. |\Special|\-|Env|\-|Index| should  really have 
-%   been called |\Special|\-|Usage|\-|Env|\-|Index|. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\SpecialMainEnvIndex[1]{%
-   \IndexEntry{\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} (environment)}}{main}%
-      {\TheXDIndexNumber}%
-   \IndexEntry{\LevelSame{environments:}\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}}%
-      {main}{\TheXDIndexNumber}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\SpecialEnvIndex[1]{%
-   \IndexEntry{\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} (environment)}}{usage}%
-      {\thepage}%
-   \IndexEntry{\LevelSame{environments:}\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}}%
-      {usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\it@is@a}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@special@index}
-%   The |\it@is@a| macro is a specialized version of |\SpecialIndex|, 
-%   but the format of its argument is quite different. After full 
-%   expansion the argument will become a single category 12 token 
-%   (\meta{t}, say), and the control sequence for which an entry should 
-%   be made is |\|\meta{t}. \package{doc} uses |\it@is@a| for control 
-%   sequences with one-character names. Note: The following 
-%   definition should really have special code for the \Module{economical} 
-%   \package{docstrip} module, but I don't think that is necessary 
-%   since the \package{doc} macros which used |\it@is@a| will be
-%   redefined so that they don't.
-%   
-%   |\XD@special@index| does the same thing as |\SpecialIndex|, but it 
-%   does it with \package{xdoc} datatypes---the argument must be a 
-%   harmless character string that does not include the initial escape 
-%   (backslash).
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/15}{Using \cs{MakeSortKey} to make the 
-%      sort key. (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\it@is@a#1{%
-   \edef\@tempa{#1}%
-   \XD@special@index{\csname XD@harmless@\number
-      \expandafter`\@tempa\endcsname}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@special@index#1{%
-   \MakeSortKey\@tempa{#1}{}%
-   \IndexEntry{\LevelSorted{\@tempa}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}}{none}%
-      {\TheXDIndexNumber}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\LeftBraceIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\RightBraceIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\PercentIndex}
-% \begin{macro}{\OldMakeIndex}
-%   More specialised forms of |\SpecialIndex|. The |\OldMakeIndex| 
-%   command can safely be made a no-op.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\LeftBraceIndex{\XD@special@index{\PrintChar{123}}}
-\renewcommand\RightBraceIndex{\XD@special@index{\PrintChar{125}}}
-\renewcommand\PercentIndex{\XD@special@index{\PrintChar{37}}}
-\let\OldMakeIndex\relax
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\@wrindex}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Redefinition added. (LH)}
-%   Finally, while we're at redefining indexing commands, let's redefine 
-%   |\@wrindex| as well to ensure that the index entry keyword is the 
-%   same for all indexing commands.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@wrindex#1{%
-   \protected@write\@indexfile{}{\XD@index@keyword{#1}{\thepage}}%
-   \endgroup
-   \@esphack
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Cross-referencing}
-% 
-% \subsection{Scanning \texttt{macrocode} for \TeX\ control sequences}
-% \label{Ssec:Scanning macrocode}
-% 
-% The cross-referencing mechanism in \package{doc} isn't problematic in 
-% the same way as the indexing mechanism is, so one could pretty much 
-% leave it as it is, but there are things that are better done 
-% differently when the basic indexing commands are based on harmless 
-% character strings. Rather than storing control sequence names (without 
-% escape character) as sequences of category 11 tokens, they will be 
-% stored as the equivalent harmless character strings.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\macro@switch}
-%   As in \package{doc}, |\macro@switch| determines whether the control 
-%   sequence name that follows consists of letters (call |\macro@name|) 
-%   or a single non-letter (call |\short@macro|). Unlike \package{doc}, 
-%   \package{xdoc} accumulates the characters from a multiple-letter 
-%   control sequence name in a token register (|\@toks|), which is why 
-%   that is cleared here.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\macro@switch{%
-   \ifcat\noexpand\next a%
-      \toks@={}%
-      \expandafter\macro@name
-   \else
-      \expandafter\short@macro
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\scan@macro}
-%   Since |\macro@namepart| isn't used as in \package{doc}, I might as 
-%   well remove the command that cleared it from |\scan@macro|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\scan@macro{%
-   \special@escape@char
-   \step@checksum
-   \ifscan@allowed
-      \def\next{\futurelet\next\macro@switch}%
-   \else \let\next\@empty \fi
-   \next}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\short@macro}
-%   This macro will be invoked (with a single character as parameter)
-%   when a single-character macro name has been spotted whilst
-%   scanning within the \texttt{macrocode} environment. It will produce 
-%   an index entry for that macro, unless that macro has been excluded 
-%   from indexing, and it will also typeset the character that 
-%   constitutes the name of the macro.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\short@macro#1{%
-   \protected@edef\macro@namepart{%
-%<*economical>
-      \ifnum `#1<\@xxxii
-         \noexpand\PrintChar{\number`#1}%
-      \else\ifnum `#1>126
-         \noexpand\PrintChar{\number`#1}%
-      \else
-%</economical>   
-         \csname XD@harmless@\number`#1\endcsname
-%<economical>      \fi\fi
-   }%
-   \ifnot@excluded \XD@special@index{\macro@namepart}\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The cross-referencing mechanism is disabled for when the actual 
-%   character is printed, as it could be the escape character. The index 
-%   entry must be generated before the character is printed to ensure 
-%   that no page break intervenes (recall that a |^^M| will start a new 
-%   line).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \scan@allowedfalse #1\scan@allowedtrue
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% There is one mechanism in |\TeX|'s control sequence tokenization that 
-% |\short@|\B|macro| doesn't cover, and that is the |^^| sequence 
-% substitution---|\^^M| is (with default catcodes) seen as the three 
-% tokens |\^|, |^|, and |M|, not as the single control 
-% sequence token that \TeX\ will make out of it. But this is the way it 
-% is done in \package{doc}.
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\macro@name}
-% \begin{macro}{\more@macroname}
-% \begin{macro}{\macro@finish}
-%   Then there's the macros for assembling a control sequence name which 
-%   consists of one or more letters (category 11 tokens). (This includes 
-%   both the characters which are normally letters in the document and 
-%   those that are made letters by |\MakePrivateLetters|.) They're 
-%   pretty straightforward.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\macro@name#1{%
-%<*economical>
-   \if \ifnum `#1<\@xxxii 1\else \ifnum `#1>126 1\else 0\fi\fi 1%
-      \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@
-         \expandafter\PrintChar \expandafter{\number`#1}%
-      }%
-   \else
-%</economical>   
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\toks@
-      \csname XD@harmless@\number`#1\endcsname}%
-%<economical>   \fi
-   \futurelet\next\more@macroname}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\more@macroname{%
-   \ifcat\noexpand\next a%
-      \expandafter\macro@name
-   \else
-      \macro@finish
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\macro@finish{%
-   \edef\macro@namepart{\the\toks@}%
-   \ifnot@excluded \XD@special@index{\macro@namepart}\fi
-   \macro@namepart
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{The index exclude list}
-% \label{Ssec:Index-exclude}
-% 
-% The index exclude list mechanisms are not quite as simple to convert 
-% for use with harmless character strings as the construction of macro 
-% names are. This is because the trick used for searching the exclude 
-% list for a certain string doesn't work if the string one is looking 
-% for contains tokens with category 1 or 2 (beginning and end of group), 
-% as the \meta{parameter text} of a |\def| cannot contain such tokens. 
-% On the other hand the only groups that can appear in the harmless 
-% character strings one will be looking for are the ones around the 
-% argument of some |\PrintChar|, and these can easily be converted to 
-% something else. Therefore an item in the index exclude list of 
-% \package{xdoc} will have the format
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\do|\,\meta{string}
-% \end{quote}
-% where the \meta{string} is different from a harmless character string 
-% only in that all |\PrintChar|\marg{num} have been replaced by 
-% |\PrintChar|\parg{num}. The \meta{string} does not include an escape 
-% character. The |\do| serves only to separate the item from the one 
-% before, but it could in principle be used for other purposes as well 
-% (such as in typesetting the entire exclude list).
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@paren@PrintChar}
-%   |\XD@paren@PrintChar| is a definition of |\PrintChar| which, when it 
-%   is used in an |\edef|, merely replaces the group around the argument 
-%   by a parenthesis and normalizes the number in the argument.
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/09/16}{\cs{number} added. (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@paren@PrintChar#1{\noexpand\PrintChar(\number#1)}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DoNotIndex}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/09/16}{Also changing catcode of \%. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\do@not@index}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@do@not@index}
-%   These are the macros which add elements to the index exclude list. 
-%   |\DoNotIndex| is pretty much as in \package{doc}, but I have added 
-%   resetting of the catcodes of `|,|' (since |\XD@do@not@index| relies 
-%   on it) and `|#|' (since it can otherwise mess things up for the 
-%   |\def\@tempa| in |\do@not@index|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\DoNotIndex{%
-   \begingroup
-      \MakePrivateLetters
-      \catcode`\#=12\catcode`\\=12\catcode`,=12\catcode`\%=12
-   \expandafter\endgroup \do@not@index
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   
-%   |\do@not@index|, on the other hand, is quite different, as it more 
-%   or less has to convert the argument from the format used in 
-%   \package{doc} to that of \package{xdoc}. The bulk of the work is 
-%   done by |\XD@do@not@index|, which grabs one of the elements in the 
-%   argument of |\do@not@index| and converts it (minus the initial 
-%   backslash) to a harmless character string. That harmless character 
-%   string is then converted by |\XD@paren@PrintChar|, so that the 
-%   string can be searched for using |\expanded@notin|.
-%   
-%   The reason for using a special loop structure here, as opposed to 
-%   using for example |\@for|, is that one cannot use either of |\| 
-%   or |,| alone as item separators, as they may both be part of control 
-%   sequence names (consider for example |\DoNotIndex{\a,\\,\b,\,,\c}|), 
-%   but they should be sufficient when combined.
-%   
-%   The reason for storing new elements in |\toks@| until the end of 
-%   the loop and only then inserting them into the index exclude list 
-%   is speed; the index exclude list can get rather large, so you don't 
-%   want to expand it more often than you have to. I don't know if the 
-%   difference is noticeable, though.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-   \catcode`\|=0
-   \catcode`\,=12
-   \catcode`\\=12
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \SpecialEscapechar{\|}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   |gdef|do@not@index#1{%
-      |def|@tempa{#1}%
-      |ifx |@empty|@tempa |else
-         |toks@={}%
-         |expandafter|XD@do@not@index |@gobble #1,\|XD@do@not@index,\%
-      |fi
-   }
-   |gdef|XD@do@not@index#1,\{%
-      |ifx |XD@do@not@index#1%
-         |index@excludelist=|expandafter{%
-            |the|expandafter|index@excludelist |the|toks@
-         }%
-         |expandafter|@gobble
-      |else
-         |MakeHarmless|@tempa{#1}%
-         |begingroup
-            |let|PrintChar|XD@paren@PrintChar
-            |unrestored@protected@xdef|@gtempa{|noexpand|do|@tempa}%
-         |endgroup
-         |toks@=|expandafter{|the|expandafter|toks@ |@gtempa}%
-      |fi
-      |XD@do@not@index
-   }
-|endgroup
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DoNotIndexHarmless}
-%   The |\DoNotIndexHarmless| command takes a harmless character string 
-%   as argument and locally adds the control sequence whose name is that 
-%   character string to the index exclude list.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\DoNotIndexHarmless[1]{%
-   \begingroup
-      \let\PrintChar\XD@paren@PrintChar
-      \unrestored@protected@xdef\@gtempa{\noexpand\do#1}%
-   \endgroup
-   \index@excludelist=\expandafter{%
-      \the\expandafter\index@excludelist \@gtempa
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\index@excludelist}
-%   In case the index exclude list is not empty, its contents are 
-%   converted to \package{xdoc} format.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\edef\@tempa{\the\index@excludelist}
-\index@excludelist{}
-\ifx \@tempa\@empty \else
-   \def\@tempb#1,\@nil{\do@not@index{#1}}
-   \expandafter\@tempb \@tempa \@nil
-   \let\@tempa\@empty
-   \let\@tempb\@empty
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The fact that the |\XD@|\B|harmless@|\B\meta{code} table has not 
-%   yet reached its final form means that some of these control sequences 
-%   listed in the exclude list might get a different form here than they 
-%   actually should, but there isn't much that can be done about that. It 
-%   is furthermore unusual that control sequence are given such names 
-%   that they would be affected by this.
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\ifnot@excluded}
-%   The |\ifnot@excluded| macro ultimately boils down to an 
-%   \texttt{if}, which evaluates to true if and only if the string in 
-%   |\macro@namepart| is not one of the items in the index exclude 
-%   list. Before |\expanded@notin| gets to carry out the actual test, 
-%   the |\PrintChar| calls in |\macro@namepart| are converted by 
-%   |\XD@paren@PrintChar| (it's OK to use an unprotected |\edef| for 
-%   this, since |\PrintChar| is the only control sequence that can 
-%   appear in |\macro@namepart|) so that |\expanded@notin| can be used 
-%   to test for its presence.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\ifnot@excluded{%
-   \begingroup
-      \let\PrintChar\XD@paren@PrintChar
-      \edef\@tempa{\macro@namepart}%
-   \expandafter\endgroup \expandafter\expanded@notin 
-      \expandafter{\expandafter\do \@tempa\do}%
-      {\the\index@excludelist}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{External cross-referencing}
-% \label{Ssec:XXR}
-% 
-% (This subsection is a bit speculatory, but I think the structures it 
-% describes may come in handy.)
-% 
-% \changes{prot2}{2000/07/31}{I finally decided that it would be better 
-%    to make the XXR-commands look like comments to \TeX. (LH)}
-% 
-% It's rather easy to write macros for scanning \TeX\ code for the names 
-% of control sequences---just look for the escape (category 0) 
-% character, and whatever follows is the name of a control sequence. 
-% Doing the same thing for other languages may lay anywhere between 
-% ``a~tricky exercise in advanced \TeX\ programming'' and ``possible in 
-% theory'',\footnote{I.e., you know it can be implemented as a computer 
-% program (in some language), you know that any computer program can be 
-% translated to a Turing machine (or if you prefer that, expressed in 
-% lambda calculus), and you know that a Turing machine can be emulated 
-% by \TeX, but that's the closest thing to a solution you've managed to 
-% come up with.} but in most cases the available solutions turn out to be 
-% too complicated and\slash or slow to be of practical use. When that 
-% happens, one might instead want to use some external piece of software 
-% for doing the cross-referencing.
-% 
-% The commands in this subsection implement basic support for such an 
-% external cross-referencing program (or XXR,\footnote{Maybe not the 
-% most logical name, but it looks much cooler than ECR.} for short). The 
-% idea is that an XXR should communicate with \LaTeX\ like \BibTeX\ 
-% does---scan the \texttt{.aux} file (or files, if we're |\include|ing 
-% things) for certain ``commands'' and use them to locate the files to 
-% cross-reference, get parameter settings (like for example entries for 
-% the index exclude list), and so on. It should then cross-reference the 
-% file(s) and write the index entries in a suitable format to some file 
-% (appending them to the \texttt{.idx} file is probably the easiest 
-% solution). This way, it is (almost) as simple to use as the built-in 
-% cross-referencing and the extra work for supporting it is (in 
-% comparison to not supporting it) negligible.
-% 
-% \begin{xrefcmd}{ExternalXRefMsg}
-% \begin{macro}{\SendExternalXRefMsg}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/28}{Added \cs{if@filesw} test. (LH)}
-%   It's hardly possible to predict all kinds of information that one 
-%   might want to give to an XXR, and neither can one assume that 
-%   there is only one XXR program that will read the \texttt{.aux} 
-%   file. A complicated project might involve code in several languages, 
-%   and each language might have its own XXR. 
-%   Therefore the general XXR-command (text in an \texttt{.aux} file which 
-%   is used for communicating information to an XXR) simply has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \verb*|%%ExternalXRefMsg |\marg{who}\verb*| |\marg{what}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{who} identifies the XXR this message is meant for. It must be 
-%   balanced text to \TeX\ and may not contain any whitespace, but can 
-%   otherwise be rather arbitrary. \meta{what} is the actual message. It 
-%   too must be balanced text to \TeX\ and it may not contain any 
-%   newlines, but it is otherwise arbitrary. 
-%   \index{whitespace restrictions}^^A
-%   The reason for these restrictions on the contents of \meta{who} and 
-%   \meta{what} is that many (maybe even most) scripting languages 
-%   (which is what at least the \texttt{.aux}-scanning part of an 
-%   XXR will probably be written in) are much better at recognising 
-%   words on a line than they are at recognising a brace-delimited group. 
-%   By accepting these restrictions, one can make sure that all XXRs can 
-%   correctly determine whether a message is for them, even if they see 
-%   the \texttt{.aux} file as a sequence of lines composed of 
-%   whitespace-delimited words.
-%   
-%   |\SendExternalXRefMsg| is the basic command for writing 
-%   |ExternalXRefMsg|s to the \texttt{.aux} file, but it might be 
-%   recommendable that XXR writers provide users with a set of commands 
-%   that have more specific purposes. The syntax of the 
-%   |\Send|\-|External|\-|XRef|\-|Msg| command is (hardly surprising)
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\SendExternalXRefMsg|\marg{who}\marg{what}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   |\SendExternalXRefMsg| does a protected full expansion (like 
-%   |\protected@edef|) of its arguments at the time it is called.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\SendExternalXRefMsg[2]{%
-   \begingroup
-      \if@filesw
-         \let\protect\@unexpandable@protect
-         \immediate\write\@auxout{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-            ExternalXRefMsg {#1} {#2}}%
-      \fi
-   \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{xrefcmd}
-% 
-% The remaining commands in this subsection address complications that 
-% exist because of how \texttt{.dtx} files are generally written, and 
-% thus constitutes difficulties that all XXRs will have to face.
-% 
-% \begin{xrefcmd}{ExternalXRefFile}
-%   The usual way to write \texttt{.dtx} files is to include a 
-%   driver---a~short piece of uncommented \LaTeX\ code which contains 
-%   the necessary preamble material and a document body which mainly 
-%   contains a |\DocInput| for the \texttt{.dtx} file itself---but it 
-%   is also usually understood that this driver may be copied to another 
-%   file if necessary and larger projects usually have a completely 
-%   separate driver file. Therefore an XXR cannot be expected to be 
-%   able to find the file(s) to cross-reference simply by changing 
-%   suffix on the name of the \texttt{.aux} file it reads its commands 
-%   from. A more intricate method must be used.
-%   
-%   To tell the XXR that ``here I input the file \dots'', one includes 
-%   an |External|\-|XRef|\-|File| XXR-command in the \texttt{.aux} file. 
-%   Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \verb*|%%ExternalXRefFile |\marg{cmd}\verb*| |\marg{file}^^A
-%     \verb*| |\marg{what}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{file} is the name (as given to |\input| or the like) of the 
-%   file to input. \meta{cmd} is either \texttt{begin} (begin of 
-%   \meta{file}) or \texttt{end} (end of \meta{file}). \meta{what} is a 
-%   declaration of what is in the file; XXRs should use it to determine 
-%   whether they should process this file or not. \meta{what} is empty 
-%   if all XXRs should process the file, but for example |\IndexInput| 
-%   will put \texttt{TeX} here to declare that the contents of this file 
-%   are \TeX\ code and only XXRs that cross-reference \TeX\ code need to 
-%   process this file.
-%   
-%   In connection to this, it should be mentioned that XXRs must also look 
-%   for (and act on) |\@input|\penalty\hyphenpenalty\marg{auxfile} commands 
-%   that |\include| or |\DocInclude| has written to the \texttt{.aux} file, 
-%   since these \meta{auxfile}s can also contain commands for the XXR 
-%   that should result in output to the same \texttt{.idx} file. In 
-%   particular, the |ExternalXRefFile| XXR-commands that are written 
-%   because of a |\DocInclude| will be written to such an \meta{auxfile}.
-% \end{xrefcmd}
-% 
-% \begin{xrefcmd}{ExternalXRefSync}
-%   Most XXRs will probably find it an unreasonable task to keep exact 
-%   track of all codelines in all documents, i.e., they will sometimes 
-%   think that a piece of code contains more or fewer numbered 
-%   codelines than it actually does. If for example a document contains 
-%   code such as\iffalse
-%<*example>
-%  \fi
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%% \iffalse
-%%    \begin{macrocode}
-%Etaoin Shrldu
-%%    \end{macrocode}
-%% \fi
-%\end{verbatim}\iffalse
-%</example>
-%\fi
-%   then all reasonable XXRs will probably be fooled into thinking that 
-%   the \texttt{Etaoin Shrldu} line is a numbered codeline. This would 
-%   of course be very bad if an XXR thought it should cross-reference 
-%   the contents of this line, but that shouldn't usually be a problem 
-%   since the specifications\footnote{I imagine these specifications 
-%   will consist of a list of \package{docstrip} options (modules), 
-%   possibly used in combination with restrictions on the names of 
-%   surrounding environments.} of what code should be cross-referenced 
-%   will probably make it clear that the above line should not be 
-%   cross-referenced. Code such as the above will still be problematic 
-%   however, as it will cause the XXR to believe that the 
-%   \texttt{codelineno} counter has another value on any following 
-%   line that is indexed than it actually has in the typeset 
-%   document. This will cause index entries to refer to another line 
-%   than it actually should.
-%   
-%   To overcome this, the |ExternalXRefSync| XXR-command can be used to 
-%   tell the XXR what the corresponding values of |\inputlineno| and 
-%   \texttt{codelineno} are. Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \verb*|%%ExternalXRefSync |\marg{inputlineno}\verb*| |^^A
-%     \marg{codelineno}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{inputlineno} is the expansion of |\the\inputlineno| and 
-%   \meta{codelineno} is the expansion of |\thecodelineno|, both 
-%   expanded at the same point in the program. Note here that the first 
-%   line of a file is line number 1, that line number 0 is used to 
-%   denote ``just before the first line'', and that \texttt{codelineno} 
-%   gets increased immediately before the number is typeset (i.e., 
-%   \texttt{codelineno} contains the number of the last numbered 
-%   codeline).
-% \end{xrefcmd}
-%   
-% This doesn't support external cross-referencing by pages, since doing 
-% that requires that the document outputs a lot more information to the 
-% \texttt{.aux} file. In principle, one could put a |\mark|\penalty0
-% |{\thecodelineno}| in |\PrintCodelineNo| and a |\write| in the page 
-% header which outputs to the \texttt{.aux} file which range of 
-% codelines correspond to a given page, but the \LaTeXe\ sectioning 
-% commands' use of marks tends to interfere with this. The \LaTeXplus\ 
-% package \package{xmarks} will probably solve that problem, though.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\syncexternalxref}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/28}{New name for \cs{SendExternalXRefSync}. 
-%      Also added \cs{if@filesw} test. (LH)}
-%      ^^A Johann Sebastian Bach: 1685/03/21--1750/07/28
-%   The |\syncexternalxref| command writes an |ExternalXRefSync| 
-%   XXR-command for the current line number and value of the 
-%   \texttt{codelineno} counter to \texttt{.aux} file. It is used for 
-%   synchronizing the numbered codeline counter that an XXR maintains with 
-%   the \texttt{codelineno} counter that is used for numbering codelines 
-%   in the typeset document after a piece of code in the document that 
-%   some XXR is likely to misinterpret. |\sync|\-|external|\-|xref| 
-%   shouldn't be used inside \texttt{macrocode} environments (or the 
-%   like) as they tend to read ahead in the file---instead it is best 
-%   placed shortly after such an environment. |\sync|\-|external|\-|xref| 
-%   has no arguments.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\syncexternalxref{%
-   \if@filesw
-      \immediate\write\@auxout{\@percentchar\@percentchar 
-         ExternalXRefSync {\the\inputlineno} {\thecodelineno}%
-      }%
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{xrefcmd}{ExternalXRefWrap}
-%   The |\DocInclude| command complicates matters for XXRs by redefining 
-%   things so that the \texttt{codelineno} counter only makes up a part 
-%   of the line numbers appearing in the index. The purpose of the 
-%   |External|\-|XRef|\-|Wrap| XXR-command is to inform XXRs about such 
-%   changes. The command
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \verb*|%%ExternalXRefWrap {|\meta{prefix}\verb*|} {|^^A
-%     \meta{suffix}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   means that codeline numbers written to the index should have the form 
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \meta{prefix}\meta{codelineno}\meta{suffix}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   This setting takes effect from the next |External|\-|XRef|\-|Sync| 
-%   and stays in effect until the end of the document or until another 
-%   |External|\-|XRef|\-|Wrap| overrides it. The state at the beginning 
-%   of the document is to have both \meta{prefix} and \meta{suffix} 
-%   empty.
-% \end{xrefcmd}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@input}
-%   The |\XD@input| command is a version of |\input| which takes care 
-%   to inform XXRs that another file is being |\input|ted. Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@input|\marg{file}\marg{what}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{file} is the name of the file to |\input| and \meta{what} 
-%   is the contents of the file, as specified in 
-%   |External|\-|XRef|\-|File| commands.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@input#1#2{%
-   \if@filesw
-      \immediate\write\@auxout{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-         ExternalXRefFile {begin} {#1} {#2}%
-      }%
-      \immediate\write\@auxout{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-         ExternalXRefSync {0} {\thecodelineno}%
-      }%
-   \fi
-   \input{#1}%
-   \if@filesw
-      \immediate\write\@auxout{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-         ExternalXRefFile {end} {#1} {#2}%
-      }%
-      \immediate\write\@auxout{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-         ExternalXRefSync {\the\inputlineno} {\thecodelineno}%
-      }%
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DocInput}
-%   The |\DocInput| command is redefined so that it writes 
-%   |External|\-|XRef|\-|File| and |External|\-|XRef|\-|Sync| XXR-commands 
-%   to the \texttt{.aux} file. Furthermore, with \package{xdoc} one 
-%   should always use the |\DocInput| command (or some command based on 
-%   it, like |\DocInclude|) for inputting a file where percent is an 
-%   `ignore' character---even when one such file inputs another. (Doing 
-%   that didn't work with the \package{doc} definition, as it always 
-%   called |\MakePercentComment| upon return, but the \package{xdoc} 
-%   definition contains code for dealing with that.)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\DocInput[1]{%
-   \relax
-   \ifnum \catcode`\%=14
-      \expandafter\@firstoftwo
-   \else
-      \expandafter\@secondoftwo
-   \fi{%
-      \MakePercentIgnore\XD@input{#1}{}\MakePercentComment
-   }{\XD@input{#1}{}}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\IndexInput}
-%   The |\IndexInput| command also needs to be redefined to write 
-%   XXR-commands to the \texttt{.aux} file. It would 
-%   probably be enough here to write an |External|\-|XRef|\-|Sync| 
-%   after the file has been |\input| since no external 
-%   cross-referencing of |\IndexInput|ted files is needed, but I do the 
-%   more verbose variant here just to exemplify how these things would 
-%   look for other languages.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\IndexInput[1]{%
-   \begingroup
-      \macro@code
-      \frenchspacing
-      \@vobeyspaces
-      \XD@input{#1}{TeX}%
-      \endmacrocode
-   \endgroup
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Two-sided printing}
-% \label{Sec:Twoside}
-% 
-% The main problem one faces when reimplementing \package{doc} so that 
-% the marginal material always appears in the outer margin in two-sided 
-% documents is that the justification of \package{doc}'s marginal 
-% material is asymmetric; it always extends outwards. This means that 
-% the justification to use when typesetting the marginal material must 
-% depend on whether it is to be put on a left or a right 
-% page---something which cannot be determined for sure when the 
-% material is typeset! This is a minor difficulty if the marginal material 
-% is put in place using \LaTeX's |\marginpar| command, as that allows the 
-% user to supply different versions of the marginal paragraph for left and 
-% right margin placements. It is however a major difficulty if the 
-% marginal material is displaced out into the margin from within the main 
-% galley (like the \texttt{macro} environment of \package{doc} does), 
-% since the output routine is never involved.
-% 
-% Even though this difficulty provides arguments for using a |\marginpar| 
-% mechanism for all text that is put in the margin, that will not be 
-% done in \package{xdoc} (but maybe it will in some successor). 
-% Instead \package{xdoc} contains a general mechanism which uses data 
-% written to the \texttt{.aux} file for determining whether a piece of 
-% text was put on an odd or even numbered page the \emph{last} time the 
-% document was typeset. By the usual convergence of page breaks in a 
-% \LaTeX\ document, this will eventually produce a typeset document 
-% with the marginal material consistently in the outer margin.
-% 
-% The mechanism works as follows. The places in the document (the 
-% document source) at which it is necessary to determine whether 
-% something is going to appear on an even (left) or an odd (right) page 
-% are called ``page situations''\footnote{I know it's not a particularly 
-% good name. Suggestions for better names are gracefully accepted.} or 
-% just ``situations''. In each situation, a relatively simple test (is 
-% the \texttt{page} counter currently even or odd?) which is right more 
-% often than not is used as a first guess, and both the guess, the 
-% placement actually used, and the correct answer (determined from the 
-% value of \texttt{page} when the piece of text is shipped out) are 
-% recorded in the \texttt{.aux} file. If the guess (for the current 
-% situation) coincided with the correct answer the last time the 
-% document was typeset then the guess determined now is used, otherwise 
-% the opposite of the guess determined now is used. Finally, when at 
-% |\end{document}| the \texttt{.aux} file is inputted to check for 
-% changed labels, the placements used are also checked and the user is 
-% given a suitable warning if there was an incorrect one.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\IfOddPageSituation}
-%   The |\IfOddPageSituation| macro is the user level test for whether 
-%   the current page situation appears on an odd or an even page. It 
-%   has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\IfOddPageSituation|\marg{odd}\marg{even}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and this will expand to \meta{odd} if the current situation is 
-%   expected to end up on an odd page (based on how correct it was to 
-%   look at the value of \texttt{page} last time) and to \meta{even} 
-%   otherwise. In single-sided mode, it always expands to \meta{even}. 
-%   In two-sided mode, |\IfOddPageSituation| is redefined for the new 
-%   situation each time |\StepPageSituation| is called.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\IfOddPageSituation=\@secondoftwo
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\StepPageSituation}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/12/19}{Now also setting 
-%      \cs{IfOddPageSituation}, instead of having that macro performing 
-%      the test each time it is used. This fixes a rarely occuring bug 
-%      which occurs when a page is shipped out between 
-%      \cs{StepPageSituation} and a corresponding 
-%      \cs{IfOddPageSituation}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\macro@cnt}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@next@wrong}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@wrongs@list}
-%   The |\StepPageSituation| command is called to inform the page 
-%   situation mechanism that a new situation has begun. The rule for 
-%   when you need to use |\Step|\-|Page|\-|Situation| is simple: if you 
-%   use |\IfOdd|\-|Page|\-|Situation| in two places which may end up on 
-%   different pages, then there must be a |\Step|\-|Page|\-|Situation| 
-%   between them. There is no code which automatically calls 
-%   |\Step|\-|Page|\-|Situation|---not even |\clearpage| or other 
-%   macros which force page breaks do this---hence macros which use 
-%   the page situation mechanism must always call |\Step|\-|Page|\-^^A
-%   |Situation| explicitly when a new situation begins.
-% 
-%   Since the |\macro@cnt| count register isn't used for stacking 
-%   marginal headings (``macro'' names) anymore (see below), it is 
-%   employed for enumerating page situation. |\XD@next@wrong| is a macro 
-%   which contains the number of the next situation in which the guess 
-%   was wrong last time. Unless |\XD@next@wrong|${}={}$|\macro@cnt|, the 
-%   guess was right last time. All assignments to |\macro@cnt| and
-%   |\XD@next@wrong| are global.
-%   
-%   |\XD@wrongs@list| is a list of all the wrong guesses. It has the 
-%   syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\@elt|\marg{guess no.}|\@elt|\marg{guess no.}\dots
-%     |\@elt|\marg{guess no.}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where the \meta{guess no.}s are the numbers of the wrong guesses, in 
-%   increasing order. The contents of |\XD@wrongs@list| are collected 
-%   when the \texttt{.aux} file is inputted at |\begin|\B|{document}|, 
-%   and they are removed again as \TeX\ passes the situation in the 
-%   document that they apply to. All assignments to |\XD@wrong@list| are 
-%   global.
-%   
-%   Calling |\StepPageSituation| increases |\macro@cnt| by one, 
-%   updates |\XD@|\B|next@|\B|wrong| and |\XD@|\B|wrong@|\B|list| 
-%   appropriately, and sets |\IfOdd|\B|Page|\B|Situation| to 
-%   |\@firstoftwo| or |\@secondoftwo| (whichever is correct for this 
-%   situation). |\@next| is a list management macro from the \LaTeX\ 
-%   kernel.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\if@twoside
-   \def\StepPageSituation{%
-      \global\advance \macro@cnt \@ne
-      \ifnum \XD@next@wrong<\macro@cnt
-         \global\@next\XD@next@wrong\XD@wrongs@list{}{%
-            \let\XD@next@wrong\maxdimen
-         }%
-      \fi
-      \ifnum \ifodd\c@page -\fi \@ne=%
-         \ifnum \XD@next@wrong=\macro@cnt -\fi \@ne
-         \global\let\IfOddPageSituation\@secondoftwo
-      \else
-         \global\let\IfOddPageSituation\@firstoftwo
-      \fi
-   }
-   \def\XD@next@wrong{-\maxdimen}
-   \let\XD@wrongs@list\@empty
-\else
-   \let\StepPageSituation=\relax
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\RecordPageSituation}
-%   The |\RecordPageSituation| command generates a |\write| whatsit node 
-%   which records the outcome of the current page situation. It is the 
-%   location of this whatsit node that determines on which page a 
-%   certain situation is considered to occur. If you don't execute this 
-%   macro for a certain page situation, the first guess will always be 
-%   used for that situation and no warnings will be given if that guess 
-%   is incorrect. In single-sided mode, this is a no-op (thus you should 
-%   better place it somewhere where it doesn't affect spacing). 
-%   Furthermore you must make sure that \TeX\ does not change the value 
-%   of the \texttt{page} counter between a |\StepPageSituation| and its 
-%   corresponding |\RecordPageSituation|, since the |\ifodd| test must 
-%   yield the same result in both cases.
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\if@twoside
-   \def\RecordPageSituation{%
-      \if@filesw
-         \edef\@tempa{%
-            \string\XD@situation{\the\macro@cnt}{%
-               \ifodd\c@page 1\else 0\fi
-            }{\IfOddPageSituation{1}{0}}%
-         }%
-         \write\@auxout\expandafter{\@tempa{\ifodd\c@page 1\else 0\fi}}%
-      \fi
-   }%
-\else
-   \let\RecordPageSituation=\relax
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@situation}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/13}{Changed to allow multiple 
-%     \cs{XD@situation} commands for the same situation. This is 
-%     necessary for coping with documents which \cs{include} files. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/26}{Made redefinition at begin document 
-%      global. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@check@situation}
-%   |\XD@situation| is the command that will be written to the 
-%   \texttt{.aux} file with the data about how the situation turned out. 
-%   Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@situation|\marg{number}\marg{guess}\marg{did}\marg{correct}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{number} is the number of the situation, and 
-%   \meta{guess}, \meta{did}, and \meta{correct} describe what the 
-%   guess, the actual action done, and what the correct action to do 
-%   respectively was. \meta{guess}, \meta{did}, and \meta{correct} are 
-%   either |0| (denoting even page) or |1| (denoting odd page).
-%   
-%   The definition for |\XD@situation| set here is the one which will 
-%   be in force when the \texttt{.aux} file is inputted at |\begin|\B
-%   |{document}|; its purpose is to build the |\XD@wrongs@list|. 
-%   |\XD@check@situation| is the definition for |\XD@situation| which 
-%   will be in force when the \texttt{.aux} file is inputted at 
-%   |\end|\B|{document}|; its purpose is to check if anything was 
-%   incorrectly placed.
-%   
-%   The main problem |\XD@situation| has to face is that text in the 
-%   \texttt{.dvi} file needs not appear in exactly the same order as it 
-%   was typeset, and it is therefore possible that |\XD@situation|s in 
-%   the \texttt{.aux} file do not appear in increasing \meta{number} 
-%   order. Because of this, |\XD@situation| must sort the 
-%   |\XD@wrongs@list| while constructing it. The only reasonable 
-%   algorithm for this seems to be insertion sort, but as the items to 
-%   insert are almost surely almost sorted, a special check is done in 
-%   the beginning to see if that is the case. |\XD@next@wrong| is used 
-%   in this to store the number of the last item so far inserted into 
-%   the |\XD@wrongs@list|. By only assigning |\XD@next@wrong| locally 
-%   here, one is relieved of having to reset it in |\AtBeginDocument| 
-%   code.
-%   
-%   When sorting is actually applied, a new item |\@elt|\marg{insert} 
-%   is inserted through expanding the list. When doing that, the |\@elt| 
-%   macro has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\@elt|\,\meta{flag}\,\marg{number}\,\meta{next}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{flag} is |\BooleanTrue| or |\BooleanFalse|, \meta{number} 
-%   is the item that the |\@elt| belong to, and \meta{next} is either the 
-%   next |\@elt| or |\@gobble| (if this is the last). The \meta{flag} 
-%   specifies whether the item has been inserted; |\Boolean|\B|True| means 
-%   that it has. The above |\@elt|-sequence will expand to
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\noexpand|\,|\@elt|\,\marg{number}\,\meta{next}\,|\BooleanTrue|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   if \meta{flag} is |\BooleanTrue|, or \meta{flag} is |\BooleanFalse| 
-%   and \meta{number} is equal to \meta{insert}. It will expand to
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\noexpand|\,|\@elt|\,\marg{number}\,\meta{next}\,|\BooleanFalse|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   if \meta{flag} is |\BooleanFalse| and \meta{number} is less than 
-%   \meta{insert}. It expands to
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\noexpand|\,|\@elt|\,\marg{insert}\,|\noexpand|\,|\@elt|^^A
-%       \,\marg{number}\\
-%     \meta{next}\,|\BooleanTrue|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   if \meta{flag} is |\BooleanFalse| and \meta{number} is greater than 
-%   \meta{insert}.
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\if@twoside
-   \def\XD@situation#1#2#3#4{%
-      \if #2#4\else
-         \ifnum #1<\XD@next@wrong
-            \begingroup
-               \def\@elt##1##2##3{%
-                  \noexpand\@elt
-                  \ifcase
-                     \ifx ##1\BooleanTrue 0%
-                     \else\ifnum ##2<#1 1%
-                     \else\ifnum ##2>#1 2%
-                     \else 0%
-                     \fi\fi\fi
-                  \space
-                     {##2}\expandafter\@secondoftwo
-                  \or
-                     {##2}\expandafter\@firstoftwo
-                  \else
-                     {#1}\noexpand\@elt{##2}\expandafter\@secondoftwo
-                  \fi{##3\BooleanFalse}{##3\BooleanTrue}%
-               }%
-               \xdef\XD@wrongs@list{%
-                  \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\@elt 
-                  \expandafter\@firstoftwo \expandafter\BooleanFalse
-                  \XD@wrongs@list \@gobble
-               }%
-            \endgroup
-         \else\ifnum #1>\XD@next@wrong
-            \def\XD@next@wrong{#1}%
-            \expandafter\gdef \expandafter\XD@wrongs@list
-               \expandafter{\XD@wrongs@list \@elt{#1}}%
-         \fi\fi
-      \fi
-   }
-   \def\XD@check@situation#1#2#3#4{%
-      \if #3#4\else
-         \PackageWarningNoLine{xdoc2}{Page breaks may have changed.%
-            \MessageBreak Rerun to get marginal material right}%
-         \let\XD@situation\@gobblefour
-      \fi
-   }
-   \AtBeginDocument{\global\let\XD@situation\XD@check@situation}
-\else
-   \let\XD@situation\@gobblefour
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@set@situation}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@write@situation@ckpt}
-% \begin{macro}{\cl@@ckpt}
-%   The page situation counter |\macro@cnt| is closely related to the 
-%   \texttt{page} counter and it needs to be among the counters whose 
-%   values are recorded in |\include| checkpoints, since the enumeration 
-%   of situations will otherwise change when files are added to or 
-%   removed from the |\@partlist|. It is not sufficient to simply set 
-%   the value of |\macro@cnt| however; one must also advance to the 
-%   correct position in the |\XD@wrongs@list| list and set 
-%   |\XD@next@wrong| accordingly. The |\XD@set@situation| command has 
-%   the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@set@situation|\marg{number}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   It sets |\macro@cnt| to \meta{number} and updates |\XD@wrongs@list| 
-%   and |\XD@|\B|next@|\B|wrong| accordingly.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\if@twoside
-   \def\XD@set@situation#1{%
-      \global\macro@cnt=#1\relax
-      \loop \ifnum \XD@next@wrong<\macro@cnt
-         \global\@next\XD@next@wrong\XD@wrongs@list{}{%
-            \let\XD@next@wrong\maxdimen
-         }%
-      \repeat
-   }
-\else \let\XD@set@situation=\@gobble \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   
-%   The |\XD@write@situation@ckpt| macro writes an |\XD@set@situation| 
-%   command to the \texttt{.aux} file in the way that |\@wckptelt| 
-%   writes |\setcounter| commands for normal counters. A problem for 
-%   |\XD@write@situation@ckpt| is that it will have to appear in a 
-%   macro which is regularly subjected to the |\xdef| in |\@cons|. For 
-%   that reason, it will simply expand to itself whenever |\@elt| isn't 
-%   |\@wckptelt|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\if@twoside
-   \def\XD@write@situation@ckpt{%
-      \ifx \@elt\@wckptelt
-         \immediate\write\@partaux{%
-            \string\XD@set@situation{\the\macro@cnt}%
-         }%
-      \else
-         \noexpand\XD@write@situation@ckpt
-      \fi
-   }
-   \expandafter\def \expandafter\cl@@ckpt
-      \expandafter{\cl@@ckpt \XD@write@situation@ckpt}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{The list of changes}
-% \label{Sec:Changes}
-% 
-% Reimplementations elsewhere have required a few modifications related 
-% to the |\changes| command. There are a lot of other things that could 
-% and perhaps should be done with these mechanisms, though.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\saved@macroname}
-%   The contents of the |\saved@macroname| macro now have the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \marg{sort key}\marg{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   i.e., exactly like the argument sequence of |\LevelSorted|. It's not 
-%   fed to that macro right now, but it is not unlikely that it will in 
-%   the future. The default definition corresponds to the default 
-%   definition in \package{doc}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\saved@macroname{{ }{\generalname}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Unlike the case in \package{doc}, the formatting of the text in 
-%   |\saved@macroname| must be included.
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\if@version@key@}
-%   The |@version@key@| switch is used for supporting intelligent 
-%   sorting of version numbers. It is normally false, but at times 
-%   where the version number argument of |\changes| is being expanded 
-%   because it will be used as a sort key then it is true. This is used 
-%   by the |\uintver| macro. Assignments to this switch are as a rule 
-%   global, since it is never true for any longer time.
-%   \changes{prot2.4}{2002/11/01}{Switch added. (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\if@version@key@
-\@version@key@false
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\uintver}
-%   The |\uintver| command can be used in the \meta{version} argument 
-%   of |\changes| to ensure that (unsigned) integers are sorted in 
-%   mathematical rather than ASCII order by \package{makeindex}. Thus 
-%   if for example version |1.10| is later than version |1.9| then one 
-%   should write this as
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\changes{1.\uintver{10}}{|\dots
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The general syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\uintver|\marg{number}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and this expands completely in \TeX's mouth.
-%   \changes{prot2.4}{2002/11/01}{Command added. (LH)}
-%   
-%   The idea is that 0--9 are compared as 0--9, whereas 10--99 are 
-%   compared as A10--A99, 100--999 are compared as B100-B999, and so on. 
-%   The comparisons are correct up to 99999, but it could easily be 
-%   extended further.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\uintver[1]{%
-   \if@version@key@
-      \ifnum #1>9
-         \ifnum #1<100
-            A%
-         \else\ifnum #1<\@m
-            B%
-         \else\ifnum #1<\@M
-            C%
-         \else
-            D%
-         \fi\fi\fi
-      \fi
-   \fi
-   \expandafter\@firstofone \expandafter{\number#1}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-%   
-% \begin{macro}{\changes@}
-%   This |\changes@| is a simple redefinition of the \package{doc} 
-%   macro with the same name. The main difference is that all 
-%   formatting of the second entry level has been taken out---it is 
-%   supposed to be provided in |\saved@macroname|---but in addition to 
-%   that the date is being used as a third level sort key and |\uintver| 
-%   may be used in the version number to correct the data.
-%   \changes{prot2.4}{2002/11/01}{Added support for \cs{uintver}. (LH)}
-%   
-%   The former makes more sense for projects where the date is 
-%   increased faster than the version number and it doesn't change 
-%   anything relevant in the remaining cases. The latter is necessary 
-%   if version numbers are assigned for example by CVS.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\changes@#1#2#3{%
-   \global\@version@key@true
-   \protected@edef\@tempa{#1}%
-   \global\@version@key@false
-   \protected@edef\@tempa{%
-      \noexpand\glossary{%
-         \@tempa\actualchar#1\levelchar
-         \expandafter\@firstoftwo\saved@macroname\actualchar
-            \expandafter\@secondoftwo\saved@macroname:\levelchar
-         #2\actualchar#3%
-      }%
-   }%
-   \@tempa
-   \endgroup
-   \@esphack
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\@wrglossary}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Redefinition added. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@glossary@keyword}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Macro added. (LH)}
-%   The |\@wrglossary| macro is the one which actually writes entries 
-%   to the \texttt{.glo} file. It is redefined by \package{xdoc} to put 
-%   the contents of |\XD@glossary@keyword|, rather than a hardwired 
-%   |\glossaryentry|, in front of the glossary entry. 
-%   |\XD@glossary@keyword| is redefined by the \package{docindex} 
-%   package~\cite{docindex}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\@wrglossary#1{%
-   \protected@write\@glossaryfile{}%
-      {\XD@glossary@keyword{#1}{\thepage}}%
-   \endgroup
-   \@esphack
-}
-\@ifundefined{XD@glossary@keyword}{%
-   \edef\XD@glossary@keyword{\@backslashchar glossaryentry}%
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\definechange}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@definechange}
-%   The |\definechange| command has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\definechange|\marg{name}\marg{version}\marg{date}\marg{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The three last arguments are precisely like the arguments of 
-%   |\changes|, but |\definechange| doesn't write the change to the 
-%   \texttt{.glo} file; instead it stores them away as the ``named 
-%   change'' \meta{name}, for later use in the |\usechange| command.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\definechange{%
-   \begingroup\@sanitize
-   \catcode`\\\z@ \catcode`\ 10 \MakePercentIgnore
-   \expandafter\endgroup \XD@definechange
-}
-\def\XD@definechange#1#2#3#4{\@namedef{XD@ch-#1}{{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% The named changes are stored in the 
-% \describecsfamily{XD@ch-\meta{name}}|\XD@ch-|\meta{name} family of 
-% control sequences. These are parameterless macros with replacement 
-% texts of the form
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \marg{version}\marg{date}\marg{text}
-% \end{quote}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\usechange}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@usechange}
-%   \changes{prot2.4}{2002/11/01}{Added support for \cs{uintver}. (LH)}
-%   To use a named change defined earlier, one of course uses the 
-%   command |\usechange|, which has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\usechange|\marg{name}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The effect of this is similar to that of a general |\changes| 
-%   (i.e., it appears outside all \texttt{macro}-like environments) with 
-%   the arguments specified in the |\definechange|, but this also 
-%   includes the macro (or whatever) name with the page number, using 
-%   the encapsulation mechanism in \package{makeindex}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\usechange[1]{%
-   \@ifundefined{XD@ch-#1}{%
-      \PackageError{xdoc2}{Named change `#1' undefined}\@eha
-   }{%
-      \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\XD@usechange
-         \csname XD@ch-#1\endcsname
-   }%
-}
-\def\XD@usechange#1#2#3{%
-   \def\@tempa{{ }{\generalname}}%
-   \ifx \@tempa\saved@macroname
-      \let\@tempa\@empty
-   \else
-      \protected@edef\@tempa{%
-         \encapchar labelednumber%
-         {\expandafter\@secondoftwo\saved@macroname}%
-      }
-   \fi
-   \global\@version@key@true
-   \protected@edef\@tempb{#1}%
-   \global\@version@key@false
-   \glossary{%
-      \@tempb\actualchar #1\levelchar
-      \space\actualchar\generalname:\levelchar
-      #2\actualchar#3\@tempa
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\labelednumber}
-%   The |\labelednumber| macro belongs to the same category as the 
-%   |\main| and |\usage| macros, but it takes an extra argument. The 
-%   syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\labelednumber|\marg{extra}\marg{number}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   which typesets as
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \meta{number} (\meta{extra})
-%   \end{quote}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*\labelednumber[2]{#2\nolinebreak[2] (#1)}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{\texttt{macro}-like environments}
-% \label{Sec:Macro-environments}
-% 
-% There are several reasons one might want to improve the \texttt{macro} 
-% and \texttt{environment} environments.
-% \begin{itemize}
-%   \item
-%     The code in them cannot be reused if you want to define other 
-%     things than \TeX\ macros or \LaTeX\ environments. (During the 
-%     last year or so, I have defined \texttt{macro}-like environments 
-%     for over a dozen different things.)
-%   \item
-%     They always put the macro\slash environment name to the left of 
-%     the current column. This is inappropriate for two-sided printing, 
-%     as there should be a symmetry over an entire spread in that case.
-%   \item
-%     The vertical extent of a macro\slash environment name must not 
-%     exceed that of the |\strut|, since they will otherwise overprint 
-%     each other when stacked. In particular this makes it impossible to 
-%     make line breaks in macro names---something which would otherwise 
-%     be of interest in projects (such as for example \cite{fontinst}) 
-%     where some names are very long and obvious breakpoints are 
-%     available.
-% \end{itemize}
-% (I'm quite sure there are more things that have annoyed me, but I can't 
-% remember which they are right now.) The redefinitions below take care 
-% of the all these problems.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Grabbing arguments}
-% 
-% A special feature of the \texttt{macro}-like environments is that (at 
-% least some) of their arguments must be given rather special treatment. 
-% This special treatment usually consists of making temporary |\catcode| 
-% changes for the time these arguments are tokenized---since the standard 
-% |\catcode|s for some important characters tend to be unsatisfactory in 
-% these cases---but there are other possibilities as well. For that 
-% reason, the \package{xdoc} package employs a mechanism that is very 
-% similar to that used in the Mittelbach--Rowley--Carlisle 
-% \package{xparse} package~\cite{xparse}, although it does not share 
-% any code with that. I call this mechanism the argument grabber.
-% 
-% The heart of the argument grabber is the macro |\XD@grab@arguments|, 
-% which has the following syntax:
-% \begin{quote}
-%   |\XD@grab@arguments|\marg{call}\marg{grabber sequence}^^A
-%      \meta{arguments to grab}
-% \end{quote}
-% \meta{call} is something which will eventually be placed in front of 
-% all the arguments grabbed. It can simply be a single macro, but it 
-% can also contain some arguments for that macro. \meta{grabber sequence} 
-% is a sequence of grabbers. A \emph{grabber} is typically a macro which 
-% grabs the next argument and stores it in a token list together with the 
-% arguments that were grabbed before. A grabber could however be some 
-% more complex piece of code that performs a similar action.
-% 
-% \begin{table}
-%   \begin{minipage}{\columnwidth}
-%     \begin{center}\small
-%     \begin{tabular}{lll>{\raggedright}p{0.3\linewidth}}
-%       \textbf{Grabber}& \textbf{Arg.\ type}& 
-%         \textbf{Catcodes\footnote[1]{Catcode settings key: 
-%         --- = no change, PL = changes made by \cs{MakePrivateLetters}, 
-%         OB = set the catcode of backslash to ordinary.}}&
-%         \textbf{Post-processing}\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@marg|& Mandatory& ---& None\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@oarg|& Optional& ---& None\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@sarg|\marg{char}& 1-char optional&
-%         ---& Returns |\BooleanTrue| if the character was present 
-%         and |\BooleanFalse| otherwise.\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@withprivate|& Mandatory& PL& None\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@asmacro|\footnote[2]{This grabber is probably obsolete; 
-%         it is included because it grabs the argument in precisely the 
-%         way that the \texttt{macro} environment of \package{doc} does.}& 
-%         Mandatory& OB+PL& None\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@harmless|\meta{proc}& Mandatory& ---& 
-%         |\MakeHarmless| followed by \meta{proc}\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@harmless@oarg|& Optional& ---& 
-%         |\MakeHarmless|\tabularnewline
-%       \multicolumn{3}{l}{\cs{XD@grab@harmless@asmacro}}\tabularnewline
-%       & Mandatory& OB+PL& 
-%         |\MakeHarmless| followed by |\XD@unbackslash|\tabularnewline
-%       |\XD@grab@harmless@cs|& Mandatory\footnote[3]{The argument is 
-%         normally precisely one control sequence.}& PL& 
-%         |\string| whilst |\escapechar| is set to \textminus1, 
-%         followed by |\MakeHarmless|\tabularnewline
-%       \multicolumn{3}{l}{^^A
-%         \cs{XD@grab@harmless@withprivate}\marg{proc}}\\
-%       & Mandatory& PL& |\MakeHarmless| followed by \meta{proc}
-%     \end{tabular}
-%     \end{center}
-%   \end{minipage}
-%     
-%   \caption{Grabbers currently defined by \package{xdoc}}
-%   \label{Tab:Grabbers}
-% \end{table}
-% 
-% When arguments are being grabbed, the \meta{call} is stored in |\toks@| 
-% and the arguments are appended to |\toks@| as they are grabbed. For 
-% that reason, a grabber may not itself call |\XD@grab@arguments|, nor 
-% may it use a command defined through \package{xparse}'s 
-% |\Declare|\-|Document|\-|Command| or anything else which uses this 
-% token register in a bad way.
-% 
-% When a grabber is expanded, it is in the context
-% \begin{quote}
-%   \meta{grabber}\,\meta{following grabbers}\,|\XD@endgrab|\penalty0
-%   \thinspace\meta{ungrabbed arguments}
-% \end{quote}
-% After it has grabbed its argument, everything of the above should be 
-% put back except for the \meta{grabber} and the argument it grabbed. 
-% The argument itself should be wrapped in a group and appended to 
-% |\toks@|.
-% 
-% \textbf{Note:} In prototype~2 the format in which the argument grabber 
-% returns the grabbed arguments was changed so that it can now be 
-% unified with argument grabbing mechanisms of \package{xparse}. I 
-% think this should be done some time in the future, but for the moment 
-% it seems best not to rely on \LaTeXplus\ packages like \package{xparse}.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@arguments}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@endgrab}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/13}{The grabbed arguments are no longer 
-%      returned wrapped up in a group. There is no longer a need for 
-%      storing the base call separately in \cs{toks}\,\texttt{2}. (LH)}
-%   The |\XD@grab@arguments| and |\XD@endgrab| macros set up and finish 
-%   off argument grabbing.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@arguments#1#2{%
-   \toks@={#1}%
-   #2\XD@endgrab
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@endgrab{\the\toks@}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@marg}
-%   A grabber for ordinary arguments, like the \texttt{m} arguments of 
-%   \package{xparse}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\XD@grab@marg#1\XD@endgrab#2{%
-   \addto@hook\toks@{{#2}}%
-   #1\XD@endgrab
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@oarg}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@oarg@}
-%   A grabber for optional arguments (\texttt{o} arguments in 
-%   \package{xparse}). It looks ahead for an optional argument and 
-%   grabs that argument if there was one. If it doesn't find anything 
-%   which looks like an optional argument (i.e., if the next character 
-%   isn't a |[|), then the grabber will not grab anything (although it 
-%   may have tokenized the next argument), but it will still append 
-%   |\NoValue| to |\toks@|.
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@oarg#1\XD@endgrab{%
-   \@ifnextchar[{\XD@grab@oarg@{#1}}{%
-      \addto@hook\toks@\NoValue
-      #1\XD@endgrab
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   |\XD@grab@oarg@| is a helper to remove the brackets around the 
-%   optional argument.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\XD@grab@oarg@#1[#2]{%
-   \addto@hook\toks@{{#2}}%
-   #1\XD@endgrab
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@sarg}
-%   A grabber for `star'-type arguments (\texttt{s} arguments in 
-%   \package{xparse}). The syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@grab@sarg|\marg{char}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   It looks ahead to see if the next character is the \meta{char}. In 
-%   that case it gobbles it and adds a |\BooleanTrue| to the grabbed 
-%   arguments, otherwise it adds a |\BooleanFalse| to the grabbed 
-%   arguments.
-%   \changes{prot2.3}{2001/11/03}{Macro added. (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@sarg#1#2\XD@endgrab{%
-   \@ifnextchar#1{%
-      \addto@hook\toks@\BooleanTrue
-      \@firstoftwo{#2\XD@endgrab}%
-   }{%
-      \addto@hook\toks@\BooleanFalse
-      #2\XD@endgrab
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@withprivate}
-%   |\XD@grab@withprivate| is like |\XD@grab@marg| but grabs the 
-%   argument when the catcodes are as set by |\MakePrivateLetters|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@withprivate{%
-   \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\relax\expandafter\endgroup
-   \XD@grab@marg
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   To think about: Perhaps things like |\XD@grab@withprivate| should 
-%   rather be considered a modifier for a grabber? Instead of having 
-%   |\XD@grab@withprivate| be the entire grabber, one could let the 
-%   grabber be something like
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@grab@withprivate\XD@grab@marg|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where the |\XD@grab@withprivate| should only expand to
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\relax\expandafter\endgroup|
-%   \end{quote}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@asmacro}
-%   |\XD@grab@asmacro| is very similar to |\XD@grab@withprivate|, but it 
-%   sees to that the catcode settings are exactly those used by 
-%   \package{doc}'s \texttt{macro} environment.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@asmacro{%
-   \begingroup
-      \catcode`\\=12 \MakePrivateLetters\relax
-   \expandafter\endgroup
-   \XD@grab@marg
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@oarg}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/09/30}{Macro added. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@oarg@}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/09/30}{Macro added. (LH)}
-%   The |\XD@grab@harmless| grabber grabs one mandatory argument and 
-%   converts it to a harmless character string, which it contributes to 
-%   the list of arguments. The syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@grab@harmless|\marg{post-processing}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{post-processing} are commands that will be performed 
-%   after the grabbed argument has been made harmless, but before it is 
-%   contributed to the list of arguments. Thus the 
-%   \meta{post-processing} can modify the argument some more, but 
-%   \meta{post-processing} can just as well be empty.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@harmless#1#2\XD@endgrab#3{%
-   \MakeHarmless\@tempa{#3}%
-   #1%
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \expandafter{\@tempa}}%
-   #2\XD@endgrab
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   
-%   The |\XD@grab@harmless@oarg| grabber grabs one optional argument and 
-%   converts it to a harmless character string. This string is 
-%   contributed to the list of arguments if the optional argument, or 
-%   else the token |\NoValue| is contributed instead.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@harmless@oarg#1\XD@endgrab{%
-   \@ifnextchar[{\XD@grab@harmless@oarg@{#1}}{%
-      \addto@hook\toks@\NoValue
-      #1\XD@endgrab
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   |\XD@grab@harmless@oarg@| is a helper to remove the brackets around 
-%   the optional argument.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\XD@grab@harmless@oarg@#1[#2]{%
-   \MakeHarmless\@tempa{#2}%
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \expandafter{\@tempa}}%
-   #1\XD@endgrab
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@asmacro}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@cs}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@cs@}
-%   The |\XD@grab@harmless@asmacro| grabber combines the features of 
-%   |\XD@grab@|\B|asmacro| and |\XD@grab@harmless|, since when the 
-%   argument to grab is tokenized the catcode of |\| is set to 12 and 
-%   the catcode assignments in |\MakePrivateLetters| are made. Then the 
-%   grabbed argument is converted to a harmless character sequence, and 
-%   finally the first character is removed if it is a backslash.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@harmless@asmacro{%
-   \begingroup
-      \catcode`\\=12 \MakePrivateLetters\relax
-   \expandafter\endgroup
-   \XD@grab@harmless{%
-      \protected@edef\@tempa{%
-         \expandafter\XD@unbackslash\@tempa\@empty
-      }%
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   
-%   The |\XD@grab@harmless@cs| grabber is for use with commands like 
-%   \package{doc}'s |\Describe|\-|Macro|, which take an actual control 
-%   sequence as the argument. It grabs one argument while having 
-%   catcodes changed as indicated by |\Make|\-|Private|\-|Letters|, 
-%   |\string|s the argument while |\escapechar| is |-1| (so that there 
-%   is no escape character inserted), and continues as 
-%   |\XD@grab@harmless|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@harmless@cs{%
-   \begingroup
-      \MakePrivateLetters\relax
-   \expandafter\endgroup \XD@grab@harmless@cs@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\XD@grab@harmless@cs@#1\XD@endgrab#2{%
-   \begingroup
-      \escapechar=\m@ne
-   \expandafter\endgroup
-   \expandafter\MakeHarmless \expandafter\@tempa 
-      \expandafter{\string#2}%
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\expandafter\toks@ \expandafter{\@tempa}}%
-   #1\XD@endgrab
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@withprivate}
-%   |\XD@grab@harmless@withprivate| is like |\XD@grab@harmless| but 
-%   grabs the argument when the catcodes are as set by 
-%   |\Make|\-|Private|\-|Letters|. 
-%   Like |\XD@|\B|grab@|\B|harmless|, |\XD@grab@|\B|harmless@|\B
-%   |withprivate| takes an argument which can contain code that 
-%   modifies the harmless character string after it has been formed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@grab@harmless@withprivate{%
-   \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\relax\expandafter\endgroup
-   \XD@grab@harmless
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{The \cs{XD@m@cro} and \cs{NewMacroEnvironment} commands}
-% 
-% In \package{doc} the macro that contains most of the code for the 
-% \texttt{macro} and \texttt{environment} environments is called 
-% |\m@cro@|. In \package{xdoc} the corresponding macro is |\XD@m@cro|.
-% 
-% At this point, it is helpful to recall what |\m@cro@| actually does. 
-% It can be summarized in the following four points:
-% \begin{itemize}
-%   \item It starts a |\trivlist|.\footnote{Seriously, can someone 
-%     explain to me why it seems just about every non-math \LaTeX\ 
-%     environment that doesn't start a \cs{list} starts a \cs{trivlist}? 
-%     What good does all these \cs{trivlist}s do? Is it (a)~that people 
-%     just like the basic design, (b)~that there's some deep technical 
-%     reason, or (c)~that people in general doesn't have a clue but all 
-%     other environments do that so it's best to include it just in 
-%     case?}
-%   \item It prints the name of the macro\slash environment that is 
-%     about to be defined in the margin.
-%   \item It writes an index entry (and inhibits cross-referencing of 
-%     the macro inside the environment).
-%   \item It sets |\saved@macroname| to the name of the macro\slash 
-%     environment (for use by |\changes|).
-% \end{itemize}
-% 
-% The first and fourth points are simple, and commands for the third 
-% were defined in Section~\ref{Sec:Indexing}, but the second point 
-% needs a few helper macros.
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XDStackItemLabels}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/28}{Made it work like a \cs{vtop} (but hide 
-%      the height) if \cs{XD@macro@dimen} is \texttt{-}\cs{maxdimen}. 
-%      (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@macro@dimen}
-%   The |\XDStackItemLabels| macro is a definition of |\makelabel| which 
-%   is used in the \texttt{macro}-like environments for stacking the 
-%   names printed by subsequent environments under each other. It makes 
-%   a box which has zero height and depth (it should have zero width as 
-%   well, but that is left as a restriction on the argument) and the 
-%   printed names will be stacked if the reference points of the 
-%   subsequent boxes generated by |\XD|\-|Stack|\-|Item|\-|Labels| 
-%   coincide.
-%   
-%   |\XD@macro@dimen| (always assigned globally) stores the vertical 
-%   distance from the reference point of the box that 
-%   |\XD|\-|Stack|\-|Item|\-|Labels| makes to the (bottommost) baseline 
-%   of the previous printed name. |\XD@macro@dimen| is updated by each 
-%   new |\XD|\-|Stack|\-|Item|\-|Labels|. The baseline of the next printed 
-%   name will be put one |\baselineskip| lower than that of the previous 
-%   printed name, except for when |\XD@macro@dimen| is |-\maxdimen| (see 
-%   below). To avoid that printed names clash into each other, this 
-%   additional |\baselineskip| is generated as normal interline glue 
-%   where the upper box has the same depth as a strut and the new value 
-%   of |\XD@macro@dimen| is measured in such a way that the printed 
-%   name's depth below the nominal baseline will not exceed the depth of 
-%   a strut (that's what the |\boxmaxdepth| assignment is for). 
-%   When |\XD@macro@dimen| is |-\maxdimen| the (topmost) baseline of the 
-%   printed name will instead go through the reference point of the box. 
-%   This case is intended for the first item label in a stack.
-%   
-%   The reason |\everypar| is cleared is that that is where the list 
-%   environments put the commands which actually insert the item label 
-%   into the paragraph. If that code gets executed inside |\makelabel|, 
-%   the list environments get seriously confused with not at all nice 
-%   consequences.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XDStackItemLabels#1{%
-   \setbox\z@=\vbox{%
-      \ifdim \XD@macro@dimen=-\maxdimen
-         \setbox\z@=\vtop{%
-            \color@begingroup
-            \everypar={}%
-            #1%
-            \color@endgroup
-         }%
-         \kern-\ht\z@
-         \unvbox\z@
-      \else
-         \color@begingroup
-         \everypar={}%
-         \kern\XD@macro@dimen
-         \setbox\z@=\copy\strutbox \ht\z@=\z@ \box\z@
-         #1%
-         \color@endgroup
-      \fi
-      \boxmaxdepth=\dp\strutbox
-   }%
-   \global\XD@macro@dimen=\ht\z@
-   \vtop to\z@{\unvbox\z@ \vss}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newdimen\XD@macro@dimen
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XDToMargin}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/26}{New name for \cs{XD@to@margin}. (LH)}
-%   The |\XDToMargin| macro takes one argument, which is assumed to be 
-%   some horizontal material, and puts that material in a |\hbox| of 
-%   width zero, horizontally shifted out into the the outer margin, in 
-%   such a way that longer arguments extend further out. |\marginparsep| 
-%   is used as the distance between the argument and the main galley. All 
-%   these placements assume that the |\hbox| will be put |\labelsep| to 
-%   the left of the beginning of a nonindented paragraph, since that is 
-%   where it will be put by the |\item| of a |\trivlist|.
-%   
-%   A question is where the margin should be considered to start if the 
-%   |\@total|\-|left|\-|margin| isn't zero. The corresponding 
-%   \package{doc} action would be to consider the margin as everything 
-%   outside the |\linewidth| width, but I don't think that would be 
-%   appropriate here (especially not since \package{doc} always puts the 
-%   codeline numbers at the edge of the |\textwidth| width).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\XDToMargin[1]{%
-   \hb@xt@\z@{%
-      \IfOddPageSituation{%
-         \dimen@=-\@totalleftmargin
-         \advance \dimen@ \labelsep
-         \advance \dimen@ \textwidth
-         \advance \dimen@ \marginparsep
-         \kern\dimen@
-      }\hss
-      #1%
-      \IfOddPageSituation\hss{%
-         \dimen@=\@totalleftmargin
-         \advance \dimen@ -\labelsep
-         \advance \dimen@ \marginparsep
-         \kern\dimen@
-      }%
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XDParToMargin}
-%   The |\XDParToMargin| command is in syntax and use similar to the 
-%   |\XDToMargin| command, but it will try to linebreak an argument 
-%   that is too long rather than letting it extend outside the paper.
-%   
-%   The implementation first tries to break the argument without 
-%   considering justification or positioning, but with a rather high 
-%   |\linepenalty|. If the result of that try is a single line paragraph 
-%   then |\XDToMargin| will be called to actually typeset the argument. 
-%   Otherwise the argument is typeset as a paragraph which gets 
-%   displaced out into the outer margin by giving |\leftskip| and 
-%   |\rightskip| nonzero natural widths. The practical line width in 
-%   the paragraph is the |\marginparwidth|, but the hboxes containing 
-%   the individual lines will have width zero. The first line of the 
-%   paragraph will be set flush outwards, the last line of the paragraph 
-%   will be set flush inwards, and the remaining lines will be centered.
-%   
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/26}{Command added. (LH)}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\XDParToMargin[1]{%
-   \parindent=\z@
-   \setbox\z@=\vbox{%
-      \leftskip=\z@skip
-      \rightskip=\z@\@plus 1fil%
-      \parfillskip=\z@skip
-      \hsize=\marginparwidth
-      \linepenalty=1000%
-      \color@begingroup
-      \noindent\ignorespaces #1\@@par
-      \color@endgroup
-   \expandafter}%
-   \expandafter\ifnum \the\prevgraf<\tw@
-      \XDToMargin{#1}%
-   \else
-      \hsize=\z@
-      \leftskip=\z@ \@plus \marginparwidth
-      \rightskip=\leftskip
-      \IfOddPageSituation{%
-         \dimen@=-\@totalleftmargin
-         \advance \dimen@ \labelsep
-         \advance \dimen@ \textwidth
-         \advance \dimen@ \marginparsep
-         \advance \leftskip \dimen@
-         \advance \rightskip -\dimen@ \@minus \p@
-         \advance \rightskip -\marginparwidth
-         \parfillskip=\z@ \@plus 1fil%
-      }{%
-         \dimen@=\@totalleftmargin
-         \advance \dimen@ -\labelsep
-         \advance \dimen@ \marginparsep
-         \advance \leftskip -\dimen@ \@minus \p@
-         \advance \leftskip -\marginparwidth
-         \advance \rightskip \dimen@
-         \parfillskip=\z@ \@plus -\marginparwidth%
-      }
-      \noindent\nobreak\hskip\parfillskip
-      \ignorespaces #1\@@par
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-%   
-% In the following I exploit the implementation of the |\item| command 
-% in a slightly hackish way. Instead of starting a new paragraph with 
-% the item label (which is what one at first would believe |\item| 
-% does), |\item| actually puts the label in the box |\@labels| register, 
-% and stores code in |\everypar| that inserts that box into the new 
-% paragraph. Therefore I can make sure that various |\write| whatsits 
-% that need to be as the same page as an |\item| label will be there by 
-% adding them to the contents of the |\@labels| box. This seems more 
-% reliable to me than putting them on the vertical list followed by a 
-% |\nobreak| as \package{doc} does, but that would probably work as 
-% well.
-% 
-% [A funny thing in that which confused me a while was the question of 
-% whether the |\box| command that inserts the box into the paragraph and 
-% simultaneously clears the register acted globally or locally. It turns 
-% out that the question was ill-posed, as the distinction between local 
-% and global assignments is determined by what restore items they put 
-% on \TeX's save stack. The |\box| command doesn't put anything there, 
-% so the assignment it makes will essentially appear at the same 
-% grouping level as the |\setbox| command that set the contents of the 
-% box register. As all |\setbox|es for the |\@labels| box register are 
-% global, the box register will be globally void after |\box\@labels|.]
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@m@cro}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/24}{Put the \meta{changes} argument before 
-%      the \meta{assign} argument. Executing the \meta{assign} code 
-%      after the \meta{changes} \cs{edef}. Changed the descriptions of 
-%      these arguments a little. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/26}{Removed \cs{XDToMargin} from the 
-%      argument of \cs{item}. It should now be included in \#1 
-%      instead. (LH)}
-%   This is the workhorse of all the \texttt{macro}-like environments. 
-%   It calls |\trivlist| and sets related parameters, prints the 
-%   ``macro'' name in the proper place, updates the representation of 
-%   the ``macro'' name that |\changes| will use, and writes appropriate 
-%   index entries (possibly making temporary changes in 
-%   cross-referencing). Exactly what these tasks consist of can vary 
-%   quite a lot between different \texttt{macro}-like environments, and 
-%   therefore the |\XD@m@cro| macro has the following syntax:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XD@m@cro|\marg{print}\marg{index}\marg{changes}\marg{assign}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{print}, \meta{index}, and \meta{assign} are simply the 
-%   commands for printing the ``macro'' name as it should appear in the 
-%   margin, generating the index entries for this \texttt{macro}-like 
-%   environment, and making whatever additional local assignments that 
-%   are needed for this environment (usually a couple of 
-%   |\Do|\-|Not|\-|Index|\-|Harmless| commands, if anything at all) 
-%   respectively. At the time \meta{index} is executed, 
-%   \texttt{codelineno} holds the number of the \emph{next} codeline. 
-%   \meta{changes}, finally, is code that will be put in the context
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\protected@edef\saved@macroname{|\meta{changes}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   to set the |\saved@macroname| macro (for |\changes|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\XD@m@cro#1#2#3#4{%
-   \topsep\MacroTopsep 
-   \trivlist
-   \global\setbox\@labels=\hbox{%
-      \unhbox\@labels
-      \if@inlabel \else
-         \global\XD@macro@dimen=-\maxdimen
-         \StepPageSituation
-         \RecordPageSituation
-      \fi
-      \advance \c@codelineno \@ne
-      #2%
-   }%
-   \let\makelabel\XDStackItemLabels
-   \item[#1]%
-   \protected@edef\saved@macroname{#3}%
-   #4%
-   \ignorespaces
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% In the first \package{xdoc} prototype, the \texttt{macro}-like 
-% environments were implemented so that each new environment only used 
-% two control sequences (|\|\meta{env} and |\end|\meta{env}), which is 
-% the absolute minimum. This implementation worked fine for 
-% single argument environments, but the number of helper macros that 
-% would have to be introduced to deal with multiple argument 
-% environments exceeded what could be considered reasonable. Therefore 
-% the second prototype claims a third control sequence for the 
-% implementation of a \texttt{macro}-like environment \meta{env}, namely 
-% |\\|\meta{env}, which is also used by normal \LaTeXe\ environments 
-% which take an optional argument.
-% 
-% It should also be mentioned that the implementation in the first 
-% prototype required that most of the code in |\|\meta{env} had to be 
-% written in a very special way. Instead of using the |#|\meta{digit} 
-% notation for the arguments and write straightforward \LaTeX\ code, one 
-% had to express everything using macros which operate on arguments ``up 
-% ahead'' (immediately after the code you can specify). This curious 
-% coding model made it out of the question to create a class designer 
-% interface for defining new \texttt{macro}-like environments, but in 
-% the second \package{xdoc} prototype it is quite simple to do something 
-% of that sort: the command name is |\New|\-|Macro|\-|Environment|.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\NewMacroEnvironment}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/13}{Command added. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/24}{Changed syntax in conformity with the 
-%      syntax change in \cs{XD@m@cro}. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/26}{Introduced star form with different 
-%      semanics for the \meta{print} argument. This uses the helper 
-%      macros \cs{XD@NewMacroEnvironment} and 
-%      \cs{XD@NewMacroEnvironment@}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@NewMacroEnvironment}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@NewMacroEnvironment@}
-%   The |\NewMacroEnvironment| command is used for defining new 
-%   \texttt{macro}-like environments. It has the syntaxes
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\NewMacroEnvironment|\marg{name}\marg{grabbers}\marg{numargs}\\
-%     \vadjust{}\hfill\marg{unjust-print}\marg{index}\marg{changes}^^A
-%     \marg{assign}\\
-%     |\NewMacroEnvironment*|\marg{name}\marg{grabbers}\marg{numargs}\\
-%     \vadjust{}\hfill\marg{print}\marg{index}\marg{changes}\marg{assign}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{name} is the name of the environment to define, 
-%   \meta{grabbers} is a sequence of argument grabbers, \meta{numargs} 
-%   is the number of arguments that the grabbers will grab, and
-%   \meta{print}, \meta{index}, \meta{changes}, and \meta{assign} are 
-%   code that will be put in the respective arguments of |\XD@m@cro|. 
-%   In the four last arguments, argument specifiers |#1| to 
-%   |#|\meta{numargs} inclusive can be used do mean the arguments that 
-%   were grabbed by the sequence of grabbers.
-%   
-%   The argument grabbers that are currently made available by the 
-%   \package{xdoc} package are listed in Table~\ref{Tab:Grabbers} on 
-%   page~\pageref{Tab:Grabbers}.
-%   
-%   The \meta{print} code will be executed while \TeX\ is in internal 
-%   vertical mode and it should put one or several hboxes of width zero 
-%   onto the vertical list. The contents of these boxes should be some 
-%   amount of text which will appear displaced out into the outer margin 
-%   on the page when the reference point of the box appears |\labelsep| 
-%   to the left of the left edge of the line. The easiest way of 
-%   achieveing this is to use a \meta{print} of the form
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XDToMargin|\marg{unjust-print}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and this is exactly what the non-star form of |\NewMacroEnvironment| 
-%   does by default.
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\NewMacroEnvironment{%
-   \@ifstar\XD@NewMacroEnvironment\XD@NewMacroEnvironment@
-}
-\def\XD@NewMacroEnvironment@#1#2#3#4{%
-   \XD@NewMacroEnvironment{#1}{#2}{#3}{\XDToMargin{#4}}%
-}
-\def\XD@NewMacroEnvironment#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
-   \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname#1\endcsname{%
-      \expandafter\def \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
-         \expandafter{\expandafter\XD@grab@arguments
-         \csname\@backslashchar#1\endcsname{#2}}%
-      \let\l@ngrel@x\relax
-      \expandafter\@yargdef \csname\@backslashchar#1\endcsname \@ne
-         {#3}{\XD@m@cro{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}}%
-      \expandafter\let \csname end#1\endcsname \endtrivlist
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The \meta{grabbers} argument---in which one specifies a list of 
-%   internal macros---is not how the interface should really look, but I 
-%   think it will have to do for now. The final interface will probably 
-%   use something like the argument specifications of 
-%   |\Declare|\-|Document|\-|Command|, but there is little point in 
-%   implementing that before \package{xparse} has gotten its final form.
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% The macro |\@yargdef| used above should perhaps be checked so that its 
-% syntax hasn't changed, but since |\@yargdef| quite recently 
-% (\texttt{ltdefn.dtx} v\,1.3c, 1999/01/18) was completely reimplemented 
-% without any change in the syntax (despite the fact that the syntax is 
-% afterwards rather peculiar), I think it can be assumed that the syntax 
-% will not change in \LaTeXe.
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Reimplementing \texttt{macro} and \texttt{environment}}
-% \label{Ssec:Macro&environment}
-% 
-% Well, then how does one reimplement the \texttt{macro} and 
-% \texttt{environment} environments using |\XD@m@cro|? We shall soon 
-% see, but first it is convenient to define a utility macro.
-% 
-% \changes{prot2}{2000/07/14}{Lots of utility macros were removed: 
-%    \cs{XDWrapText}, \cs{XDAltWrapText}, \cs{XDSortAndText}, 
-%    \cs{MultipleApply}, \cs{ApplicableUsageIndex}, and 
-%    \cs{XD@index@family}. (LH)}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XDMainIndex}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/14}{New name and syntax for 
-%     \cs{ApplicableMainIndex}. (LH)}
-%   The |\XDMainIndex| macro is an abbreviation to save a couple of 
-%   tokens in a very frequent call to |\IndexEntry|. It has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\XDMainIndex|\marg{argument}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and that expands to
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\IndexEntry|\marg{argument}|{main}{\TheXDIndexNumber}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\XDMainIndex[1]{\IndexEntry{#1}{main}{\TheXDIndexNumber}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{environment}{macro}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/15}{Using \cs{MakeSortKey} to make index 
-%      entry. (LH)}
-% \begin{environment}{environment}
-%   It is very easy to implement \texttt{macro} and \texttt{environment} 
-%   environments which behave pretty much as in \package{doc} using the 
-%   |\New|\-|Macro|\-|Environment| command. The important difference 
-%   is that in \package{doc} everything that distinguished the two 
-%   environments was to be found in various helper macros, but here all 
-%   that code is in the |\\macro| and |\\environment| macros. Thus to 
-%   define one new \texttt{macro}-like environment, one doesn't have to 
-%   define six or so new macros---everything can be handled in one 
-%   definition.
-%   
-%   The reason for the |\let| commands below is of course that 
-%   \texttt{macro} and \texttt{environment} are already defined, and 
-%   there is no |\Renew|\-|Macro|\-|Environment| command. It could 
-%   perhaps have been better if |\New|\-|Macro|\-|Environment|  had 
-%   behaved like |\Declare|\-|Robust|\-|Command|, but I don't think that 
-%   is an important problem for the moment.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\macro=\relax
-\let\endmacro=\relax
-\NewMacroEnvironment{macro}{\XD@grab@harmless@asmacro}{1}
-   {\MacroFont\Bslash#1}
-   {\MakeSortKey\@tempa{#1}{}%
-    \XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{\@tempa}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}}}
-   {{#1}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}}
-   {\DoNotIndexHarmless{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\environment=\relax
-\let\endenvironment=\relax
-\NewMacroEnvironment{environment}{\XD@grab@harmless@asmacro}{1}
-   {\MacroFont#1}
-   {\XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} (environment)}}%
-    \XDMainIndex{%
-       \LevelSame{environments:}\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}%
-   }}%
-   {{#1}{\texttt{#1}}}
-   {}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}\end{environment}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Further examples of \texttt{macro}-like environments}
-% \label{Ssec:More macros}
-% 
-% \begin{environment}{option}
-%   The \texttt{option} environment is for class\slash package options. 
-%   IMHO, something like this environment should have been added to 
-%   \package{doc} years ago!
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMacroEnvironment{option}{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}
-   {\MacroFont#1 \normalfont option}
-   {\XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} option}}%
-    \XDMainIndex{%
-       \LevelSame{options:}\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}%
-   }}%
-   {{#1 option}{\texttt{#1} option}}
-   {}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% 
-% \begin{environment}{switch}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/18}{Using \cs{MakeSortKey}. (LH)}
-%   The \texttt{switch} environment is for switches created by 
-%   |\newif| (\PlainTeX\ style).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMacroEnvironment{switch}{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}
-   {\MacroFont#1 \normalfont switch}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   What makes switches different from the other \texttt{macro}-like 
-%   environments defined here is the large number of index entries it 
-%   makes. For a switch \meta{sw} it first makes one under the `switches:' 
-%   heading:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   {%
-      \MakeSortKey\XD@last@key{#1}{}%
-      \XDMainIndex{%
-         \LevelSame{switches:}\LevelSorted{\XD@last@key}{\texttt{#1}}%
-      }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Second it makes a `\meta{sw} switch' entry:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{\XD@last@key}{\texttt{#1} switch}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Third it makes an entry for the macro |\if|\meta{sw}. The sort key 
-%   for this entry is \emph{not} subjected to |\MakeSortKey| because 
-%   no reasonable operator will act on the |if| prefix (an operator 
-%   which acts on |if| could do rather strange things to e.g. |\ifnum|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{if#1}{\texttt{\Bslash if#1}}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Fourth it makes an entry for the macro |\|\meta{sw}|false|:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \MakeSortKey\@tempa{#1false}{}%
-      \XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{\@tempa}{\texttt{\Bslash#1false}}}%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Finally it makes an entry for the macro |\|\meta{sw}|true|:
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \MakeSortKey\@tempa{#1true}{}%
-      \XDMainIndex{\LevelSorted{\@tempa}{\texttt{\Bslash#1true}}}%
-   }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The |\changes| heading, on the other hand, is trivial.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   {{#1}{\texttt{#1} switch}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   Finally, \texttt{switch} should turn off indexing of the three macros 
-%   it makes \texttt{main} entries for, since \package{makeindex} will 
-%   otherwise complain.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   {\DoNotIndexHarmless{if#1}%
-    \DoNotIndexHarmless{#1false}%
-    \DoNotIndexHarmless{#1true}}%
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-% 
-% 
-% To end this section, there now follows two examples which are not 
-% part of the package as they are very specific, but which have been 
-% included here because they illustrate that \texttt{macro}-like 
-% environments may have several arguments.
-% 
-% \begin{environment}{enccommand}
-% \begin{environment}{enccomposite}
-%   The \texttt{enccommand} and \texttt{enccomposite} environments can 
-%   be used for marking up sources for encoding definition files and the 
-%   like. \texttt{enccommand} is for encoding-specific commands and has 
-%   the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\begin{enccommand}|\marg{command}\oarg{encoding}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{command} is the encoding-specific command and 
-%   \meta{encoding} is the encoding that this definition is for. If the 
-%   \meta{encoding} is omitted then the \texttt{enccommand} is assumed 
-%   to be for the default definition of the command.
-%   
-%   \texttt{enccomposite} is for composites of encoding-specific 
-%   commands (defined for example using |\Declare|\-|Text|\-|Composite|). 
-%   It has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\begin{enccomposite}|\marg{command}\marg{encoding}\marg{argument}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where \meta{command} and \meta{encoding} are as for 
-%   \texttt{enccommand} and \meta{argument} is the argument with which 
-%   the command is being composed.
-%   
-%   The marginal headings these commands print are the actual control 
-%   sequences in which the definitions are stored.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*enccmds>
-\NewMacroEnvironment{enccommand}{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless@asmacro \XD@grab@oarg
-}{2}{\MacroFont\Bslash \ifx\NoValue#2?\else#2\fi \Bslash #1}{%
-   \XDMainIndex{%
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}%
-      \ifx \NoValue#2%
-         \LevelSame{default}%
-      \else
-         \LevelSorted{#2}{\texttt{#2} encoding}%
-      \fi
-   }%
-}{{#1}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}}{\DoNotIndexHarmless{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NewMacroEnvironment{enccomposite}{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless@asmacro \XD@grab@marg \XD@grab@harmless\relax
-}{3}{\MacroFont\Bslash#2\Bslash#1-#3}{%
-   \XDMainIndex{%
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}%
-      \LevelSorted{#2}{\texttt{#2} encoding}%
-      \LevelSorted{\XD@unbackslash#3\@empty}{\texttt{#3} composite}%
-   }%
-}{{#1}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}}{\DoNotIndexHarmless{#1}}
-%</enccmds>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   In the file \texttt{cyoutenc.dtx} the definitions of many 
-%   encoding-specific commands are written so that the same line of 
-%   code can work is all four files \texttt{t2aenc.def}, 
-%   \texttt{t2benc.def}, \texttt{t2cenc.def}, and \texttt{x2enc.def}. 
-%   Therefore the \meta{encoding} argument of the \texttt{enccommand} 
-%   and \texttt{enccomposite} environments should perhaps rather be a 
-%   comma-separated list of encodings than a single encoding, but that 
-%   would make this example unnecessarily complicated.
-% \end{environment}\end{environment}
-% 
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Describing macros and the like}
-% \label{Sec:Describing}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\if@mparswitch}
-% \begin{macro}{\if@reversemargin}
-%   In two-sided mode, marginal notes should appear in the outer 
-%   margin. The following code takes care of that.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\if@twoside
-   \@mparswitchtrue
-   \normalmarginpar
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\GenericDescribePrint}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/14}{\cs{leavevmode} and \cs{ignorespaces} 
-%      moved to \cs{NewDescribeCommand}. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/20}{Added \cs{strut}. Removed it from 
-%      arguments passed to \cs{GenericDescribePrint}. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2.3}{2001/06/24}{Changed formatting to match that of 
-%      \cs{XDParToMargin}. (LH)}
-%   The |\GenericDescribePrint| macro is a utility macro for use in 
-%   commands like |\Describe|\-|Macro|. Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\GenericDescribePrint|\marg{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and it puts \meta{text} in a marginal paragraph, giving it the 
-%   appropriate justification for appearing in that margin.
-%   
-%   The first part simply tests whether the argument fits on a single 
-%   line.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\GenericDescribePrint[1]{%
-   \setbox\z@=\vbox{%
-      \parindent=\z@
-      \leftskip=\z@skip
-      \rightskip=\z@\@plus 1fil%
-      \parfillskip=\z@skip
-      \hsize=\marginparwidth
-      \linepenalty=\@m
-      \color@begingroup
-      \noindent\ignorespaces #1\@@par
-      \color@endgroup
-   \expandafter}%
-   \expandafter\ifnum \the\prevgraf<\tw@
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    Then comes the actual typesetting. First the single-line format. 
-%    The braces in the optional argument are there to prevent trouble 
-%    in case |#1| contains a right brace; they will be stripped off when 
-%    the argument is grabbed.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \if@twoside
-         \marginpar[{\raggedleft\strut #1}]{\raggedright\strut #1}%
-      \else
-         \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut#1}%
-      \fi
-   \else
-      \if@twoside
-         \marginpar[{%
-            \leftskip=\z@ \@plus \marginparwidth
-            \rightskip=\leftskip
-            \parfillskip=\z@ \@plus -\marginparwidth
-            \noindent\nobreak\hskip\parfillskip
-            \ignorespaces #1%
-         }]{%
-            \leftskip=\z@ \@plus \marginparwidth
-            \rightskip=\leftskip
-            \parfillskip=\z@ \@plus 1fil%
-            \noindent\nobreak\hskip\parfillskip
-            \ignorespaces #1%
-         }%
-      \else
-         \marginpar{%
-            \leftskip=\z@ \@plus \marginparwidth
-            \rightskip=\leftskip
-            \parfillskip=\z@ \@plus -\marginparwidth
-            \noindent\nobreak\hskip\parfillskip
-            \ignorespaces #1%
-         }%
-      \fi
-   \fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% The \texttt{describe}-commands are supposed to be invisible---only 
-% leave a single space even when there are spaces both before and after 
-% them---but there are problems with the mechanisms for this. I get the 
-% impression that they have never worked perfectly, but that seems to 
-% be mainly due to that certain macros in the \LaTeX\ kernel never did 
-% either, and I suspect that the general problem has been thrashed over 
-% many times before.
-% 
-% \package{doc}'s |\DescribeMacro| and |\DescribeEnv| are wrapped up in 
-% a |\@bsphack| \dots\ |\@esphack| ``group'' to become invisible, but 
-% the |\marginpar| and various index commands they are built on are 
-% themselves already invisible, so one would suspect that there is no 
-% need for additional invisibility. There are however two factors which 
-% create this need. One is that it doesn't do the right thing at 
-% beginning of lines; here it seems like what the 
-% \texttt{describe}-commands would need is the |\@vbsphack| macro 
-% (whose definition appears in \texttt{ltspace.dtx}, but which has been 
-% commented out) since they should start a new paragraph and leave no 
-% following space if they are used in vertical mode. The other factor is 
-% that the standard |\@bsphack|--|\@esphack| can only suppress every 
-% second intermediate space if several invisible commands appear in 
-% sequence, as is quite common for the 
-% \texttt{describe}-commands.\footnote{It would seem that a simple fix 
-% for this is to have \cs{@esphack} insert \cs{nobreak} 
-% \cs{hskip}\texttt{-}\cs{@savsk} \cs{hskip}\cs{@savsk} before it 
-% executes \cs{ignorespaces}, but since that fix hasn't been 
-% incorporated into the kernel or the \package{fixltx2e} package there 
-% probably is some problem with it.}
-% 
-% Instead the \package{doc} implementations of |\DescribeMacro| and 
-% |\DescribeEnv| begin with |\leavevmode| and end with |\ignorespaces|, 
-% which means that they are only ``invisible'' if they appear on on the 
-% left of visible material, but that's how it has been for over a decade 
-% now.
-%  
-% \begin{macro}{\NewDescribeCommand}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/14}{Command added. (LH)}
-%   The |\NewDescribeCommand| command is a relative to the 
-%   |\New|\-|Macro|\-|Environment| command which defines commands 
-%   analogous to |\Describe|\-|Macro| rather than \texttt{macro}-like 
-%   environments. Its syntax is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\NewDescribeCommand|\marg{command}\marg{grabbers}\B
-%     \marg{numargs}\B\marg{definition}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{command} is the control sequence to define. \meta{grabbers} 
-%   and \meta{numargs} are as for the |\NewMacroEnvironment| command. 
-%   \meta{definition} is the command definition.
-%   In addition to the definition given in the \meta{definition} 
-%   argument and the code for grabbing the arguments, the command 
-%   actually defined by |\New|\-|Describe|\-|Command| will contain a 
-%   |\leavevmode| at the start and an |\ignorespaces| at the end. 
-%   
-%   The |\NewDescribeCommand| command should really just be a call to 
-%   \package{xparse}'s |\Declare|\-|Document|\-|Command|, but that will 
-%   have to wait until \package{xdoc} becomes based on the 
-%   \package{xparse} package.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\NewDescribeCommand[4]{%
-   \@ifdefinable#1{%
-      \expandafter\def \expandafter#1\expandafter{%
-         \expandafter\XD@grab@arguments \csname\string#1\endcsname{#2}%
-      }%
-      \let\l@ngrel@x\relax
-      \expandafter\@yargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname \@ne {#3}%
-         {\leavevmode#4\ignorespaces}%
-   }%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DescribeMacro}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/18}{Using \cs{MakeSortKey}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\DescribeEnv}
-%   The |\DescribeMacro| and |\DescribeEnv| commands are as in 
-%   \package{doc}. The argument of |\DescribeMacro| is supposed to be 
-%   the actual control sequence to describe (not as with the 
-%   \texttt{macro} environment something which looks like the control 
-%   sequence after being |\string|ed).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\DescribeMacro=\relax
-\NewDescribeCommand\DescribeMacro{\XD@grab@harmless@cs}{1}{%
-   \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont\Bslash#1}%
-   \MakeSortKey\@tempa{#1}{}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{\@tempa}{\texttt{\Bslash#1}}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The argument of |\DescribeEnv|, on the other hand, is treated like 
-%   that of the \texttt{environment} environment, but backslash isn't 
-%   given catcode 12---only the catcode assignments in 
-%   |\Make|\-|Private|\-|Letters| are made.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\DescribeEnv=\relax
-\NewDescribeCommand\DescribeEnv{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless@withprivate\relax
-}{1}{%
-   \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont#1}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSame{environments:}\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} (environment)}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\describeoption}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/31}{Command added---I realised that the need 
-%      to describe options is probably as large as that to mark out 
-%      their definition. (LH)}
-%   The |\describeoption| command is the \texttt{describe}-companion to 
-%   the \texttt{option} environment.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDescribeCommand\describeoption{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}{%
-   \GenericDescribePrint{\MacroFont#1 \normalfont option}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSame{options:}\LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{#1}{\texttt{#1} option}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\describecsfamily}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/14}{Renamed \cs{DescribeCSFamily} and 
-%      incorporated the code from \cs{XD@index@family}. (LH)}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/11/18}{Using \cs{MakeSortKey}. (LH)}
-%   The |\describecsfamily| command is for marking out sections in text 
-%   where a particular family of control sequences is described---just 
-%   like |\DescribeMacro| does for individual commands. To clarify what 
-%   I mean by a control sequence family, here are a couple of examples:
-%   \begin{longtable}{l >{\raggedright}p{0.55\linewidth}}
-%     |\c@|\meta{counter}\label{Tab:CS-families}& 
-%       countdef token for the |\count| register storing the 
-%       \LaTeX\ counter \meta{counter}\tabularnewline
-%     |\ps@|\meta{pagestyle}&
-%       macro storing settings for the pagestyle \meta{pagestyle}^^A
-%       \tabularnewline
-%     |\|\meta{enc}|/|\meta{fam}|/|\meta{ser}|/|\meta{sh}|/|\meta{sz}&
-%       the fontdef token for the font which has encoding \meta{enc}, 
-%       family \meta{fam}, series \meta{ser}, shape \meta{sh}, and 
-%       size \meta{sz} under NFSS\tabularnewline
-%     |\|\meta{enc}|\|\meta{cmd}&
-%       the macro containing the definition for encoding \meta{enc} of 
-%       the encoding-specific \LaTeX\ command |\|\meta{cmd}^^A
-%       \tabularnewline
-%     |\fps@|\meta{type}&
-%       the default placement specifier for \LaTeX\ floats of type 
-%       \meta{type}\tabularnewline
-%     |\l@|\meta{name}&
-%       a macro which formats table of contents entries for items of 
-%       type \meta{name} (\texttt{chapter}, \texttt{section}, etc.)^^A
-%       \tabularnewline
-%     |\l@|\meta{language}&
-%       the |\language| number \package{babel} has allocated for the 
-%         language \meta{language} (\texttt{english}, \texttt{french}, 
-%         etc.)\tabularnewline
-%     |\i-|\meta{int}&
-%       the control sequence (either a mathchardef token or a macro) 
-%       which stores the value of the \package{fontinst} integer 
-%       \meta{int}
-%   \end{longtable}
-%   
-%   The syntax for |\describecsfamily| is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\describecsfamily|\marg{cs-fam specification}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The \meta{cs-fam specification} includes only what would be put 
-%   between |\csname| and |\endcsname|; the |\describecsfamily| command 
-%   will add a backslash when printing the name. No special catcodes 
-%   will be in force in the argument, but the |#|, |$|, |&|, |_|, |^|, 
-%   and |~| characters present no problems even if they have their 
-%   ordinary catcodes. All spaces are seen as ASCII space and \TeX\ is 
-%   skipping spaces as usual. Characters with catcode 0, 1, 2, 5, 9, 14, 
-%   or 15 may however be problematic.
-%   If you need to specify such a problematic character then you can do 
-%   so by writing |\PrintChar|\marg{code}, where \meta{code} is the 
-%   ASCII code for the character, as a valid \TeX\ number in the range 
-%   0--255. In case you do not remember the ASCII code for some 
-%   character \meta{c}, there is no harm in specifying it as 
-%   |`\|\meta{c}, e.g. |\PrintChar{`\}}| for a right brace. It is even 
-%   possible to write |\PrintChar| commands for characters outside 
-%   visible ASCII (but those are typeset as |^^|-sequences).
-%   
-%   The variant parts in the control sequence names are specified as
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\meta|\marg{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and these will be typeset exactly as in normal text. The arguments 
-%   of |\meta|s appearing in a \meta{cs-fam specification} are moving.
-%   All control sequences other than |\PrintChar| and |\meta| in a 
-%   \meta{cs-fam specification} (and which do not appear in the argument 
-%   of a |\PrintChar| or |\meta|) are essentially treated as if they 
-%   had been |\string|ed. 
-%   
-%   Apart from the above differences in treatment of the argument, the 
-%   |\describe|\-|cs|\-|family| command is similar to 
-%   |\DescribeMacro|---it prints the control sequence name in the margin 
-%   and makes a \texttt{usage} index entry.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\NewDescribeCommand\describecsfamily{\XD@grab@harmless{}}{1}{%
-   \GenericDescribePrint{%
-      \MetaNormalfont\MacroFont\Bslash#1%
-   }%
-   \MakeSortKey\@tempa{#1}{\def\meta##1{(##1)}}%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{\@tempa}{\texttt{\protect\MetaNormalfont\Bslash#1}}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% As for |\NewMacroEnvironment|, I also give an example of an 
-% application of |\NewDescribeCommand| which is much too special for 
-% including in \package{xdoc} in general and therefore the code is 
-% placed in a special module. I had originally written the code as part 
-% of another package, but I removed it because I thought it was a bit 
-% too special even for that context. The commentry below is kept 
-% unchanged.\changes{prot2.1}{2000/09/16}{Additional 
-%    \cs{NewDescribeCommand} code example added. (LH)}
-% 
-% \begin{quotation}
-% 
-% I believe this feature is primarily of interest for MacOS programs, 
-% but there might be sufficiently similar structures in other operating 
-% systems to make it useful even in other contexts. Be as it may, what 
-% the feature described here does is that it allows the user to put an 
-% entry in the index for each resource in the code. This gives an easy 
-% way of checking that no two resources are assigned the same id, even 
-% though there is no mechanism for especially warning for such 
-% collisions.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DescribeResource}
-%   The main command available is
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\DescribeResource|\marg{type}\marg{id}\marg{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \meta{type} is a four-character string. Most special characters are 
-%   treated as ordinary ones (very useful for |#|s), but the visible 
-%   ASCII characters |%|, |{|, |\|, and |}| retain their usual meaning. 
-%   To use such a troublesome character \meta{c} in a resource type, 
-%   write it as |\PrintChar{`\|\meta{c}|}|. \meta{id} is a \TeX\ number; 
-%   it will be used as the number of the resource. \meta{text} is normal 
-%   text that will be put in the index entry to describe the resource; it 
-%   seems a good idea to use the name of the resource for this. \meta{id} 
-%   and \meta{text} are read with normal \LaTeX\ catcodes. Note that 
-%   \meta{text} is a moving argument.
-%   
-%   |\DescribeResource| does two things---it prints the \meta{type} and 
-%   \meta{id} of the resource in the margin, and it writes an entry
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     \meta{type} resources:\\
-%     \vadjust{}\qquad\meta{id}\\
-%     \vadjust{}\qquad\qquad\meta{text}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   (plus a lot of formatting not shown here) to the \texttt{.idx} file. 
-%   The reference is for the page.
-%   
-%   The idea with advancing |\count@| like that when constructing the 
-%   index entry is to get a sort key for which lexicographic order equals 
-%   the wanted order. This would not be the case if the number was simply 
-%   written down. The current code maps numbers to six-digit positive 
-%   integers, but five-digits integers would be sufficient (a resource 
-%   \meta{id} is a signed 16-bits integer). The construction chosen 
-%   here furthermore puts the negative numbers after the positive ones.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*rsrccmd>
-\NewDescribeCommand\DescribeResource{%
-   \XD@grab@harmless\relax \XD@grab@marg \XD@grab@marg
-}{3}{%
-   \GenericDescribePrint{#1%
-      \textnormal{:\ifnum#2<\z@ \textminus\number-\else\number\fi#2}%
-   }%
-   \count@=#2\relax
-   \advance \count@ 100000\ifnum \count@<\z@ 0\fi \relax
-   \protected@edef\@tempa{%
-      \noexpand\LevelSorted{\the\count@}{%
-         \ifnum #2<\z@ \string\textminus \number-\else\number\fi#2%
-      }%
-   }%
-   \IndexEntry{%
-      \LevelSorted{#1 resources:}{\texttt{#1} resources:}%
-      \@tempa
-      \LevelSame{#3}%
-   }{usage}{\thepage}%
-}
-%</rsrccmd>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \end{quotation}
-% 
-% 
-% \section{The \cs{DocInclude} command}
-% \label{Sec:DocInclude}
-% 
-% The code in this section is based on code from the \package{ltxdoc} 
-% document class~\cite{ltxdoc} and it implements a command called 
-% |\DocInclude|. Two implementations of this command are given: one 
-% which is essentially that of \package{ltxdoc} (preserving all its 
-% peculiarities), and one which is a reimplementation from scratch. The 
-% default is to use the latter, but passing the \texttt{olddocinclude} 
-% option to \package{xdoc} selects the former.
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{Old implementation}
-% 
-% It should be observed that this is not a complete implementation of the 
-% |\Doc|\-|Include| command---it only redefines the \package{ltxdoc} 
-% macros that need to be changed if the |\Doc|\-|Include| command is to 
-% work with \package{xdoc} (it doesn't for example change the definition 
-% of |\Doc|\-|Include| itself). Furthermore it doesn't define anything if 
-% the \package{ltxdoc} document class hasn't been loaded, since then the 
-% details of the definition of |\Doc|\-|Include| (even if it would be 
-% defined) are unknown.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\CodelineIndex}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/10/08}{Using \cs{thecodelineno}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\filesep}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Redefined to use 
-%      \cs{XD@page@compositor}. (LH)}
-% \begin{macro}{\@docinclude}
-%   \package{ltxdoc} redefines |\codeline@wrindex| so that |\filesep| is 
-%   prepended to each codeline number that is written to the index file. 
-%   That redefinition has no effect unless the |\Codeline|\-|Index| 
-%   command is executed afterwards however, so there is no harm in having 
-%   |\Codeline|\-|Index| itself apply the corresponding change.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{olddocinclude}{%
-   \@ifclassloaded{ltxdoc}{%
-      \renewcommand\CodelineIndex{%
-         \makeindex
-         \let\XD@if@index=\@firstoftwo
-         \codeline@indextrue
-         \def\TheXDIndexNumber{\filesep\thecodelineno}%
-      }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The |\filesep| macro is redefined so that the \package{docindex} 
-%   package~\cite{docindex} can use a |page_compositor| string different 
-%   from the default |-| simply by redefining |\XD@page@compositor|. 
-%   This redefinition has to be put in |\docincludeaux| since that macro 
-%   redefines |\filesep| too.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \expandafter\def \expandafter\docincludeaux \expandafter{%
-         \docincludeaux
-         \gdef\filesep{\thepart\XD@page@compositor}%
-      }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The change to |\@docinclude| merely consists of inserting code for 
-%   writing an |External|\-|XRef|\-|Wrap| to the \texttt{.aux} file to 
-%   record the new value of the \texttt{part} counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-      \def\@docinclude#1 {%
-         \clearpage
-         \if@filesw
-            \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
-         \fi
-         \@tempswatrue
-         \if@partsw
-            \@tempswafalse
-            \edef\@tempb{#1}%
-            \@for\@tempa:=\@partlist\do{%
-               \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\@tempswatrue\fi
-            }%
-         \fi
-         \if@tempswa
-            \let\@auxout\@partaux
-            \if@filesw
-               \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
-               \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
-            \fi
-            \part{#1.dtx}%
-            \if@filesw
-               \immediate\write\@partaux{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-                  ExternalXRefWrap {\filesep} {}%
-               }%
-            \fi
-            {%
-               \let\ttfamily\relax
-               \xdef\filekey{%
-                  \filekey, \thepart={\ttfamily\currentfile}%
-               }%
-            }%
-            \DocInput{#1.dtx}%
-            \clearpage
-            \@writeckpt{#1}%
-            \if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@partaux \fi
-         \else
-            \@nameuse{cp@#1}%
-         \fi
-         \let\@auxout\@mainaux
-      }
-   }{}
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{New implementation}
-% \label{Ssec:New DocInclude}
-% 
-% The default action of the second implementation is to be precisely an 
-% |\include| variant of |\DocInput|, but in addition to that it also 
-% has a (one-argument) hook called |\docincludeaux| which is executed 
-% before a file is actually |\DocInput|ted, but after it has been 
-% determined that it should be included, and this hook is only executed 
-% for the files which should be |\include|d. This hook is normally 
-% |\@gobble|, but passing the \texttt{fileispart} option to 
-% \package{xdoc} redefines it to start a new part and set the pagestyle.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\DocInclude}
-% \begin{macro}{\@docinclude}
-%   Most of the code for the |\DocInclude| command is put in the 
-%   |\@docinclude| macro; |\DocInclude| simply checks that it hasn't 
-%   been nested. The main difference to |\include| is that a nested 
-%   |\DocInclude| becomes an error plus the corresponding |\DocInput|, 
-%   whereas a nested |\include| simply becomes an error. The rationale 
-%   for this is that it is probably closer to what was intended.
-%   
-%   The argument of |\@docinclude| is, oddly enough, space-delimited. 
-%   This is inherited from the |\@include| macro in the \LaTeX\ kernel, 
-%   where it is a hack to make sure that the part \texttt{.aux} file 
-%   that is opened for writing really gets the suffix \texttt{.aux} (in 
-%   the worst case, \TeX\ could start overwriting a \texttt{.tex} file 
-%   instead).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{olddocinclude}{}{%
-   \def\DocInclude#1{%
-      \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
-         \@latexerr{\string\include\space cannot be nested}{%
-            Your \protect\DocInclude\space will be reduced to a
-            \protect\DocInput.%
-         }%
-         \DocInput{#1.dtx}%
-      \else \@docinclude#1 \fi
-   }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The only things in this |\@docinclude| that are not precisely as in 
-%   |\@include| are the |\docincludeaux| and |\DocInput| commands.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \def\@docinclude#1 {%
-      \clearpage
-      \if@filesw 
-         \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
-      \fi
-      \@tempswatrue
-      \if@partsw 
-         \@tempswafalse
-         \edef\@tempb{#1}%
-         \@for\@tempa:=\@partlist\do{%
-            \ifx\@tempa\@tempb \@tempswatrue \fi
-         }%
-      \fi
-      \if@tempswa
-         \let\@auxout\@partaux
-         \if@filesw
-            \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
-            \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
-         \fi
-         \docincludeaux{#1.dtx}%
-         \DocInput{#1.dtx}%
-         \clearpage
-         \@writeckpt{#1}%
-         \if@filesw \immediate\closeout\@partaux \fi
-      \else
-         \deadcycles\z@
-         \@nameuse{cp@#1}%
-      \fi
-      \let\@auxout\@mainaux
-   }%
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{option}{fileispart}
-%   \begin{macro}{\docincludeaux}
-%     The \texttt{fileispart} option works by (re)defining a couple of 
-%     macros, of which the |\doc|\-|include|\-|aux| macro is the most 
-%     important. Its syntax is
-%     \begin{quote}
-%       |\docincludeaux|\marg{filename}
-%     \end{quote}
-%     where \meta{filename} is the name of a file that will be inputted. 
-%     The \texttt{fileispart} definition of this is to set |\currentfile| 
-%     to the harmless character string of \meta{filename}, produce a 
-%     |\part| heading whose text is that \meta{filename}, add the 
-%     \meta{filename} to the |\filekey| macro, set the page style to 
-%     \texttt{docpart}, clear the |\filedate|, |\fileversion|, and 
-%     |\fileinfo| macros, and write an |External|\-|XRef|\-|Wrap| 
-%     XXR-command to the \texttt{.aux} file to record the new codeline 
-%     number prefix.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{olddocinclude}{\iffalse}{
-   \@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{fileispart}{\iftrue}{
-      \let\docincludeaux=\@gobble
-      \iffalse
-   }
-} % If fileispart and not olddocinclude then
-   \def\docincludeaux#1{%
-      \MakeHarmless\currentfile{#1}%
-      \part{\texttt{\currentfile}}%
-      \pagestyle{docpart}%
-      \let\filedate\@empty
-      \let\fileversion\@empty
-      \let\fileinfo\@empty
-      \protected@xdef\filekey{%
-         \filekey, \thepart=\texttt{\currentfile}%
-      }%
-      \if@filesw
-         \immediate\write\@partaux{\@percentchar\@percentchar
-            ExternalXRefWrap {\thepart\XD@page@compositor} {}%
-         }%
-      \fi
-   }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \end{macro}
-%   
-%   \begin{macro}{\CodelineIndex}
-%     \changes{prot2.1}{2000/10/08}{Using \cs{thecodelineno}. (LH)}
-%     The \texttt{fileispart} option also adds the \texttt{codelineno} 
-%     counter to the reset list for \texttt{part} and changes the format 
-%     of codeline numbers written to the index.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \@ifclassloaded{ltxdoc}{}{\@addtoreset{codelineno}{part}}%
-   \renewcommand\CodelineIndex{%
-      \makeindex
-      \let\XD@if@index=\@firstoftwo
-      \codeline@indextrue
-      \def\TheXDIndexNumber{\thepart\XD@page@compositor\thecodelineno}%
-   }%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \end{macro}
-%   
-%   \begin{macro}{\partname}
-%   \begin{macro}{\thepart}
-%   \begin{macro}{\IndexParms}
-%     Finally there are a couple of macros which are redefined for 
-%     aesthetic rather than technical reasons. Passing the 
-%     \texttt{fileispart} option sets |\partname| to \texttt{File}, sets 
-%     |\thepart| to |\aalph{part}|, and adds a setting of pagestyle to 
-%     |\IndexParms|. (The pagestyle setting is added to 
-%     |\index@|\B|prologue| by \package{ltxdoc}, but I think 
-%     |\Index|\-|Parms| is more appropriate.)
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \def\partname{File}
-   \def\thepart{\aalph{part}}
-   \expandafter\def \expandafter\IndexParms
-      \expandafter{\IndexParms \pagestyle{docindex}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-%   
-%   In case the index formatting is handled by the \package{docindex} 
-%   package~\cite{docindex} (or its \LaTeXe\ incarnation 
-%   \package{docidx2e}), the above addition to |\Index|\-|Parms| won't 
-%   have any effect. Therefore \package{xdoc} also passes the 
-%   \texttt{use}\-\texttt{doc}\-\texttt{index}\-\texttt{ps} option on 
-%   to these packages.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \PassOptionsToPackage{usedocindexps}{docindex}
-   \PassOptionsToPackage{usedocindexps}{docidx2e}
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{option}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@docpart}
-% \begin{macro}{\setfileinfo}
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@set@file@info}
-%   The \texttt{docpart} pagestyle is for pages made from the 
-%   |\DocInclude|d files. The page footers contain the page number, the 
-%   part (file) number, and the current file name. It also contains the 
-%   file date and version if that information is available.
-%   
-%   \package{ltxdoc} uses |\GetFileInfo| to get the date and version 
-%   information, but that's a very peculiar practice. The data one wants 
-%   to present are about the file being typeset---typically the version 
-%   of the package that is documented in this file---whereas the 
-%   |\GetFileInfo| command really extracts information about 
-%   \emph{unpacked} classes, packages, and similar files---files that 
-%   contribute to the typesetting by defining commands, not by containing 
-%   text. Such information may be of interest for documents which contain 
-%   alternative code for incompatible versions of for example a package, 
-%   but it is of no use for printing version information as above since 
-%   the version of a package used for typesetting a \texttt{.dtx} file 
-%   need not be the version actually contained in that \texttt{.dtx} 
-%   file. Thus the only way to make this work is by doing as the \LaTeX\ 
-%   kernel source and include |\ProvidesFile| commands for the 
-%   \texttt{.dtx} file in each such file, which is a rather peculiar use 
-%   of the |\ProvidesFile| command.
-%   
-%   The |\setfileinfo| command provides an equivalent feature in a less 
-%   roundabout way. It has the syntax
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\setfileinfo[|\meta{date}\verb*+ +\meta{version}\verb*+ +^^A
-%       \meta{info}|]|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   and it sets |\filedate| to \meta{date}, |\fileversion| to 
-%   \meta{version}, and |\fileinfo| to \meta{info} if the optional 
-%   argument is present; if the optional argument is missing or contains 
-%   fewer than three words then the missing fields are set to |?|.
-%   
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{olddocinclude}{}{%
-   \def\ps@docpart{%
-      \def\@oddfoot{%
-         File: \texttt{\currentfile}%
-         \ifx \filedate\@empty \else \ Date: \filedate\fi
-         \ifx \fileversion\@empty \else \ Version: \fileversion\fi
-         \hfill\thepage
-      }%
-      \if@twoside
-         \def\@evenfoot{%
-            \thepage\hfill
-            File: \texttt{\currentfile}%
-            \ifx \filedate\@empty \else \ Date: \filedate\fi
-            \ifx \fileversion\@empty \else \ Version: \fileversion\fi
-         }%
-      \else \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot \fi
-   }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The corresponding definition in \package{ltxdoc} (there it appears in 
-%   |\docincludeaux|) is peculiar in that the odd page footer is set 
-%   globally but the even page footer only locally.
-%   
-%   The definition of |\setfileinfo| follows that of |\GetFileInfo| 
-%   except for the fact that the |\relax|es have been replaced by 
-%   |\@empty|s. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \newcommand\setfileinfo[1][]{%
-      \edef\@tempa{#1}%
-      \expandafter\XD@set@file@info \@tempa\@empty? ? \@empty\@empty
-   }
-   \def\XD@set@file@info#1 #2 #3\@empty#4\@empty{%
-      \def\filedate{#1}%
-      \def\fileversion{#2}%
-      \def\fileinfo{#3}%
-   }
-}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   The reason for making the argument of |\setfileinfo| optional is 
-%   that with the |\Provides|\-|File| practice one can (potentially) put 
-%   all date and version information in one place through tricks like
-%   \iffalse
-%<*example>
-% \fi
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\ProvidesPackage{foobar}
-%%    \end{macrocode}
-%% \ProvidesFile{foobar.dtx}
-%    [2000/02/02 v1.0 Silly example package]
-%%
-%\end{verbatim}\iffalse
-%</example>
-% \fi
-%   By making the argument of |\setfileinfo| optional, I make sure that 
-%   people who have used such tricks only have to replace the 
-%   |\ProvidesFile{foobar.dtx}| by |\setfileinfo|.
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\ps@docindex}
-% \begin{macro}{\filekey}
-%   The \texttt{docindex} pagestyle is for the index in 
-%   \texttt{fileispart} documents. It prints a file key, which is a 
-%   list of all the included files and their corresponding part letters, 
-%   at the bottom of every page. The file key is stored in the macro 
-%   |\filekey|, which should have been constructed file by file as they 
-%   are included. To add a file to the file key, it is recommended that 
-%   you do
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\protected@xdef\filekey{\filekey, |\meta{entry for new file}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The \texttt{fileispart} version of |\docincludeaux| already does 
-%   this. The initial value of |\filekey| is |\@gobble| so that the 
-%   comma before the first entry is removed. The |\@empty| below is 
-%   there in case no entry has been inserted.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-% \@ifpackagewith{xdoc2}{olddocinclude}{}{%
-   \def\ps@docindex{%
-      \def\@oddfoot{%
-         \parbox{\textwidth}{%
-            \strut\footnotesize\raggedright
-            \textbf{File Key:} \filekey\@empty
-         }%
-      }%
-      \let\@evenfoot\@oddfoot
-   }%
-   \let\filekey\@gobble
-% }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% It should be observed that since |\ps@docindex| only sets the page 
-% style locally, the page style will revert to its previous setting at 
-% the end of the \texttt{theindex} environment. As that previous 
-% setting is probably that of the \texttt{docpart} page style, you 
-% might have to set the page style manually.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\aalph}
-% \begin{macro}{\@aalph}
-%   |\aalph| is a variant of |\alph| which continues with the upper case 
-%   letters for 27--52. It is defined by \package{ltxdoc}, so it is 
-%   merely provided here.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*\aalph[1]{\@aalph{\csname c@#1\endcsname}}
-\providecommand*\@aalph[1]{%
-   \ifcase#1\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or
-          j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or
-          t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\or A\or B\or C\or
-          D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or
-          N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or
-          X\or Y\or Z\else\@ctrerr\fi
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   In \texttt{source2e.tex} one can see that \package{doc}'s standard 
-%   \texttt{gind.ist} index style file won't sort the 35th file (part 
-%   \texttt{I}) correctly since it causes \package{makeindex} to read an 
-%   \texttt{I} as ``upper case Roman numeral one'', but I doubt very 
-%   many people encounter that problem in their projects.
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@page@compositor}
-%   \changes{prot2.2}{2001/02/13}{Macro added, other macros changed to 
-%      use it. (LH)}
-%   The |\XD@page@compositor| macro contains the string which is put 
-%   between the parts of a composite number in the index; it 
-%   corresponds to the |page_compositor| parameter of 
-%   \package{makeindex}.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*\XD@page@compositor{-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-%
-% 
-% \section{Miscellanea}
-% 
-% \subsection{Some \LaTeXplus\ stuff}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\BooleanFalse}
-% \begin{macro}{\BooleanTrue}
-% \begin{macro}{\NoValue}
-%   These three macros are borrowed from the \package{xparse} 
-%   package~\cite{xparse}, where they work as the three values 
-%   \emph{boolean false}, \emph{boolean true}, and \emph{absence of 
-%   value} respectively. The definitions are taken from  
-%   \package{xparse} v\,0.17 (1999/09/10).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{BooleanFalse}{\def\BooleanFalse{TF}}{}
-\@ifundefined{BooleanTrue}{\def\BooleanTrue{TT}}{}
-\@ifundefined{NoValue}{\def\NoValue{-NoValue-}}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%   By using these macros (rather than some homegrown set of macros 
-%   or tokens) for denoting these values here I hopefully simplify a 
-%   transition to \LaTeXplus, but I don't want to rely on \LaTeXplus\ 
-%   since it hasn't been released yet.
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{The \cs{meta} command}
-% 
-% A reimplementation which has already (as of v\,2.0k) found its way into 
-% the \package{doc} package is the one that the |\meta| command is made 
-% robust, but since some people might still have older 
-% versions of \package{doc} and since that feature is needed for 
-% |\describe|\-|cs|\-|family|, I apply it here too. First I check 
-% whether the definition of |\meta| is the old non-robust definition, 
-% and only apply the fix if it is. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\begingroup
-\obeyspaces%
-\catcode`\^^M\active%
-\gdef\@gtempa{\begingroup\obeyspaces\catcode`\^^M\active%
-\let^^M\do@space\let \do@space%
-\def\-{\egroup\discretionary{-}{}{}\hbox\bgroup\itshape}%
-\m@ta}%
-\endgroup
-\ifx \meta\@gtempa
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\l@nohyphenation}
-%   The new implementation needs a |\language| without any hyphenation 
-%   patterns. By switching to that language, one can inhibit 
-%   hyphenation in a piece of text regardless of what line-breaking 
-%   parameter settings are in force when the paragraph is actually 
-%   broken. This new language will be called \texttt{nohyphenation} and 
-%   it is only allocated if it isn't already known (since some 
-%   \package{babel} settings files already defines this |\language|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \@ifundefined{l@nohyphenation}{\newlanguage\l@nohyphenation}{}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\meta}
-% \begin{macro}{\meta@font@select}
-%   This is the definition of |\meta| from \package{doc} v\,2.0m. For 
-%   an explanation of the implementation, se a \texttt{doc.dtx} at least 
-%   that new or entry \texttt{latex/3170} in the \LaTeX\ bugs database.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \DeclareRobustCommand\meta[1]{%
-      \ensuremath\langle
-      \ifmmode \expandafter \nfss@text \fi
-      {%
-         \meta@font@select
-         \edef\meta@hyphen@restore
-            {\hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}%
-         \hyphenchar\font\m@ne
-         \language\l@nohyphenation
-         #1\/%
-         \meta@hyphen@restore
-      }\ensuremath\rangle
-   }
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \let\meta@font@select=\itshape
-\fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\MetaNormalfont}
-%   \changes{prot2}{2000/07/24}{Removed robustness; protected it 
-%      explicitly wherever needed instead. (LH)}
-%   The |\MetaNormalfont| command redefines |\meta@font@select| to do a 
-%   |\normal|\-|font| before the |\itshape|. It is useful if |\meta| is 
-%   going to be used to make |\rmfamily| interjections in |\ttfamily| 
-%   text.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\MetaNormalfont{\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\itshape}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\XD@harmless\meta}
-%   This macro is needed for making |\meta| behave as described in the 
-%   argument of |\describe|\-|cs|\-|family|, i.e., in text which is 
-%   going to be converted into a harmless character string. 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@namedef{XD@harmless\string\meta}#1{%
-   \toks@=\expandafter{\the\toks@ \meta{#1}}%
-   \XD@harmless@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% 
-% \subsection{The checksum feature}
-% 
-% The checksum mechanism in \package{doc} is a remnant from the times 
-% when file truncation was a common problem and a mechanism for 
-% detecting this was a great help.\footnote{Even though I suspect that 
-% the recommended use of it---to put the checking \cs{Finale} at the 
-% end of the \texttt{.dtx} file---may have reduced its usefulness 
-% dramatically, as that \cs{Finale} would have been the one thing that 
-% surely disappears if the file is truncated.} Today its main usefulness 
-% seems to lie in that it distinguishes versions of a file that are 
-% ``being worked on'' (where the checksum probably doesn't match) from 
-% versions of a file that are ``polished and ready for upload'' 
-% (someone has bothered to fix the checksum), and as it exists it might 
-% as well stay. There is a problem however with files which do not 
-% contain \TeX\ code, as simply counting backslashes quite probably 
-% isn't a good (or even reasonable) way of forming a checksum for these 
-% files (if the checksum turns out to be zero, \package{doc} will 
-% complain no matter what you do).
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\check@checksum}
-%   \changes{prot2.1}{2000/10/02}{Redefinition added. (LH)}
-%   For that reason, the |\check@checksum| macro is redefined to only 
-%   write the ``no checksum'' warning to the log file if the checksum 
-%   hasn't been set.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\renewcommand\check@checksum{%
-   \relax
-   \ifnum \check@sum=\z@
-      \PackageInfo{doc}{This macro file has no checksum!\MessageBreak
-         The checksum should be \the\bslash@cnt}%
-   \else\ifnum \check@sum=\bslash@cnt
-      \typeout{*******************}%
-      \typeout{* Checksum passed *}%
-      \typeout{*******************}%
-   \else
-      \PackageError{doc}{Checksum not passed (\the\check@sum
-         <>\the\bslash@cnt)}{The file currently documented seems 
-         to be wrong.\MessageBreak Try to get a correct version.}%
-   \fi\fi
-   \global\check@sum\z@
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% 
-% \subsection{The \cs{theCodelineNo} situation}
-% \label{Ssec:CodelineNo}
-% 
-% \changes{prot2.1}{2000/10/08}{\cs{theCodelineNo} situation cleared 
-%    up. (LH)}
-% \package{doc} incorporates formatting of the value of the 
-% \texttt{CodelineNo} counter in the |\theCodelineNo| macro, which is a 
-% bit awkward since it prevents using this macro in making e.g.\ index 
-% entries. To get around this, \package{xdoc} introduces the alternative 
-% name \texttt{codelineno} for this counter so that |\thecodelineno| can 
-% produce the value representation without formatting.
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\c@codelineno}
-% \begin{macro}{\cl@codelineno}
-% \begin{macro}{\p@codelineno}
-% \begin{macro}{\thecodelineno}
-%   The control sequences connected to the \texttt{codelineno} counter 
-%   are |\let| so that they refer to the same |\count| register as the 
-%   \texttt{CodelineNo} counter. Note that \texttt{CodelineNo} isn't a 
-%   proper \LaTeX\ counter, so the macros |\cl@CodelineNo| and 
-%   |\p@CodelineNo| are undefined. |\thecodelineno| is set to the default 
-%   value for a new counter.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{c@codelineno}{}{%
-   \PackageInfo{xdoc2}{Overwriting codelineno counter}%
-}
-\let\c@codelineno=\c@CodelineNo
-\let\cl@codelineno=\@empty
-\let\p@codelineno=\@empty
-\def\thecodelineno{\@arabic\c@codelineno}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}\end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\PrintCodelineNo}
-%   The |\PrintCodelineNo| command is the new recommended command for 
-%   printing the formatted form of the codeline number counter. People 
-%   who write their own \texttt{macrocode}-like environments should use 
-%   |\PrintCodelineNo| instead of \package{doc}'s |\theCodelineNo|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\PrintCodelineNo{\reset@font\scriptsize\thecodelineno}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\theCodelineNo}
-%   Finally |\theCodelineNo| is redefined to reference 
-%   |\PrintCodelineNo|. This is done for the sake of backwards 
-%   compability; I didn't feel like redefining |\macro@code| just for 
-%   the sake of changing the |\theCodelineNo| into a |\PrintCodelineNo|).
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\theCodelineNo{\PrintCodelineNo}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% 
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</pkg>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% 
-% 
-% \section{Problems and things to do}
-% 
-% This section lists some problems that exist with the current 
-% implementations of commands in \package{xdoc}. The list is rather 
-% unstable---items are added as I realize there is a problem and removed 
-% when I find a solution---an in parts it is rather esoteric since most 
-% of the problems have only been found theoretically.
-% 
-% \medskip
-% 
-% One of the less well-known features of the |\verb| command is that 
-% it automatically inhibits the known syntactic ligatures. There is 
-% no such mechanism implemented for the harmless character strings, 
-% so some (in \TeX\ \texttt{macrocode} uncommon) character sequences 
-% (such as |!`|) may produce unwanted results. The quick hack to 
-% circumvent this is to use the |\SetHarmState| command to mark one 
-% of the characters involved as problematic, as the |\PrintChar| 
-% command is implemented so that the character it prints will not be 
-% involved in ligaturing or kerning. On the other hand, \package{doc} 
-% does nothing to suppress syntactic ligatures in macro or environment 
-% names when they are printed in the margin, so for that material the 
-% \package{xdoc} implementation might actually improve things, although 
-% it could perform worse for verbatim material in the index and list of 
-% changes.
-% 
-% \medskip
-% 
-% Things to do and\slash or think about:
-% \begin{itemize}
-%   \item
-%     Examine how complicated it would be to convert the 
-%     |\PrintChar| commands for visible characters in a harmless 
-%     character string back to explicit characters, for possible use in 
-%     sort keys. (This could be used to ensure that visible characters 
-%     are sorted in strict ASCII order.)
-%   \item
-%     Should those ``letters'' which are commonly used as word 
-%     separators---in \LaTeX\ code mainly |@|---be ignored when sort 
-%     keys are being formed (just like the backslash is)? (This would 
-%     require a change in the implementation of the \texttt{macro} 
-%     environment.)
-%     
-%     A mechanism for doing this is included as of prototype version~2.1.
-%   \item
-%     Examine how much more efficient it would be to put temporary 
-%     additions to the index exclude list in a separate list instead of 
-%     the main list. This could be advantageous for deeply nested 
-%     \texttt{macro} environments, as \TeX\ will otherwise store as many 
-%     (almost identical and often rather long) copies of the exclude list 
-%     as there are nested environments.
-%     
-%     When asked about it, Frank Mittelbach didn't think there was 
-%     any gains worth mentioning in this. On the other hand it might be 
-%     worth investigating reimplementations that avoid calling |\trivlist| 
-%     at the beginning of each \texttt{macro}-like environment when they 
-%     are nested, since |\trivlist| does quite a lot of assignments.
-%   
-%   \item
-%     In an automatically generated index one often faces the problem 
-%     that the entries at the innermost level are best formatted in one 
-%     way when there is only one, but in a completely different way when 
-%     there are several of them. To get optimal formatting in both cases, 
-%     one would like to let the |\item|, |\subitem|, |\subsubitem| or 
-%     corresponding macros detect the situation in this respect and 
-%     choose the optimal formatting at each case.
-%     
-%     A mechanism for this is implemented by the \package{docindex} 
-%     package.
-% \end{itemize}
-% 
-% 
-% \begin{thebibliography}{9}
-%   \bibitem{ltxdoc}
-%     David Carlisle: 
-%     \textit{The file \texttt{ltxdoc.dtx} for use with \LaTeXe},
-%     The \LaTeX3 Project; ^^A , 1993~ff.
-%     \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash 
-%     \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{base}\slash \texttt{ltxdoc.dtx}.
-%   \bibitem{docindex}
-%     Lars Hellstr\"om:
-%     \textit{The \package{docindex} package}, 2001,
-%     \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash 
-%     \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{exptl}\slash \texttt{xdoc}\slash
-%     \texttt{docindex.dtx}.
-%   \bibitem{fontinst}
-%     Alan Jeffrey, Sebastian Rahtz, Ulrik Vieth (and as of v\,1.9 Lars 
-%     Hellstr\"om): \textit{The \package{fontinst} utility}, v\,1.8~ff., 
-%     documented source code, 
-%     \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}^^A
-%     \texttt{fonts}\slash \texttt{utilities}\slash 
-%     \texttt{fontinst}\slash \texttt{source}/
-%   \bibitem{clsguide}
-%     The \LaTeX3 Project: 
-%     \textit{\LaTeXe~for class and package writers}, 
-%     The \LaTeX3 Project; ^^A , 1995~ff.
-%     \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash 
-%     \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{base}\slash \texttt{clsguide.tex}.
-%   \bibitem{doc}
-%     Frank Mittelbach, B.~Hamilton Kelly, Andrew Mills, Dave Love, and 
-%     Joachim \mbox{Schrod}: \textit{The \package{doc} and 
-%     \package{shortvrb} Packages}, The \LaTeX3 Project; ^^A , 1993~ff. 
-%     \textsc{ctan}:\discretionary{}{}{\thinspace}\texttt{macros}\slash 
-%     \texttt{latex}\slash \texttt{base}\slash \texttt{doc.dtx}.
-%   \bibitem{xparse}
-%     Frank Mittelbach, Chris Rowley, and David Carlisle: \textit{The 
-%     \package{xparse} package}, The \LaTeX3 Project, 1999. Currently 
-%     not available by anonymous FTP, but available by HTTP from 
-%     \texttt{www.latex-project.org} (look for ``experimental code'').
-% \end{thebibliography}
-% 
-% \Finale
-\endinput
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index ff4eb64bc5a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This file is the docstrip installation script for the xdoc2 package.
-% 
-% It may be distributed under the conditions of the LaTeX 
-% Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this license or 
-% (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this 
-% license is in
-%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-% 
-% Copyright 2000 2001 Lars Hellstr\"om
-
-\input docstrip
-
-\keepsilent
-
-\preamble
-
-This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions 
-of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this 
-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version 
-of this license is in
-   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-version 1999/12/01 or later.
-
-This file may only be distributed together with a copy of the source 
-file from which it was generated. You may distribute that source file 
-without this generated file.
-
-\endpreamble
-
-\usedir{tex/latex/misc}
-\generate{\file{xdoc2.sty}{\from{xdoc2.dtx}{pkg,xdoc2}}}
-
-\endbatchfile
-\end
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index c71ef7aac30..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdoc2.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdocdemo.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdocdemo.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index a368decfbc3..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdocdemo.pdf
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdocdemo.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdocdemo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 026afcb9fb8..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/fontinst/base/xdoc/xdocdemo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2599 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This file may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions 
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.2 of this 
-%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version 
-%% of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.2 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX 
-%% version 1999/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%% Copyright 2000 2003 Lars Hellstr\"om
-%%
-\documentclass[twoside]{ltxdoc}
-\usepackage[dolayout]{xdoc2}
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\package[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-
-% I redefine theindex environment so that I can use floats normally 
-% inside it. Inside the multicolumn environment the float mechanism 
-% performs worse. This is the non-multicol definition from doc:
-\makeatletter
-\renewenvironment{theindex}{%
-   \@restonecoltrue
-   \if@twocolumn\@restonecolfalse\fi
-   \columnseprule \z@
-   \columnsep 35\p@
-   \twocolumn[\index@prologue]%
-   \IndexParms
-   \let\item\@idxitem
-   \ignorespaces
-}{\if@restonecol\onecolumn\else\clearpage\fi}
-\makeatother
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{abstract}
-  This document contains some demonstrations of features in the 
-  \package{xdoc} package. It's not particularly organised, though.
-\end{abstract}
-
-\section{Describing control sequence families}
-
-The following piece of code is from the source for \package{fontinst}:
-\begin{verbatim}
-  The kerning information is kept in the macros 
-  \describecsfamily{l-\meta{name}}|\l-|\meta{name} and
-  \describecsfamily{r-\meta{name}}|\r-|\meta{name}, containing 
-  information about how \meta{name} kerns on the left and on the right, 
-  respectively.  The |\l-|\meta{name} macro should expand out to a 
-  series of 
-  \begin{quote}
-    \DescribeMacro{\k}|\k|\,|\r-|\meta{name}\,|\|\meta{amount}
-  \end{quote}
-  control sequences, and vice versa. Examples of  
-  \describecsfamily{\meta{amount}} |\|\meta{amount}
-  control sequences are: |\0|, |\1|, |\1000|, |\-50|, |\33|; these 
-  corresponds to the kern amounts $0$, $1$, $1000$ (which would be 
-  a very large kern), $-50$, and $33$ respectively.
-\end{verbatim}
-Now I'm going to write that it typesets as what follows below, but it 
-looks better if this paragraph is a couple of lines long, since that 
-enables one to see where the right margin actually begins. But that 
-seems to be long enough. Thus:
-It typesets as
-\begin{quote}
-  The kerning information is kept in the macros 
-  \describecsfamily{l-\meta{name}}|\l-|\meta{name} and
-  \describecsfamily{r-\meta{name}}|\r-|\meta{name}, containing 
-  information about how \meta{name} kerns on the left and on the right, 
-  respectively.  The |\l-|\meta{name} macro should expand out to a 
-  series of 
-  \begin{quote}
-    \DescribeMacro{\k}|\k|\,|\r-|\meta{name}\,|\|\meta{amount}
-  \end{quote}
-  control sequences, and vice versa. Examples of  
-  \describecsfamily{\meta{amount}} |\|\meta{amount}
-  control sequences are: |\0|, |\1|, |\1000|, |\-50|, |\33|; these 
-  corresponds to the kern amounts $0$, $1$, $1000$ (which would be 
-  a very large kern), $-50$, and $33$ respectively.
-\end{quote}
-
-
-\section{Defining new \texttt{macro}-like environments}
-
-Another example from \package{fontinst}---the \package{fisource} 
-package (v\,2.02) contains the command
-\begin{verbatim}
-\NewMacroEnvironment{fistring}{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}%
-   {\MacroFont#1 \normalfont string}%
-   {\XDMainIndex{\levelsorted{#1 I}{\texttt{#1} (string)}}%
-    \XDMainIndex{\levelsame{strings:}\levelsorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}}}%
-   {{#1}{\texttt{#1} string}}%
-   {}
-\end{verbatim}
-which defines a new \texttt{macro}-like environment called 
-\texttt{fistring} (for \package{fontinst} string variable). The fourth 
-argument above specifies how the marginal heading should be formatted, 
-the fifth argument specifies which index entries should be made on 
-account of this environment, and the sixth argument gives the list of 
-changes heading (and its sorting) that should be used inside this 
-\texttt{macro}-like environment.
-
-\makeatletter
-\NewMacroEnvironment{fistring}{\XD@grab@harmless\relax}{1}%
-   {\MacroFont#1 \normalfont string}%
-   {\XDMainIndex{\levelsorted{#1 I}{\texttt{#1} (string)}}%
-    \XDMainIndex{\levelsame{strings:}\levelsorted{#1}{\texttt{#1}}}}%
-   {{#1}{\texttt{#1} string}}%
-   {}
-\makeatother
-
-\MakePercentIgnore
-% With the command defined, the code
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%% \begin{macro}{\make_pltotf}
-%% \begin{fistring}{TFMfileprefix}
-%%   |\make_pltotf| writes a \package{PLtoTF} command for converting the 
-%%   current font's PL file to a TFM file. If set, the string 
-%%   \texttt{TFMfileprefix} will be prepended to the TFM file name---this 
-%%   could be used for putting the TFMs in some directory other than the 
-%%   current.
-%%    \begin{macrocode}
-%\def\make_pltotf{
-%   \pout_line\output_pltotf{pltotf~\TeX_font_name.pl~
-%      \ifisstr{TFMfileprefix}\then \str{TFMfileprefix}\fi
-%      \TeX_font_name.tfm
-%   }
-%}
-%%    \end{macrocode}
-%% \end{fistring}\end{macro}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% will print as 
-% 
-% \begin{macro}{\make_pltotf}
-% \begin{fistring}{TFMfileprefix}
-%   |\make_pltotf| writes a \package{PLtoTF} command for converting the 
-%   current font's PL file to a TFM file. If set, the string 
-%   \texttt{TFMfileprefix} will be prepended to the TFM file name---this 
-%   could be used for putting the TFMs in some directory other than the 
-%   current.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\make_pltotf{
-   \pout_line\output_pltotf{pltotf~\TeX_font_name.pl~
-      \ifisstr{TFMfileprefix}\then \str{TFMfileprefix}\fi
-      \TeX_font_name.tfm
-   }
-}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{fistring}\end{macro}
-% 
-\MakePercentComment
-
-\clearpage
-
-\section{Two-sided printing}
-
-As you may have noticed, marginal material has so far consistently 
-been put in the \emph{outer} margin, but the examples so far given of 
-such material that appears in the right margin have been restricted 
-to marginal material made via the |\marginpar| command (in various 
-disguises), and that isn't so hard to achieve. It's much harder to 
-achieve it for marginal material produced as list item labels, so here 
-are a few examples to illustrate that it works for these as well. (The 
-filling up text is taken from the \package{fontsmpl} package in the 
-Tools bundle.)
-
-\vspace*{0.5\textheight}
-
-(A bit of space to put the text near the page break.)
-
-% Hacks to ensure that some marginal text is positioned before the 
-% previous page is output.
-\begingroup
-\interlinepenalty=500
-\setlength\MacroTopsep{1\MacroTopsep plus 3\MacroTopsep}
-
-\begin{environment}{Stanford}
-  On November 14, 1885, Senator \& Mrs.~Leland Stanford called
-  together at their San Francisco mansion the 24~prominent men who
-  had been chosen as the first trustees of The Leland Stanford
-  Junior University. 
-\end{environment}
-
-\begin{environment}{charter}      
-  They handed to the board the Founding Grant
-  of the University, which they had executed three days before.
-  This document---with various amendments, legislative acts, and
-  court decrees---remains as the University's charter.  
-\end{environment}
-
-\begin{environment}{objectives}
-  In bold, sweeping language it stipulates that the objectives of the
-  University are ``to qualify students for personal success and
-  direct usefulness in life; 
-\end{environment}
-
-\begin{environment}{continuation}
-  and to promote the publick welfare by
-  exercising an influence in behalf of humanity and civilization,
-  teaching the blessings of liberty regulated by law, and
-  inculcating love and reverence for the great principles of
-  government as derived from the inalienable rights of man to life,
-  liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.''
-\end{environment}
-
-\begin{environment}{CAPITALS}
-  (!`THE DAZED BROWN FOX QUICKLY GAVE 12345--67890 JUMPS!)'
-\end{environment}
-
-\begin{environment}{accents-and-such}
-  ?`But aren't Kafka's Schlo\ss\
-  and \AE sop's \OE uvres often na\"\i ve vis-\`a-vis the
-  d\ae monic ph\oe nix's official r\^ole in fluffy s\t ouffl\'es?
-\end{environment}
-
-\endgroup
-
-As you might have noticed, the first marginal heading on this page was 
-put on the wrong side the first time the document was typeset. This is 
-however corrected the next time the document is typeset, and the 
-\package{xdoc} package gave a warning about it at the end of the run.
-
-
-\section{An enriched index}
-
-The following index was automatically generated for copies of the 
-files \texttt{ltoutenc.dtx} and \texttt{cyoutenc.dtx} to which had 
-been added some extra markup. Most of that extra markup consisted of 
-\texttt{enccommand} and \texttt{enccomposite} environments (the 
-definitions of which can be found in Subsection~8.4 of 
-\texttt{xdoc2.dtx}), but I also added a couple of |\Describe|\-|Macro| 
-and |\describe|\-|cs|\-|family| commands where it seemed suitable.
-
-
-\let\listenvironmentitem=\item
-
-
- \begin{theindex} 
- \makeatletter\scan@allowedfalse
-{\bfseries\hfil Symbols\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}"}\pfill a-371, a-475, a-666
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-176}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-335}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-623}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-407}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-541}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-567}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-547}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-573}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {I} composite\pfill \main{a-551}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{a-580}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i} composite\pfill 
-                \main{a-581}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-557}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-587}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-561}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-591}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Y} composite\pfill \main{a-506}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {y} composite\pfill \main{a-533}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-17}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRE} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-441}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyre} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-442}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRII} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-445}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrii} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-447}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-17}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRE} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-441}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyre} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-442}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-17}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRE} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-441}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyre} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-442}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-17}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRE} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-441}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyre} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-442}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRII} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-445}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrii} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-447}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}'}\pfill a-373, a-477, a-668
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-177}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-336}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-624}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {C} composite\pfill \main{a-687}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {c} composite\pfill \main{a-694}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {N} composite\pfill \main{a-689}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {n} composite\pfill \main{a-696}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-700}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-701}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {S} composite\pfill \main{a-690}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {s} composite\pfill \main{a-697}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Z} composite\pfill \main{a-691}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {z} composite\pfill \main{a-698}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-404}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-538}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-564}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {C} composite\pfill \main{a-486}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {c} composite\pfill \main{a-513}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-545}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-571}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {I} composite\pfill \main{a-549}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{a-576}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i} composite\pfill 
-                \main{a-577}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {L} composite\pfill \main{a-492}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {l} composite\pfill \main{a-519}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {N} composite\pfill \main{a-494}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {n} composite\pfill \main{a-521}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-554}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-584}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {R} composite\pfill \main{a-497}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {r} composite\pfill \main{a-524}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {S} composite\pfill \main{a-499}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {s} composite\pfill \main{a-526}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-559}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-589}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Y} composite\pfill \main{a-562}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {y} composite\pfill \main{a-592}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Z} composite\pfill \main{a-507}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {z} composite\pfill \main{a-534}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-14}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-14}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-14}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-14}
-  \item \texttt  {\MetaNormalfont \PrintChar{092}\meta  {encoding}-cmd}\pfill 
-                \usage{6}
-  \item \texttt  {\MetaNormalfont \PrintChar{092}\meta  {encoding}\PrintChar{092}\meta  {command}}\pfill 
-                \usage{6}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}-}\pfill a-367, a-368, a-470, 
-                a-662, a-663
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}.}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-178}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-337}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-625}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Z} composite\pfill \main{a-692}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {z} composite\pfill \main{a-699}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-413}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {I} composite\pfill \main{a-510}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{a-483}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Z} composite\pfill \main{a-509}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {z} composite\pfill \main{a-536}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-23}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{b-75}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-23}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{b-75}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-23}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{b-75}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-23}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{b-75}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}<}\pfill a-471, a-616
-  \item \texttt  {\MetaNormalfont \PrintChar{092}?\PrintChar{092}\meta  {command}}\pfill 
-                \usage{6}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{036}}\pfill a-251, a-392, 
-                a-399, a-464, a-678, a-685
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{037}}\pfill a-427, a-429, 
-                b-39, b-41
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{061}}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-179}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-338}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-626}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-412}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{062}}\pfill a-468, a-617
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{092}}\pfill a-459
-  \item \texttt  {\MetaNormalfont \PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{092}\meta  {enc}\PrintChar{092}\meta  {cmd}-\meta  {arg}}\pfill 
-                \usage{8}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{094}}\pfill a-233, a-457
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-181}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-339}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-627}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-405}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-539}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-565}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-546}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-572}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {I} composite\pfill \main{a-550}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{a-578}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i} composite\pfill 
-                \main{a-579}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-555}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-585}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-560}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-590}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-  \begin{figure*}
-    A verbatim extract from the index (without \textsf{docidx2e}):
-    
-    \let\item=\listenvironmentitem
-    \expandafter\def \expandafter\MacroFont \expandafter{%
-       \MacroFont\footnotesize}
-    \begin{list}{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\marginparwidth}}
-    \item[]
-\begin{verbatim}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{061}}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-179}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-338}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-626}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-412}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-22}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{062}}\pfill a-468, a-617
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{092}}\pfill a-459
-  \item \texttt  {\MetaNormalfont \PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{092}\meta  {enc}\PrintChar{092}\meta  {cmd}-\meta  {arg}}\pfill 
-                \usage{8}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{094}}\pfill a-233, a-457
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-181}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-339}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-627}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-405}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-539}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-565}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-546}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-572}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {I} composite\pfill \main{a-550}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{a-578}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i} composite\pfill 
-                \main{a-579}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-555}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-585}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-560}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-590}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-15}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{095}}\pfill a-258
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{123}}\pfill a-252, a-461
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{124}}\pfill a-460
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{125}}\pfill a-253, a-462
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{126}}\pfill a-234, a-458
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-189}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-341}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-629}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-406}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-540}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-566}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {N} composite\pfill \main{a-552}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {n} composite\pfill \main{a-582}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-556}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-586}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-\end{verbatim}
-    \end{list}
-  \end{figure*}
-  \begin{figure*}
-    A verbatim extract from the index (with \textsf{docidx2e}):
-    
-    \let\item=\listenvironmentitem
-    \expandafter\def \csname macro@font\expandafter\endcsname
-       \expandafter{\MacroFont\footnotesize}
-    \csname codeline@indexfalse\endcsname
-    \begin{list}{}{%
-       \setlength{\leftmargin}{-0.5\marginparwidth}%
-       \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}%
-    }
-    \item[]
-\begin{macrocode}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{095}}}{9}{a\+258}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{123}}}{9}{a\+252, 
-                a\+461}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{124}}}{9}{a\+460}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{125}}}{9}{a\+253, 
-                a\+462}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{126}}}{9}{a\+234, 
-                a\+458}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{default}{9}{\main{a\+189}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {OT1} encoding}{9}{\main{a\+341}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {OT4} encoding}{9}{\main{a\+629}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T1} encoding}{9}{\main{a\+406}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {A} composite}{9}{\main{a\+540}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {a} composite}{9}{\main{a\+566}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {N} composite}{9}{\main{a\+552}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {n} composite}{9}{\main{a\+582}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {O} composite}{9}{\main{a\+556}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {o} composite}{9}{\main{a\+586}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T2A} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+16}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T2B} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+16}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T2C} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+16}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {X2} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+16}}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}`}}{9}{a\+372, a\+476, 
-                a\+667}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{default}{9}{\main{a\+182}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {OT1} encoding}{9}{\main{a\+340}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {OT4} encoding}{9}{\main{a\+628}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T1} encoding}{9}{\main{a\+403}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {A} composite}{9}{\main{a\+537}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {a} composite}{9}{\main{a\+563}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {E} composite}{9}{\main{a\+544}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {e} composite}{9}{\main{a\+570}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {I} composite}{9}{\main{a\+548}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {i} composite}{9}{\main{a\+574}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i} composite}{9}{
-                \main{a\+575}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {O} composite}{9}{\main{a\+553}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {o} composite}{9}{\main{a\+583}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {U} composite}{9}{\main{a\+558}}{3}
-    \indexitem{3}{\texttt  {u} composite}{9}{\main{a\+588}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T2A} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+13}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T2B} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+13}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {T2C} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+13}}{2}
-  \indexitem{2}{\texttt  {X2} encoding}{9}{\main{b\+13}}{0}
-%^^A
-\indexnewletter{0}{A}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}a}}{9}{\main{a\+173}}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}AA}}{9}{a\+190, a\+380, 
-                a\+430}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}aa}}{9}{a\+195, a\+374, 
-                a\+440}{1}
-\indexitem{1}{\texttt  {\PrintChar{092}accent}}{9}{a\+71, a\+350, 
-                a\+375, a\+418, a\+640, b\+31}{1}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-    \end{list}
-  \end{figure*}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{095}}\pfill a-258
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{123}}\pfill a-252, a-461
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{124}}\pfill a-460
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{125}}\pfill a-253, a-462
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}\PrintChar{126}}\pfill a-234, a-458
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-189}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-341}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-629}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-406}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-540}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-566}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {N} composite\pfill \main{a-552}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {n} composite\pfill \main{a-582}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-556}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-586}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-16}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}`}\pfill a-372, a-476, a-667
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-182}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-340}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-628}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-403}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-537}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-563}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-544}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-570}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {I} composite\pfill \main{a-548}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {i} composite\pfill \main{a-574}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i} composite\pfill 
-                \main{a-575}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-553}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-583}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-558}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-588}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-13}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-13}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-13}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-13}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil A\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}a}\pfill \main{a-173}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}AA}\pfill a-190, a-380, a-430
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}aa}\pfill a-195, a-374, a-440
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}accent}\pfill a-71, a-350, a-375, 
-                a-418, a-640, b-31
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}accent@spacefactor}\pfill a-70--a-72
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}add@accent}\pfill a-65, \main{a-67}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}AE}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-191}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-355}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-645}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-431}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ae}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-196}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-358}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-649}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-441}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}afterassignment}\pfill a-162, a-170
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@autoerr}\pfill a-51
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil B\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}b}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-183}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-346}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-636}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-414}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-27}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-27}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-27}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-27}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil C\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}C}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-25}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-25}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-25}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-25}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}c}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-184}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-349}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-639}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-417}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {C} composite\pfill \main{a-543}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {c} composite\pfill \main{a-569}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {S} composite\pfill \main{a-501}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {s} composite\pfill \main{a-528}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {T} composite\pfill \main{a-503}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {t} composite\pfill \main{a-530}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-30}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRZ} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-448}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrz} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-449}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-30}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-30}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-30}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRZ} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-448}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrz} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-449}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalacute}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-848}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-713}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalbreve}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-855}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-720}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalcaron}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-854}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-719}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalcedilla}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-845}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-706}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalcircumflex}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-849}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-714}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitaldieresis}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-851}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-716}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitaldotaccent}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-857}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-722}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalgrave}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-847}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-712}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalhungarumlaut}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-852}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-717}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalmacron}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-856}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-721}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalnewtie}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-861}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-726}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalogonek}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-846}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-709}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitalring}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-853}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-718}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitaltie}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-859}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-724}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}capitaltilde}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-850}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-715}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@car}\pfill a-77
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cf@encoding}\pfill a-29, a-36, a-39, 
-                a-48, a-114
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@changed@cmd}\pfill \main{a-3}, a-63, 
-                a-173
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@changed@x}\pfill \main{a-3}, a-161, 
-                a-169
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@changed@x@mouth}\pfill a-161, a-169
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}char}\pfill a-348, a-351, a-382, a-385, 
-                a-392, a-399, a-416, a-419, a-425, a-427, a-429, a-610, 
-                a-638, a-641, a-671, a-678, a-685, a-708, a-711, a-759, 
-                b-29, b-32, b-37, b-39, b-41
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}chardef}\pfill a-8
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}copyright}\pfill a-232, a-260
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}crcr}\pfill a-347, a-351, a-354, a-415, 
-                a-420, a-423, a-425, a-609, a-637, a-641, a-644, a-708, 
-                a-711, a-758, b-28, b-33, b-35, b-37
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@curr@enc}\pfill a-114, a-116
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}curr@fontshape}\pfill a-130
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@current@cmd}\pfill a-20
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CurrentOption}\pfill a-300, a-302, 
-                a-314
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRA}\pfill a-272
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-76}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-76}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-76}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-76}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyra}\pfill a-272, a-317
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-77}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-77}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-77}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-77}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRABHCH}\pfill a-272, b-458, b-462
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-349}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-381}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrabhch}\pfill a-272, b-459, b-463
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-350}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-382}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRABHCHDSC}\pfill a-272
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-351}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-383}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrabhchdsc}\pfill a-272
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-352}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-384}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRABHDZE}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-271}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-329}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-155}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrabhdze}\pfill a-272
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-272}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-330}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-156}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRABHHA}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-361}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-403}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrabhha}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-362}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-404}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRAE}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-223}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-374}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrae}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-224}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-376}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRB}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-78}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-78}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-78}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-78}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrb}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-79}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-79}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-79}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-79}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRBYUS}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-431}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrbyus}\pfill a-273
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-432}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRC}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-120}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-120}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-120}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-120}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrc}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-121}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-121}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-121}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-121}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRCH}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-122}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-122}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-122}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-122}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrch}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-123}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-123}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-123}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-123}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRCHLDSC}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-303}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-187}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrchldsc}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-304}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-188}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRCHRDSC}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-247}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-305}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-363}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-189}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrchrdsc}\pfill a-274
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-248}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-306}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-364}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-190}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRCHVCRS}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-245}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-423}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrchvcrs}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-246}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-424}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRD}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-84}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-84}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-84}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-84}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrd}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-85}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-85}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-85}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-85}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrdash}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-43}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-43}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-43}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-43}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRDELTA}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-269}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-435}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrdelta}\pfill a-275
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-270}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-436}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRDJE}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-203}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-377}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrdje}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-204}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-378}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRDZE}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-229}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-416}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-416}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-416}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrdze}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-230}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-417}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-417}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-417}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRDZHE}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-243}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-359}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-421}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrdzhe}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-244}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-360}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-422}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRE}\pfill a-276, b-441
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-86}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-86}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-86}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-86}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyre}\pfill a-276, b-442
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-87}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-87}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-87}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-87}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYREPS}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-311}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-195}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyreps}\pfill a-276
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-312}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-196}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYREREV}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-134}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-134}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-134}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-134}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrerev}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-135}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-135}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-135}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-135}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRERY}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-130}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-130}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-130}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-130}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrery}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-131}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-131}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-131}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-131}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRF}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-116}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-116}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-116}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-116}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrf}\pfill a-277
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-117}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-117}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-117}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-117}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRFITA}\pfill a-278
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrfita}\pfill a-277
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRG}\pfill a-278
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-82}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-82}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-82}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-82}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrg}\pfill a-278
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-83}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-83}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-83}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-83}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRGDSC}\pfill a-278
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-261}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-145}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrgdsc}\pfill a-278
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-262}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-146}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRGDSCHCRS}\pfill a-278
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-256}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrgdschcrs}\pfill a-278
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-258}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRGHCRS}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-201}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-259}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-143}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrghcrs}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-202}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-260}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-144}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRGHK}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-263}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-321}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-147}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrghk}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-264}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-322}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-148}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRGUP}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-198}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-140}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrgup}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-200}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-142}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRH}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-118}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-118}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-118}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-118}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrh}\pfill a-279
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-119}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-119}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-119}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-119}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRHDSC}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-241}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-299}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-357}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-183}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrhdsc}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-242}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-300}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-358}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-184}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRHHCRS}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-297}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrhhcrs}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-298}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRHHK}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-301}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-185}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrhhk}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-302}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-186}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRHRDSN}\pfill a-281
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-128}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-128}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-128}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-128}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrhrdsn}\pfill a-280
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-129}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-129}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-129}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-129}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI}\pfill a-281, b-443
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-92}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-92}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-92}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-92}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri}\pfill a-281, b-444
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-93}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-93}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-93}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-93}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRIE}\pfill a-281
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-249}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-191}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrie}\pfill a-281
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-250}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-192}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRII}\pfill a-281, b-446
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-392}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-392}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-392}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-392}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrii}\pfill a-281, b-447
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-393}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-393}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-393}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-393}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRISHRT}\pfill a-281
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-94}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-94}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-94}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-94}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrishrt}\pfill a-281
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-95}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-95}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-95}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-95}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRISHRTDSC}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-355}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrishrtdsc}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-356}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRIZH}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-433}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrizh}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-434}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRJE}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-394}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-394}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-394}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-394}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrje}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-395}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-395}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-395}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-395}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRK}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-96}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-96}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-96}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-96}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrk}\pfill a-282
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-97}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-97}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-97}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-97}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRKBEAK}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-219}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-161}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrkbeak}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-220}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-162}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRKDSC}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-217}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-275}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-333}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-159}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrkdsc}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-218}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-276}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-334}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-160}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRKHCRS}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-337}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-387}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrkhcrs}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-338}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-388}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRKHK}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-279}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-163}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrkhk}\pfill a-283
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-280}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-164}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRKVCRS}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-221}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-385}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrkvcrs}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-222}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-386}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRL}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-98}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-98}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-98}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-98}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrl}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-99}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-99}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-99}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-99}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrlangle}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-69}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-69}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-69}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-69}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRLDSC}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-277}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-335}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-389}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrldsc}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-278}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-336}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-390}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRLHK}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-281}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-339}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-165}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrlhk}\pfill a-284
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-282}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-340}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-166}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRLJE}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-213}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-273}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-396}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrlje}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-214}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-274}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-398}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRM}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-100}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-100}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-100}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-100}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrm}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-101}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-101}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-101}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-101}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRMDSC}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-331}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-399}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrmdsc}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-332}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-400}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRMHK}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-343}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrmhk}\pfill a-285
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-344}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRN}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-102}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-102}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-102}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-102}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrn}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-103}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-103}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-103}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-103}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRNDSC}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-225}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-283}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-341}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-167}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrndsc}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-226}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-284}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-342}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-168}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRNG}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-227}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-285}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-169}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrng}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-228}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-286}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-170}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRNHK}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-287}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-345}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-171}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrnhk}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-288}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-346}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-172}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRNJE}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-253}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-307}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-401}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrnje}\pfill a-286
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-254}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-308}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-402}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRNLHK}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-365}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-437}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrnlhk}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-366}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-438}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRO}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-104}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-104}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-104}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-104}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyro}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-105}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-105}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-105}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-105}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYROTLD}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-231}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-289}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-347}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-173}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrotld}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-232}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-290}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-348}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-174}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRP}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-106}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-106}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-106}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-106}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrp}\pfill a-287
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-107}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-107}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-107}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-107}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRpalochka}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-68}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-68}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-68}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-68}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRPHK}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-314}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-405}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrphk}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-316}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-406}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRQ}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-410}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-410}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-410}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-410}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrq}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-411}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-411}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-411}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-411}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRR}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-108}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-108}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-108}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-108}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrr}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-109}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-109}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-109}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-109}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrrangle}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-70}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-70}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-70}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-70}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRRDSC}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-325}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-407}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrrdsc}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-326}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-408}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRRHK}\pfill a-289
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-369}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrrhk}\pfill a-288
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-370}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRRTICK}\pfill a-289
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-327}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrrtick}\pfill a-289
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-328}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRS}\pfill a-289, b-450
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-110}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-110}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-110}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-110}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrs}\pfill a-289, b-451
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-111}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-111}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-111}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-111}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSACRS}\pfill a-289
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-291}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrsacrs}\pfill a-289
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-292}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSCHWA}\pfill a-290
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-251}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-309}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-367}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-193}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrschwa}\pfill a-290
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-252}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-310}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-368}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-194}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSDSC}\pfill a-290
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-233}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-175}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrsdsc}\pfill a-290
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-234}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-176}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSEMISFTSN}\pfill a-290
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-353}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrsemisftsn}\pfill a-290
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-354}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSFTSN}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-132}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-132}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-132}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-132}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrsftsn}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-133}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-133}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-133}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-133}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSH}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-124}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-124}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-124}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-124}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrsh}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-125}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-125}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-125}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-125}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSHCH}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-126}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-126}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-126}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-126}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrshch}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-127}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-127}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-127}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-127}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRSHHA}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-207}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-265}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-323}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-149}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrshha}\pfill a-291
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-208}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-266}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-324}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-150}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRT}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-112}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-112}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-112}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-112}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrt}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-113}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-113}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-113}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-113}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRTDSC}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-319}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-412}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrtdsc}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-320}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-414}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRTETSE}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-317}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-418}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrtetse}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-318}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-420}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRTSHE}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-205}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-379}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrtshe}\pfill a-292
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-206}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-380}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU}\pfill a-293, b-454
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-114}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-114}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-114}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-114}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru}\pfill a-293, b-455
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-115}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-115}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-115}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-115}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRUSHRT}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-235}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-293}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-177}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrushrt}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-236}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-294}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-178}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRV}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-80}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-80}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-80}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-80}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrv}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-81}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-81}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-81}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-81}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRW}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-426}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-426}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-426}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-426}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrw}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-427}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-427}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-427}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-427}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRY}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-237}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-295}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-179}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyry}\pfill a-293
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-238}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-296}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-180}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRYA}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-138}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-138}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-138}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-138}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrya}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-139}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-139}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-139}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-139}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRYAT}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-428}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyryat}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-430}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRYHCRS}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-239}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-181}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyryhcrs}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-240}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-182}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRYI}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-215}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-157}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyryi}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-216}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-158}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRYO}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-372}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-372}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-372}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-372}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyryo}\pfill a-294
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-373}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-373}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-373}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-373}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRYU}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-136}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-136}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-136}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-136}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyryu}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-137}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-137}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-137}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-137}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRZ}\pfill a-295, b-448
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-90}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-90}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-90}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-90}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrz}\pfill a-295, b-449
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-91}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-91}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-91}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-91}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRZDSC}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-211}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-153}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrzdsc}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-212}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-154}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRZH}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-88}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-88}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-88}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-88}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrzh}\pfill a-295
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-89}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-89}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-89}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-89}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRZHDSC}\pfill a-296
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-209}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-267}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-151}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrzhdsc}\pfill a-296
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-210}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-268}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-152}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil D\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}d}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-185}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-352}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-642}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-421}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-34}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-34}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-34}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-34}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}dag}\pfill a-256
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}dagger}\pfill a-256
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ddag}\pfill a-257
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ddagger}\pfill a-257
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@dec@text@cmd}\pfill \main{a-3}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareFontEncoding}\pfill a-334, 
-                a-402, a-595, a-615, a-621, a-704, b-8--b-11
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareFontSubstitution}\pfill a-622, 
-                a-705, b-12
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareOption}\pfill a-299
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareRobustCommand}\pfill 
-                a-251--a-258, a-260, a-262, a-264
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextAccent}\pfill \usage{2}, 
-                \main{a-64}, a-335--a-345, a-403--a-413, a-618, 
-                a-623--a-633, a-712--a-726, b-13--b-26
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextAccentDefault}\pfill 
-                \usage{3}, \main{a-135}, a-176--a-189, a-226, a-229, 
-                a-844--a-861
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextCommand}\pfill \usage{1}, 
-                \main{a-3}, a-58, a-65, a-346, a-349, a-352, a-374, 
-                a-376, a-378, a-380, a-386, a-393, a-414, a-417, a-421, 
-                a-424, a-426, a-428, a-607, a-634, a-636, a-639, a-642, 
-                a-672, a-679, a-706, a-709, a-756, b-27, b-30, b-34, 
-                b-36, b-38, b-40
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextCommandDefault}\pfill 
-                \usage{3}, \main{a-57}, a-136, a-138, a-230, 
-                a-233--a-236, a-238, a-242, a-246--a-250
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextComposite}\pfill \usage{2}, 
-                \main{a-74}, a-483--a-592, a-686--a-701, b-75, 
-                b-441--b-444, b-446--b-451, b-454, b-455, b-458, b-459, 
-                b-462, b-463
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextCompositeCommand}\pfill 
-                \usage{2}, \main{a-74}, a-383, a-669
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextSymbol}\pfill \usage{1}, 
-                \main{a-3}, a-355--a-373, a-430--a-482, a-596--a-606, 
-                a-616, a-617, a-645--a-668, a-727--a-755, a-762--a-841, 
-                b-42--b-74, b-76--b-139, b-141--b-196, b-199--b-254, 
-                b-257--b-312, b-315--b-370, b-372, b-373, b-375--b-390, 
-                b-392--b-395, b-397--b-408, b-410, b-411, b-413, b-414, 
-                b-416, b-417, b-419--b-424, b-426, b-427, b-429--b-438
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DeclareTextSymbolDefault}\pfill 
-                \usage{3}, \main{a-135}, a-190--a-225, a-227, a-228, 
-                a-862--a-970
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DH}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-432}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}dh}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-442}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}dimen@}\pfill a-381, a-382, 
-                a-384, a-385, a-670, a-671
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}DJ}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-433}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}dj}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-443}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}dots}\pfill a-264, a-266
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil E\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@eha}\pfill a-49
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@@enc@update}\pfill a-133
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}encodingdefault}\pfill a-300, a-326
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil F\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}f}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-24}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-24}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-24}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-24}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}f@encoding}\pfill a-128
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}f@size}\pfill a-130
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@firstofone}\pfill a-68, a-113
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@firstoftwo}\pfill a-97
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}font}\pfill a-243--a-245, a-387, a-394, 
-                a-673, a-680
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}font@name}\pfill a-129, a-132
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}fontdimen}\pfill a-243--a-245, a-387, 
-                a-394, a-673, a-680
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}fontencoding}\pfill a-326
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}fontshape}\pfill a-397, a-683
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil G\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@gobble}\pfill a-24
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}guillemotleft}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-650}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-444}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-71}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-71}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-71}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-71}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}guillemotright}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-651}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-445}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-72}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-72}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-72}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-72}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}guilsinglleft}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-446}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}guilsinglright}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-447}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil H\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}H}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-180}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-342}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-630}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-408}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {O} composite\pfill \main{a-496}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {o} composite\pfill \main{a-523}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-504}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-531}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-18}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-18}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-18}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-18}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}hb@xt@}\pfill a-377
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@height}\pfill a-239, a-241
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}hidewidth}\pfill a-347, a-348, a-351, 
-                a-354, a-415, a-416, a-419, a-423, a-425, a-637, a-638, 
-                a-641, a-644, a-708, a-711, b-28, b-29, b-32, b-35, 
-                b-37
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}hmode@bgroup}\pfill a-67, \main{a-73}, 
-                a-347, a-353, a-379, a-386, a-393, a-415, a-422, a-607, 
-                a-637, a-643, a-672, a-679, a-707, a-710, a-756
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}hmode@start@before@group}\pfill a-68, 
-                a-111, a-113, a-119, \main{a-134}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}hrule}\pfill a-237, a-240
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}hyphenation}\pfill \main{a-155}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@@hyphenation}\pfill \main{a-155}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil I\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}i}\pfill a-483, a-575, a-577, a-579, 
-                a-581, b-75
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-197}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-359}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-652}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-448}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-73}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-73}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-73}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@ifdefinable}\pfill a-16
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ifin@}\pfill a-316, a-319
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@ifl@ter}\pfill a-330, a-331
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@ifl@ter@@}\pfill a-330, a-331
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}in@}\pfill a-314, a-317
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@inmathwarn}\pfill \main{a-3}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}input}\pfill a-971
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}InputIfFileExists}\pfill a-304
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}itshape}\pfill a-395, a-681
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil J\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}j}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-198}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-360}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-653}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-449}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-74}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-74}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-74}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil K\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}k}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-634}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-686}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-693}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-688}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-695}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-424}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-485}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-512}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-490}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-517}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-36}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRS} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-450}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrs} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-451}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-36}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-36}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRABHCH} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-461}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrabhch} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-463}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-36}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRABHCH} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-457}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrabhch} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-459}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRS} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-450}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyrs} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-451}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil L\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}L}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-192}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-376}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-648}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-434}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}l}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-199}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-378}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-654}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-450}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}LastDeclaredEncoding}\pfill b-12--b-27, 
-                b-30, b-34, b-36, b-38, b-40, b-42--b-139, 
-                b-372, b-373, b-392--b-395, b-410, b-411, b-416, b-417, 
-                b-426, b-427, b-441--b-444, b-446--b-451, b-454, b-455
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@latex@error}\pfill a-47
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@latex@warning}\pfill a-55
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}lbrace}\pfill a-252
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}lccode}\pfill a-104
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ldots}\pfill a-266
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}leavevmode}\pfill a-73, a-134, a-235, 
-                a-237, a-350, a-377, a-381, a-384, a-418, a-640, a-670, 
-                b-31
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}lowercase}\pfill a-105, a-302
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil M\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mathchardef}\pfill a-70
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mathdollar}\pfill a-251
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mathellipsis}\pfill a-265
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mathparagraph}\pfill a-254
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mathsection}\pfill a-255
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mathsterling}\pfill a-263
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}mbox}\pfill a-239
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}MessageBreak}\pfill a-121, a-307, 
-                a-310
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil N\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}NeedsTeXFormat}\pfill b-2
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}newcommand}\pfill a-4
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}newtie}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-860}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-725}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}nfss@text}\pfill a-259, a-261
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}NG}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-435}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ng}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-451}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@nil}\pfill a-77
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}null}\pfill a-425, a-708, a-711, b-37
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil O\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}O}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-194}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-357}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-647}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-437}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}o}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-201}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-362}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-655}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-453}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}o@lign}\pfill a-347, a-354, a-415, 
-                a-423, a-637, a-644, b-28, b-35
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}oalign}\pfill a-425, b-37
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}OE}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-193}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-356}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-646}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-436}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}oe}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-200}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-361}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-656}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-452}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@onlypreamble}\pfill a-18, a-19, 
-                a-61, a-62, a-66, a-89, a-109, a-139, a-140, a-154
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ooalign}\pfill a-351, a-419, a-608, 
-                a-641, a-708, a-711, a-757, b-32
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil P\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}P}\pfill a-254
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}PackageError}\pfill a-305
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}patterns}\pfill \main{a-155}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@@patterns}\pfill \main{a-155}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}pickup@font}\pfill a-131
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}pounds}\pfill a-262
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ProcessOptions}\pfill a-325
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}protect}\pfill a-21, a-27, a-48, a-55, 
-                a-159, a-167
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}providecommand}\pfill a-6
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ProvidesFile}\pfill b-3--b-6
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ProvideTextCommand}\pfill \usage{1}, 
-                \main{a-3}, a-60
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ProvideTextCommandDefault}\pfill 
-                \usage{3}, \main{a-57}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil Q\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}quotedblbase}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-657}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-454}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-67}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-67}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-67}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-67}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}quotesinglbase}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-455}
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil R\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}r}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-186}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-345}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-383}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-633}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-669}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-409}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-542}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-568}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {U} composite\pfill \main{a-505}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {u} composite\pfill \main{a-532}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-19}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-19}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-19}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-19}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}raise}\pfill a-382, a-385, a-609, 
-                a-671, a-758
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}rbrace}\pfill a-253
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@rc@ifdefinable}\pfill a-16
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}reserved@a}\pfill a-75, a-77, a-85, 
-                a-102, a-107
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}reserved@b}\pfill a-78, a-85
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}reserved@f}\pfill a-301--a-304, a-306, 
-                a-313
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}rlap}\pfill a-382, a-385, a-671
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil S\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}S}\pfill a-255
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}scshape}\pfill a-246
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@secondoftwo}\pfill a-95
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}selectfont}\pfill a-326, a-397, a-683
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}sh@ft}\pfill a-347, a-354, a-415, 
-                a-423, a-637, a-644, b-28, b-35
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}slshape}\pfill a-388, a-674
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}spacefactor}\pfill a-70, a-71
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}SS}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-248}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-438}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}ss}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-202}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-363}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-658}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-456}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@strip@args}\pfill \main{a-74}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}symbol}\pfill a-122
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil T\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}t}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-229}, \main{a-858}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OML} encoding\pfill \main{a-618}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-723}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@tabacckludge}\pfill a-173, a-175
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@tempboxa}\pfill a-69
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@text@composite}\pfill \main{a-74}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@text@composite@x}\pfill \main{a-74}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textacutedbl}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-908}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-778}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textascendercompwordmark}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-863}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-728}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciiacute}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-957}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-828}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciibreve}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-905}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-776}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciicaron}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-906}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-777}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciicircum}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-233}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-457}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-53}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-53}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-53}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-53}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciidieresis}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-945}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-816}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciigrave}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-896}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-767}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciimacron}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-952}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-823}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasciitilde}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-234}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-458}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-58}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-58}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-58}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-58}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textasteriskcentered}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-215}, \main{a-873}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-596}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-738}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbackslash}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-216}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-597}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-459}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-52}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-52}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-52}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-52}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbaht}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-931}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-802}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbar}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-217}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-598}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-460}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-56}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-56}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-56}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-56}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbardbl}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-911}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-782}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbigcircle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-890}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-755}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textblank}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-870}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-735}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textborn}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-897}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-768}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbraceleft}\pfill a-252
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-218}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-599}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-461}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-55}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-55}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-55}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-55}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbraceright}\pfill a-253
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-219}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-600}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-462}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-57}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-57}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-57}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-57}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbrokenbar}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-943}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-814}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textbullet}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-220}, \main{a-913}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-601}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-784}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcapitalcompwordmark}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-862}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-727}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcelsius}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-914}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-785}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcent}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-939}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-810}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcentoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-916}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-787}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcircled}\pfill a-230, a-246
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-226}, \main{a-843}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-607}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-756}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcircledP}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-950}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-821}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcolonmonetary}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-918}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-789}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcompwordmark}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-235}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-463}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-45}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-45}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-45}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-45}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcopyleft}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-948}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-819}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcopyright}\pfill a-261
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-230}, \main{a-946}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-817}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textcurrency}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-941}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-60}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-60}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-60}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-812}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-60}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdagger}\pfill a-256
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-222}, \main{a-909}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-603}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-780}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdaggerdbl}\pfill a-257
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-221}, \main{a-910}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-602}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-781}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdblhyphen}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-874}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-739}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdblhyphenchar}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-904}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-775}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdegree}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-953}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-824}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdied}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-899}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-770}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdiscount}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-933}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-804}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdiv}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-970}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-841}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdivorced}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-898}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-769}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdollar}\pfill a-251, a-973, a-975
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-203}, \main{a-871}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-386}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-672}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-464}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-47}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-47}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-47}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-736}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-47}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdollaroldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-915}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-786}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdong}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-927}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-798}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textdownarrow}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-895}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-766}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texteightoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-884}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-749}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textellipsis}\pfill a-265
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-242}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textemdash}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-204}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-364}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-659}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-465}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-44}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-44}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-44}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-44}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textendash}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-205}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-365}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-660}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-466}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-42}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-42}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-42}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-42}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textestimated}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-934}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-805}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texteuro}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-968}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-839}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textexclamdown}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-206}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-366}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-661}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-467}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textfiveoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-881}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-746}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textflorin}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-917}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-788}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textfouroldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-880}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-745}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textfractionsolidus}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-875}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-740}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textgravedbl}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-907}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-779}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textgreater}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-228}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OML} encoding\pfill \main{a-617}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-468}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-49}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-49}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-49}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-49}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textguarani}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-921}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-792}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texthyphen}\pfill a-208, a-368, a-470, 
-                a-663, b-51
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texthyphenchar}\pfill a-207, a-367, 
-                a-469, a-662, b-50
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textinterrobang}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-925}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-796}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textinterrobangdown}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-926}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-797}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textlangle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-886}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-751}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textlbrackdbl}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-892}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-763}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textleaf}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-900}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-771}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textleftarrow}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-868}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-733}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textless}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-227}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OML} encoding\pfill \main{a-616}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-471}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-48}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-48}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-48}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-48}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textlira}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-923}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-794}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textlnot}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-949}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-820}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textlquill}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-937}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-808}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textmarried}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-901}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-772}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textmho}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-889}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-754}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textminus}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-887}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-752}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textmu}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-958}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-829}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textmusicalnote}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-902}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-773}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textnaira}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-920}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-791}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textnineoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-885}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-750}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textnumero}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-932}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-59}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-59}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-59}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-803}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-59}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textohm}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-891}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-762}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textonehalf}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-966}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-837}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textoneoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-877}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-742}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textonequarter}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-965}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-836}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textonesuperior}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-962}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-833}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textopenbullet}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-935}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-806}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textordfeminine}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-249}, \main{a-947}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-818}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textordmasculine}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-250}, \main{a-963}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-834}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textparagraph}\pfill a-254
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-223}, \main{a-959}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-604}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-830}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textperiodcentered}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-224}, \main{a-960}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-605}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-831}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textpertenthousand}\pfill a-977
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-929}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-428}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-40}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-40}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-40}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-800}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-40}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textperthousand}\pfill a-976
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-912}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-426}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-38}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-38}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-38}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-783}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-38}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textpeso}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-922}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-793}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textpilcrow}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-930}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-801}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textpm}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-954}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-825}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquestiondown}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-209}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-369}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-664}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-472}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquotedbl}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-475}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-62}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-62}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-62}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-62}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquotedblleft}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-210}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-370}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-665}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-473}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-65}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-65}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-65}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-65}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquotedblright}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-211}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-371}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-666}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-474}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-66}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-66}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-66}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-66}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquoteleft}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-212}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-372}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-667}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-476}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-63}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-63}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-63}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-63}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquoteright}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-213}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-373}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-668}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-477}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-64}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-64}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-64}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-64}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquotesingle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-872}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-737}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquotestraightbase}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-864}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-729}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textquotestraightdblbase}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-865}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-730}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textrangle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-888}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-753}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textrbrackdbl}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-893}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-764}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textrecipe}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-924}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-795}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textreferencemark}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-961}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-832}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textregistered}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-246}, \main{a-951}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-822}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textrightarrow}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-869}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-734}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textrquill}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-938}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-809}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textsection}\pfill a-255
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-225}, \main{a-944}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OMS} encoding\pfill \main{a-606}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-478}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-61}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-61}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-61}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-815}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-61}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textservicemark}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-936}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-807}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textsevenoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-883}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-748}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textsixoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-882}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-747}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textsterling}\pfill a-263, a-972, 
-                a-974
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-214}, \main{a-940}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-393}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-679}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-479}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-811}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textsuperscript}\pfill a-247, 
-                a-249, a-250
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textsurd}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-964}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-835}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}TextSymbolUnavailable}\pfill 
-                \main{a-3}, a-635
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textthreeoldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-879}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-744}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textthreequarters}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-967}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-838}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textthreequartersemdash}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-867}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-732}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textthreesuperior}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-956}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-827}
-  \begin{figure*}[tp]
-    A verbatim extract from the index (without \textsf{docidx2e}):
-    
-    \let\item=\listenvironmentitem
-    \expandafter\def \expandafter\MacroFont \expandafter{%
-       \MacroFont\footnotesize}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}U}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill \main{b-444}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU} composite\pfill \main{b-453}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru} composite\pfill \main{b-455}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill \main{b-444}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU} composite\pfill \main{b-453}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru} composite\pfill \main{b-455}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill \main{b-444}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill \main{b-444}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU} composite\pfill \main{b-453}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru} composite\pfill \main{b-455}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}u}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-187}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-343}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-631}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-411}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-484}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-511}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {G} composite\pfill \main{a-491}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {g} composite\pfill \main{a-518}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@uclclist}\pfill a-270, a-271, a-318
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}UndeclareTextCommand}\pfill \usage{4}, 
-                \main{a-141}, a-972--a-977
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@undefined}\pfill a-145, a-147
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}update@uclc@with@cyrillic}\pfill a-269, 
-                a-297, a-321, a-327
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}upshape}\pfill a-390, a-609, a-676, a-758
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@use@text@encoding}\pfill \main{a-110}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}UseTextAccent}\pfill \usage{3}, 
-                \main{a-110}, a-138
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}UseTextSymbol}\pfill \usage{2}, 
-                \main{a-110}, a-136
-\end{verbatim}
-  \end{figure*}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texttildelow}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-903}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-774}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texttimes}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-969}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-840}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texttrademark}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-247}, \main{a-928}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-799}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texttwelveudash}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-866}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-731}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texttwooldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-878}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-743}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}texttwosuperior}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-955}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-826}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textunderscore}\pfill a-259
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-236}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-480}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-54}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-54}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-54}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-54}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textuparrow}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-894}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-765}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textvisiblespace}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-238}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-481}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-46}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-46}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-46}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-46}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textwon}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-919}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-790}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textyen}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-942}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-813}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}textzerooldstyle}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-876}
-    \subitem \texttt  {TS1} encoding\pfill \main{a-741}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}TH}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-439}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}th}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-482}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@thirdofthree}\pfill a-147
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@typeset@protect}\pfill a-21, a-27, 
-                a-160, a-168
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil U\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}U}\efill 
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-444}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-453}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-455}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-444}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-453}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-455}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-444}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-26}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRI} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-443}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyri} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-444}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}CYRU} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-453}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}cyru} composite\pfill 
-                \main{b-455}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}u}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-187}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-343}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-631}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-411}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {A} composite\pfill \main{a-484}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {a} composite\pfill \main{a-511}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {G} composite\pfill \main{a-491}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {g} composite\pfill \main{a-518}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-21}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@uclclist}\pfill a-270, a-271, a-318
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}UndeclareTextCommand}\pfill \usage{4}, 
-                \main{a-141}, a-972--a-977
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@undefined}\pfill a-145, a-147
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}update@uclc@with@cyrillic}\pfill a-269, 
-                a-297, a-321, a-327
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}upshape}\pfill a-390, a-609, a-676, 
-                a-758
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@use@text@encoding}\pfill \main{a-110}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}UseTextAccent}\pfill \usage{3}, 
-                \main{a-110}, a-138
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}UseTextSymbol}\pfill \usage{2}, 
-                \main{a-110}, a-136
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil V\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}v}\efill 
-    \subitem default\pfill \main{a-188}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT1} encoding\pfill \main{a-344}
-    \subitem \texttt  {OT4} encoding\pfill \main{a-632}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T1} encoding\pfill \main{a-410}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {C} composite\pfill \main{a-487}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {c} composite\pfill \main{a-514}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {D} composite\pfill \main{a-488}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {d} composite\pfill \main{a-515}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {E} composite\pfill \main{a-489}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {e} composite\pfill \main{a-516}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {L} composite\pfill \main{a-493}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {l} composite\pfill \main{a-520}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {N} composite\pfill \main{a-495}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {n} composite\pfill \main{a-522}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {R} composite\pfill \main{a-498}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {r} composite\pfill \main{a-525}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {S} composite\pfill \main{a-500}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {s} composite\pfill \main{a-527}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {T} composite\pfill \main{a-502}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {t} composite\pfill \main{a-529}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {Z} composite\pfill \main{a-508}
-      \subsubitem \texttt  {z} composite\pfill \main{a-535}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2A} encoding\pfill \main{b-20}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2B} encoding\pfill \main{b-20}
-    \subitem \texttt  {T2C} encoding\pfill \main{b-20}
-    \subitem \texttt  {X2} encoding\pfill \main{b-20}
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}vrule}\pfill a-239, a-241
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil W\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@width}\pfill a-237, a-240
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@wrong@font@char}\pfill a-121
-
-  \indexspace
-{\bfseries\hfil X\hfil}\nopagebreak
-
-  \item \texttt  {\PrintChar{092}@xxxii}\pfill a-377, a-379
-
- \end{theindex}
-
-\end{document}